##// END OF EJS Templates
usage: add configuration option to adjust resources usage...
marmoute -
r52176:83c6dcee default
parent child Browse files
Show More
@@ -1,2879 +1,2937 b''
1 # configitems.toml - centralized declaration of configuration options
1 # configitems.toml - centralized declaration of configuration options
2 #
2 #
3 # This file contains declarations of the core Mercurial configuration options.
3 # This file contains declarations of the core Mercurial configuration options.
4 #
4 #
5 # # Structure
5 # # Structure
6 #
6 #
7 # items: array of config items
7 # items: array of config items
8 # templates: mapping of template name to template declaration
8 # templates: mapping of template name to template declaration
9 # template-applications: array of template applications
9 # template-applications: array of template applications
10 #
10 #
11 # # Elements
11 # # Elements
12 #
12 #
13 # ## Item
13 # ## Item
14 #
14 #
15 # Declares a core Mercurial option.
15 # Declares a core Mercurial option.
16 #
16 #
17 # - section: string (required)
17 # - section: string (required)
18 # - name: string (required)
18 # - name: string (required)
19 # - default-type: boolean, changes how `default` is read
19 # - default-type: boolean, changes how `default` is read
20 # - default: any
20 # - default: any
21 # - generic: boolean
21 # - generic: boolean
22 # - priority: integer, only if `generic` is true
22 # - priority: integer, only if `generic` is true
23 # - alias: list of 2-tuples of strings
23 # - alias: list of 2-tuples of strings
24 # - experimental: boolean
24 # - experimental: boolean
25 # - documentation: string
25 # - documentation: string
26 # - in_core_extension: string
26 # - in_core_extension: string
27 #
27 #
28 # ## Template
28 # ## Template
29 #
29 #
30 # Declares a group of options to be re-used for multiple sections.
30 # Declares a group of options to be re-used for multiple sections.
31 #
31 #
32 # - all the same fields as `Item`, except `section` and `name`
32 # - all the same fields as `Item`, except `section` and `name`
33 # - `suffix` (string, required)
33 # - `suffix` (string, required)
34 #
34 #
35 # ## Template applications
35 # ## Template applications
36 #
36 #
37 # Uses a `Template` to instanciate its options in a given section.
37 # Uses a `Template` to instanciate its options in a given section.
38 #
38 #
39 # - template: string (required, must match a `Template` name)
39 # - template: string (required, must match a `Template` name)
40 # - section: string (required)
40 # - section: string (required)
41
41
42 [[items]]
42 [[items]]
43 section = "alias"
43 section = "alias"
44 name = ".*"
44 name = ".*"
45 default-type = "dynamic"
45 default-type = "dynamic"
46 generic = true
46 generic = true
47
47
48 [[items]]
48 [[items]]
49 section = "auth"
49 section = "auth"
50 name = "cookiefile"
50 name = "cookiefile"
51
51
52 # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery
52 # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery
53 [[items]]
53 [[items]]
54 section = "bookmarks"
54 section = "bookmarks"
55 name = "pushing"
55 name = "pushing"
56 default-type = "list_type"
56 default-type = "list_type"
57
57
58 # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo
58 # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo
59 [[items]]
59 [[items]]
60 section = "bundle"
60 section = "bundle"
61 name = "mainreporoot"
61 name = "mainreporoot"
62 default = ""
62 default = ""
63
63
64 [[items]]
64 [[items]]
65 section = "censor"
65 section = "censor"
66 name = "policy"
66 name = "policy"
67 default = "abort"
67 default = "abort"
68 experimental = true
68 experimental = true
69
69
70 [[items]]
70 [[items]]
71 section = "chgserver"
71 section = "chgserver"
72 name = "idletimeout"
72 name = "idletimeout"
73 default = 3600
73 default = 3600
74
74
75 [[items]]
75 [[items]]
76 section = "chgserver"
76 section = "chgserver"
77 name = "skiphash"
77 name = "skiphash"
78 default = false
78 default = false
79
79
80 [[items]]
80 [[items]]
81 section = "cmdserver"
81 section = "cmdserver"
82 name = "log"
82 name = "log"
83
83
84 [[items]]
84 [[items]]
85 section = "cmdserver"
85 section = "cmdserver"
86 name = "max-log-files"
86 name = "max-log-files"
87 default = 7
87 default = 7
88
88
89 [[items]]
89 [[items]]
90 section = "cmdserver"
90 section = "cmdserver"
91 name = "max-log-size"
91 name = "max-log-size"
92 default = "1 MB"
92 default = "1 MB"
93
93
94 [[items]]
94 [[items]]
95 section = "cmdserver"
95 section = "cmdserver"
96 name = "max-repo-cache"
96 name = "max-repo-cache"
97 default = 0
97 default = 0
98 experimental = true
98 experimental = true
99
99
100 [[items]]
100 [[items]]
101 section = "cmdserver"
101 section = "cmdserver"
102 name = "message-encodings"
102 name = "message-encodings"
103 default-type = "list_type"
103 default-type = "list_type"
104
104
105 [[items]]
105 [[items]]
106 section = "cmdserver"
106 section = "cmdserver"
107 name = "shutdown-on-interrupt"
107 name = "shutdown-on-interrupt"
108 default = true
108 default = true
109
109
110 [[items]]
110 [[items]]
111 section = "cmdserver"
111 section = "cmdserver"
112 name = "track-log"
112 name = "track-log"
113 default-type = "lambda"
113 default-type = "lambda"
114 default = [ "chgserver", "cmdserver", "repocache",]
114 default = [ "chgserver", "cmdserver", "repocache",]
115
115
116 [[items]]
116 [[items]]
117 section = "color"
117 section = "color"
118 name = ".*"
118 name = ".*"
119 generic = true
119 generic = true
120
120
121 [[items]]
121 [[items]]
122 section = "color"
122 section = "color"
123 name = "mode"
123 name = "mode"
124 default = "auto"
124 default = "auto"
125
125
126 [[items]]
126 [[items]]
127 section = "color"
127 section = "color"
128 name = "pagermode"
128 name = "pagermode"
129 default-type = "dynamic"
129 default-type = "dynamic"
130
130
131 [[items]]
131 [[items]]
132 section = "command-templates"
132 section = "command-templates"
133 name = "graphnode"
133 name = "graphnode"
134 alias = [["ui", "graphnodetemplate"]]
134 alias = [["ui", "graphnodetemplate"]]
135
135
136 [[items]]
136 [[items]]
137 section = "command-templates"
137 section = "command-templates"
138 name = "log"
138 name = "log"
139 alias = [["ui", "logtemplate"]]
139 alias = [["ui", "logtemplate"]]
140
140
141 [[items]]
141 [[items]]
142 section = "command-templates"
142 section = "command-templates"
143 name = "mergemarker"
143 name = "mergemarker"
144 default = '{node|short} {ifeq(tags, "tip", "", ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}'
144 default = '{node|short} {ifeq(tags, "tip", "", ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}'
145 alias = [["ui", "mergemarkertemplate"]]
145 alias = [["ui", "mergemarkertemplate"]]
146
146
147 [[items]]
147 [[items]]
148 section = "command-templates"
148 section = "command-templates"
149 name = "oneline-summary"
149 name = "oneline-summary"
150
150
151 [[items]]
151 [[items]]
152 section = "command-templates"
152 section = "command-templates"
153 name = "oneline-summary.*"
153 name = "oneline-summary.*"
154 default-type = "dynamic"
154 default-type = "dynamic"
155 generic = true
155 generic = true
156
156
157 [[items]]
157 [[items]]
158 section = "command-templates"
158 section = "command-templates"
159 name = "pre-merge-tool-output"
159 name = "pre-merge-tool-output"
160 alias = [["ui", "pre-merge-tool-output-template"]]
160 alias = [["ui", "pre-merge-tool-output-template"]]
161
161
162 [[items]]
162 [[items]]
163 section = "commands"
163 section = "commands"
164 name = "commit.post-status"
164 name = "commit.post-status"
165 default = false
165 default = false
166
166
167 [[items]]
167 [[items]]
168 section = "commands"
168 section = "commands"
169 name = "grep.all-files"
169 name = "grep.all-files"
170 default = false
170 default = false
171 experimental = true
171 experimental = true
172
172
173 [[items]]
173 [[items]]
174 section = "commands"
174 section = "commands"
175 name = "merge.require-rev"
175 name = "merge.require-rev"
176 default = false
176 default = false
177
177
178 [[items]]
178 [[items]]
179 section = "commands"
179 section = "commands"
180 name = "push.require-revs"
180 name = "push.require-revs"
181 default = false
181 default = false
182
182
183 # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing
183 # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing
184 # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit
184 # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit
185 # without formally loading it.
185 # without formally loading it.
186 [[items]]
186 [[items]]
187 section = "commands"
187 section = "commands"
188 name = "rebase.requiredest"
188 name = "rebase.requiredest"
189 default = false
189 default = false
190
190
191 [[items]]
191 [[items]]
192 section = "commands"
192 section = "commands"
193 name = "resolve.confirm"
193 name = "resolve.confirm"
194 default = false
194 default = false
195
195
196 [[items]]
196 [[items]]
197 section = "commands"
197 section = "commands"
198 name = "resolve.explicit-re-merge"
198 name = "resolve.explicit-re-merge"
199 default = false
199 default = false
200
200
201 [[items]]
201 [[items]]
202 section = "commands"
202 section = "commands"
203 name = "resolve.mark-check"
203 name = "resolve.mark-check"
204 default = "none"
204 default = "none"
205
205
206 [[items]]
206 [[items]]
207 section = "commands"
207 section = "commands"
208 name = "show.aliasprefix"
208 name = "show.aliasprefix"
209 default-type = "list_type"
209 default-type = "list_type"
210
210
211 [[items]]
211 [[items]]
212 section = "commands"
212 section = "commands"
213 name = "status.relative"
213 name = "status.relative"
214 default = false
214 default = false
215
215
216 [[items]]
216 [[items]]
217 section = "commands"
217 section = "commands"
218 name = "status.skipstates"
218 name = "status.skipstates"
219 default = []
219 default = []
220 experimental = true
220 experimental = true
221
221
222 [[items]]
222 [[items]]
223 section = "commands"
223 section = "commands"
224 name = "status.terse"
224 name = "status.terse"
225 default = ""
225 default = ""
226
226
227 [[items]]
227 [[items]]
228 section = "commands"
228 section = "commands"
229 name = "status.verbose"
229 name = "status.verbose"
230 default = false
230 default = false
231
231
232 [[items]]
232 [[items]]
233 section = "commands"
233 section = "commands"
234 name = "update.check"
234 name = "update.check"
235
235
236 [[items]]
236 [[items]]
237 section = "commands"
237 section = "commands"
238 name = "update.requiredest"
238 name = "update.requiredest"
239 default = false
239 default = false
240
240
241 [[items]]
241 [[items]]
242 section = "committemplate"
242 section = "committemplate"
243 name = ".*"
243 name = ".*"
244 generic = true
244 generic = true
245
245
246 [[items]]
246 [[items]]
247 section = "convert"
247 section = "convert"
248 name = "bzr.saverev"
248 name = "bzr.saverev"
249 default = true
249 default = true
250
250
251 [[items]]
251 [[items]]
252 section = "convert"
252 section = "convert"
253 name = "cvsps.cache"
253 name = "cvsps.cache"
254 default = true
254 default = true
255
255
256 [[items]]
256 [[items]]
257 section = "convert"
257 section = "convert"
258 name = "cvsps.fuzz"
258 name = "cvsps.fuzz"
259 default = 60
259 default = 60
260
260
261 [[items]]
261 [[items]]
262 section = "convert"
262 section = "convert"
263 name = "cvsps.logencoding"
263 name = "cvsps.logencoding"
264
264
265 [[items]]
265 [[items]]
266 section = "convert"
266 section = "convert"
267 name = "cvsps.mergefrom"
267 name = "cvsps.mergefrom"
268
268
269 [[items]]
269 [[items]]
270 section = "convert"
270 section = "convert"
271 name = "cvsps.mergeto"
271 name = "cvsps.mergeto"
272
272
273 [[items]]
273 [[items]]
274 section = "convert"
274 section = "convert"
275 name = "git.committeractions"
275 name = "git.committeractions"
276 default-type = "lambda"
276 default-type = "lambda"
277 default = [ "messagedifferent",]
277 default = [ "messagedifferent",]
278
278
279 [[items]]
279 [[items]]
280 section = "convert"
280 section = "convert"
281 name = "git.extrakeys"
281 name = "git.extrakeys"
282 default-type = "list_type"
282 default-type = "list_type"
283
283
284 [[items]]
284 [[items]]
285 section = "convert"
285 section = "convert"
286 name = "git.findcopiesharder"
286 name = "git.findcopiesharder"
287 default = false
287 default = false
288
288
289 [[items]]
289 [[items]]
290 section = "convert"
290 section = "convert"
291 name = "git.remoteprefix"
291 name = "git.remoteprefix"
292 default = "remote"
292 default = "remote"
293
293
294 [[items]]
294 [[items]]
295 section = "convert"
295 section = "convert"
296 name = "git.renamelimit"
296 name = "git.renamelimit"
297 default = 400
297 default = 400
298
298
299 [[items]]
299 [[items]]
300 section = "convert"
300 section = "convert"
301 name = "git.saverev"
301 name = "git.saverev"
302 default = true
302 default = true
303
303
304 [[items]]
304 [[items]]
305 section = "convert"
305 section = "convert"
306 name = "git.similarity"
306 name = "git.similarity"
307 default = 50
307 default = 50
308
308
309 [[items]]
309 [[items]]
310 section = "convert"
310 section = "convert"
311 name = "git.skipsubmodules"
311 name = "git.skipsubmodules"
312 default = false
312 default = false
313
313
314 [[items]]
314 [[items]]
315 section = "convert"
315 section = "convert"
316 name = "hg.clonebranches"
316 name = "hg.clonebranches"
317 default = false
317 default = false
318
318
319 [[items]]
319 [[items]]
320 section = "convert"
320 section = "convert"
321 name = "hg.ignoreerrors"
321 name = "hg.ignoreerrors"
322 default = false
322 default = false
323
323
324 [[items]]
324 [[items]]
325 section = "convert"
325 section = "convert"
326 name = "hg.preserve-hash"
326 name = "hg.preserve-hash"
327 default = false
327 default = false
328
328
329 [[items]]
329 [[items]]
330 section = "convert"
330 section = "convert"
331 name = "hg.revs"
331 name = "hg.revs"
332
332
333 [[items]]
333 [[items]]
334 section = "convert"
334 section = "convert"
335 name = "hg.saverev"
335 name = "hg.saverev"
336 default = false
336 default = false
337
337
338 [[items]]
338 [[items]]
339 section = "convert"
339 section = "convert"
340 name = "hg.sourcename"
340 name = "hg.sourcename"
341
341
342 [[items]]
342 [[items]]
343 section = "convert"
343 section = "convert"
344 name = "hg.startrev"
344 name = "hg.startrev"
345
345
346 [[items]]
346 [[items]]
347 section = "convert"
347 section = "convert"
348 name = "hg.tagsbranch"
348 name = "hg.tagsbranch"
349 default = "default"
349 default = "default"
350
350
351 [[items]]
351 [[items]]
352 section = "convert"
352 section = "convert"
353 name = "hg.usebranchnames"
353 name = "hg.usebranchnames"
354 default = true
354 default = true
355
355
356 [[items]]
356 [[items]]
357 section = "convert"
357 section = "convert"
358 name = "ignoreancestorcheck"
358 name = "ignoreancestorcheck"
359 default = false
359 default = false
360 experimental = true
360 experimental = true
361
361
362 [[items]]
362 [[items]]
363 section = "convert"
363 section = "convert"
364 name = "localtimezone"
364 name = "localtimezone"
365 default = false
365 default = false
366
366
367 [[items]]
367 [[items]]
368 section = "convert"
368 section = "convert"
369 name = "p4.encoding"
369 name = "p4.encoding"
370 default-type = "dynamic"
370 default-type = "dynamic"
371
371
372 [[items]]
372 [[items]]
373 section = "convert"
373 section = "convert"
374 name = "p4.startrev"
374 name = "p4.startrev"
375 default = 0
375 default = 0
376
376
377 [[items]]
377 [[items]]
378 section = "convert"
378 section = "convert"
379 name = "skiptags"
379 name = "skiptags"
380 default = false
380 default = false
381
381
382 [[items]]
382 [[items]]
383 section = "convert"
383 section = "convert"
384 name = "svn.branches"
384 name = "svn.branches"
385
385
386 [[items]]
386 [[items]]
387 section = "convert"
387 section = "convert"
388 name = "svn.dangerous-set-commit-dates"
388 name = "svn.dangerous-set-commit-dates"
389 default = false
389 default = false
390
390
391 [[items]]
391 [[items]]
392 section = "convert"
392 section = "convert"
393 name = "svn.debugsvnlog"
393 name = "svn.debugsvnlog"
394 default = true
394 default = true
395
395
396 [[items]]
396 [[items]]
397 section = "convert"
397 section = "convert"
398 name = "svn.startrev"
398 name = "svn.startrev"
399 default = 0
399 default = 0
400
400
401 [[items]]
401 [[items]]
402 section = "convert"
402 section = "convert"
403 name = "svn.tags"
403 name = "svn.tags"
404
404
405 [[items]]
405 [[items]]
406 section = "convert"
406 section = "convert"
407 name = "svn.trunk"
407 name = "svn.trunk"
408
408
409 [[items]]
409 [[items]]
410 section = "debug"
410 section = "debug"
411 name = "bundling-stats"
411 name = "bundling-stats"
412 default = false
412 default = false
413 documentation = "Display extra information about the bundling process."
413 documentation = "Display extra information about the bundling process."
414
414
415 [[items]]
415 [[items]]
416 section = "debug"
416 section = "debug"
417 name = "dirstate.delaywrite"
417 name = "dirstate.delaywrite"
418 default = 0
418 default = 0
419
419
420 [[items]]
420 [[items]]
421 section = "debug"
421 section = "debug"
422 name = "revlog.debug-delta"
422 name = "revlog.debug-delta"
423 default = false
423 default = false
424
424
425 [[items]]
425 [[items]]
426 section = "debug"
426 section = "debug"
427 name = "revlog.verifyposition.changelog"
427 name = "revlog.verifyposition.changelog"
428 default = ""
428 default = ""
429
429
430 [[items]]
430 [[items]]
431 section = "debug"
431 section = "debug"
432 name = "unbundling-stats"
432 name = "unbundling-stats"
433 default = false
433 default = false
434 documentation = "Display extra information about the unbundling process."
434 documentation = "Display extra information about the unbundling process."
435
435
436 [[items]]
436 [[items]]
437 section = "defaults"
437 section = "defaults"
438 name = ".*"
438 name = ".*"
439 generic = true
439 generic = true
440
440
441 [[items]]
441 [[items]]
442 section = "devel"
442 section = "devel"
443 name = "all-warnings"
443 name = "all-warnings"
444 default = false
444 default = false
445
445
446 [[items]]
446 [[items]]
447 section = "devel"
447 section = "devel"
448 name = "bundle.delta"
448 name = "bundle.delta"
449 default = ""
449 default = ""
450
450
451 [[items]]
451 [[items]]
452 section = "devel"
452 section = "devel"
453 name = "bundle2.debug"
453 name = "bundle2.debug"
454 default = false
454 default = false
455
455
456 [[items]]
456 [[items]]
457 section = "devel"
457 section = "devel"
458 name = "cache-vfs"
458 name = "cache-vfs"
459
459
460 [[items]]
460 [[items]]
461 section = "devel"
461 section = "devel"
462 name = "check-locks"
462 name = "check-locks"
463 default = false
463 default = false
464
464
465 [[items]]
465 [[items]]
466 section = "devel"
466 section = "devel"
467 name = "check-relroot"
467 name = "check-relroot"
468 default = false
468 default = false
469
469
470 [[items]]
470 [[items]]
471 section = "devel"
471 section = "devel"
472 name = "copy-tracing.multi-thread"
472 name = "copy-tracing.multi-thread"
473 default = true
473 default = true
474
474
475 # Track copy information for all files, not just "added" ones (very slow)
475 # Track copy information for all files, not just "added" ones (very slow)
476 [[items]]
476 [[items]]
477 section = "devel"
477 section = "devel"
478 name = "copy-tracing.trace-all-files"
478 name = "copy-tracing.trace-all-files"
479 default = false
479 default = false
480
480
481 [[items]]
481 [[items]]
482 section = "devel"
482 section = "devel"
483 name = "debug.abort-update"
483 name = "debug.abort-update"
484 default = false
484 default = false
485 documentation = """If true, then any merge with the working copy, \
485 documentation = """If true, then any merge with the working copy, \
486 e.g. [hg update], will be aborted after figuring out what needs to be done, \
486 e.g. [hg update], will be aborted after figuring out what needs to be done, \
487 but before spawning the parallel worker."""
487 but before spawning the parallel worker."""
488
488
489 [[items]]
489 [[items]]
490 section = "devel"
490 section = "devel"
491 name = "debug.copies"
491 name = "debug.copies"
492 default = false
492 default = false
493
493
494 [[items]]
494 [[items]]
495 section = "devel"
495 section = "devel"
496 name = "debug.extensions"
496 name = "debug.extensions"
497 default = false
497 default = false
498
498
499 [[items]]
499 [[items]]
500 section = "devel"
500 section = "devel"
501 name = "debug.peer-request"
501 name = "debug.peer-request"
502 default = false
502 default = false
503
503
504 [[items]]
504 [[items]]
505 section = "devel"
505 section = "devel"
506 name = "debug.repo-filters"
506 name = "debug.repo-filters"
507 default = false
507 default = false
508
508
509 [[items]]
509 [[items]]
510 section = "devel"
510 section = "devel"
511 name = "default-date"
511 name = "default-date"
512
512
513 [[items]]
513 [[items]]
514 section = "devel"
514 section = "devel"
515 name = "deprec-warn"
515 name = "deprec-warn"
516 default = false
516 default = false
517
517
518 # possible values:
518 # possible values:
519 # - auto (the default)
519 # - auto (the default)
520 # - force-append
520 # - force-append
521 # - force-new
521 # - force-new
522 [[items]]
522 [[items]]
523 section = "devel"
523 section = "devel"
524 name = "dirstate.v2.data_update_mode"
524 name = "dirstate.v2.data_update_mode"
525 default = "auto"
525 default = "auto"
526
526
527 [[items]]
527 [[items]]
528 section = "devel"
528 section = "devel"
529 name = "disableloaddefaultcerts"
529 name = "disableloaddefaultcerts"
530 default = false
530 default = false
531
531
532 [[items]]
532 [[items]]
533 section = "devel"
533 section = "devel"
534 name = "discovery.exchange-heads"
534 name = "discovery.exchange-heads"
535 default = true
535 default = true
536 documentation = """If false, the discovery will not start with remote \
536 documentation = """If false, the discovery will not start with remote \
537 head fetching and local head querying."""
537 head fetching and local head querying."""
538
538
539 [[items]]
539 [[items]]
540 section = "devel"
540 section = "devel"
541 name = "discovery.grow-sample"
541 name = "discovery.grow-sample"
542 default = true
542 default = true
543 documentation = """If false, the sample size used in set discovery \
543 documentation = """If false, the sample size used in set discovery \
544 will not be increased through the process."""
544 will not be increased through the process."""
545
545
546 [[items]]
546 [[items]]
547 section = "devel"
547 section = "devel"
548 name = "discovery.grow-sample.dynamic"
548 name = "discovery.grow-sample.dynamic"
549 default = true
549 default = true
550 documentation = """If true, the default, the sample size is adapted to the shape \
550 documentation = """If true, the default, the sample size is adapted to the shape \
551 of the undecided set. It is set to the max of:
551 of the undecided set. It is set to the max of:
552 `<target-size>, len(roots(undecided)), len(heads(undecided))`"""
552 `<target-size>, len(roots(undecided)), len(heads(undecided))`"""
553
553
554 [[items]]
554 [[items]]
555 section = "devel"
555 section = "devel"
556 name = "discovery.grow-sample.rate"
556 name = "discovery.grow-sample.rate"
557 default = 1.05
557 default = 1.05
558 documentation = "Controls the rate at which the sample grows."
558 documentation = "Controls the rate at which the sample grows."
559
559
560 [[items]]
560 [[items]]
561 section = "devel"
561 section = "devel"
562 name = "discovery.randomize"
562 name = "discovery.randomize"
563 default = true
563 default = true
564 documentation = """If false, random samplings during discovery are deterministic. \
564 documentation = """If false, random samplings during discovery are deterministic. \
565 It is meant for integration tests."""
565 It is meant for integration tests."""
566
566
567 [[items]]
567 [[items]]
568 section = "devel"
568 section = "devel"
569 name = "discovery.sample-size"
569 name = "discovery.sample-size"
570 default = 200
570 default = 200
571 documentation = "Controls the initial size of the discovery sample."
571 documentation = "Controls the initial size of the discovery sample."
572
572
573 [[items]]
573 [[items]]
574 section = "devel"
574 section = "devel"
575 name = "discovery.sample-size.initial"
575 name = "discovery.sample-size.initial"
576 default = 100
576 default = 100
577 documentation = "Controls the initial size of the discovery for initial change."
577 documentation = "Controls the initial size of the discovery for initial change."
578
578
579 [[items]]
579 [[items]]
580 section = "devel"
580 section = "devel"
581 name = "legacy.exchange"
581 name = "legacy.exchange"
582 default-type = "list_type"
582 default-type = "list_type"
583
583
584 [[items]]
584 [[items]]
585 section = "devel"
585 section = "devel"
586 name = "persistent-nodemap"
586 name = "persistent-nodemap"
587 default = false
587 default = false
588 documentation = """When true, revlogs use a special reference version of the \
588 documentation = """When true, revlogs use a special reference version of the \
589 nodemap, that is not performant but is "known" to behave properly."""
589 nodemap, that is not performant but is "known" to behave properly."""
590
590
591 [[items]]
591 [[items]]
592 section = "devel"
592 section = "devel"
593 name = "server-insecure-exact-protocol"
593 name = "server-insecure-exact-protocol"
594 default = ""
594 default = ""
595
595
596 [[items]]
596 [[items]]
597 section = "devel"
597 section = "devel"
598 name = "servercafile"
598 name = "servercafile"
599 default = ""
599 default = ""
600
600
601 [[items]]
601 [[items]]
602 section = "devel"
602 section = "devel"
603 name = "serverexactprotocol"
603 name = "serverexactprotocol"
604 default = ""
604 default = ""
605
605
606 [[items]]
606 [[items]]
607 section = "devel"
607 section = "devel"
608 name = "serverrequirecert"
608 name = "serverrequirecert"
609 default = false
609 default = false
610
610
611 [[items]]
611 [[items]]
612 section = "devel"
612 section = "devel"
613 name = "strip-obsmarkers"
613 name = "strip-obsmarkers"
614 default = true
614 default = true
615
615
616 [[items]]
616 [[items]]
617 section = 'devel'
617 section = 'devel'
618 name = 'sync.status.pre-dirstate-write-file'
618 name = 'sync.status.pre-dirstate-write-file'
619 documentation = """
619 documentation = """
620 Makes the status algorithm wait for the existence of this file \
620 Makes the status algorithm wait for the existence of this file \
621 (or until a timeout of `devel.sync.status.pre-dirstate-write-file-timeout` \
621 (or until a timeout of `devel.sync.status.pre-dirstate-write-file-timeout` \
622 seconds) before taking the lock and writing the dirstate. \
622 seconds) before taking the lock and writing the dirstate. \
623 Status signals that it's ready to wait by creating a file \
623 Status signals that it's ready to wait by creating a file \
624 with the same name + `.waiting`. \
624 with the same name + `.waiting`. \
625 Useful when testing race conditions."""
625 Useful when testing race conditions."""
626
626
627 [[items]]
627 [[items]]
628 section = 'devel'
628 section = 'devel'
629 name = 'sync.status.pre-dirstate-write-file-timeout'
629 name = 'sync.status.pre-dirstate-write-file-timeout'
630 default=2
630 default=2
631
631
632 [[items]]
632 [[items]]
633 section = 'devel'
633 section = 'devel'
634 name = 'sync.dirstate.post-docket-read-file'
634 name = 'sync.dirstate.post-docket-read-file'
635
635
636 [[items]]
636 [[items]]
637 section = 'devel'
637 section = 'devel'
638 name = 'sync.dirstate.post-docket-read-file-timeout'
638 name = 'sync.dirstate.post-docket-read-file-timeout'
639 default=2
639 default=2
640
640
641 [[items]]
641 [[items]]
642 section = 'devel'
642 section = 'devel'
643 name = 'sync.dirstate.pre-read-file'
643 name = 'sync.dirstate.pre-read-file'
644
644
645 [[items]]
645 [[items]]
646 section = 'devel'
646 section = 'devel'
647 name = 'sync.dirstate.pre-read-file-timeout'
647 name = 'sync.dirstate.pre-read-file-timeout'
648 default=2
648 default=2
649
649
650 [[items]]
650 [[items]]
651 section = "devel"
651 section = "devel"
652 name = "user.obsmarker"
652 name = "user.obsmarker"
653
653
654 [[items]]
654 [[items]]
655 section = "devel"
655 section = "devel"
656 name = "warn-config"
656 name = "warn-config"
657
657
658 [[items]]
658 [[items]]
659 section = "devel"
659 section = "devel"
660 name = "warn-config-default"
660 name = "warn-config-default"
661
661
662 [[items]]
662 [[items]]
663 section = "devel"
663 section = "devel"
664 name = "warn-config-unknown"
664 name = "warn-config-unknown"
665
665
666 [[items]]
666 [[items]]
667 section = "devel"
667 section = "devel"
668 name = "warn-empty-changegroup"
668 name = "warn-empty-changegroup"
669 default = false
669 default = false
670
670
671 [[items]]
671 [[items]]
672 section = "diff"
672 section = "diff"
673 name = "merge"
673 name = "merge"
674 default = false
674 default = false
675 experimental = true
675 experimental = true
676
676
677 [[items]]
677 [[items]]
678 section = "email"
678 section = "email"
679 name = "bcc"
679 name = "bcc"
680
680
681 [[items]]
681 [[items]]
682 section = "email"
682 section = "email"
683 name = "cc"
683 name = "cc"
684
684
685 [[items]]
685 [[items]]
686 section = "email"
686 section = "email"
687 name = "charsets"
687 name = "charsets"
688 default-type = "list_type"
688 default-type = "list_type"
689
689
690 [[items]]
690 [[items]]
691 section = "email"
691 section = "email"
692 name = "from"
692 name = "from"
693
693
694 [[items]]
694 [[items]]
695 section = "email"
695 section = "email"
696 name = "method"
696 name = "method"
697 default = "smtp"
697 default = "smtp"
698
698
699 [[items]]
699 [[items]]
700 section = "email"
700 section = "email"
701 name = "reply-to"
701 name = "reply-to"
702
702
703 [[items]]
703 [[items]]
704 section = "email"
704 section = "email"
705 name = "to"
705 name = "to"
706
706
707 [[items]]
707 [[items]]
708 section = "experimental"
708 section = "experimental"
709 name = "archivemetatemplate"
709 name = "archivemetatemplate"
710 default-type = "dynamic"
710 default-type = "dynamic"
711
711
712 [[items]]
712 [[items]]
713 section = "experimental"
713 section = "experimental"
714 name = "auto-publish"
714 name = "auto-publish"
715 default = "publish"
715 default = "publish"
716
716
717 [[items]]
717 [[items]]
718 section = "experimental"
718 section = "experimental"
719 name = "bundle-phases"
719 name = "bundle-phases"
720 default = false
720 default = false
721
721
722 [[items]]
722 [[items]]
723 section = "experimental"
723 section = "experimental"
724 name = "bundle2-advertise"
724 name = "bundle2-advertise"
725 default = true
725 default = true
726
726
727 [[items]]
727 [[items]]
728 section = "experimental"
728 section = "experimental"
729 name = "bundle2-output-capture"
729 name = "bundle2-output-capture"
730 default = false
730 default = false
731
731
732 [[items]]
732 [[items]]
733 section = "experimental"
733 section = "experimental"
734 name = "bundle2.pushback"
734 name = "bundle2.pushback"
735 default = false
735 default = false
736
736
737 [[items]]
737 [[items]]
738 section = "experimental"
738 section = "experimental"
739 name = "bundle2lazylocking"
739 name = "bundle2lazylocking"
740 default = false
740 default = false
741
741
742 [[items]]
742 [[items]]
743 section = "experimental"
743 section = "experimental"
744 name = "bundlecomplevel"
744 name = "bundlecomplevel"
745
745
746 [[items]]
746 [[items]]
747 section = "experimental"
747 section = "experimental"
748 name = "bundlecomplevel.bzip2"
748 name = "bundlecomplevel.bzip2"
749
749
750 [[items]]
750 [[items]]
751 section = "experimental"
751 section = "experimental"
752 name = "bundlecomplevel.gzip"
752 name = "bundlecomplevel.gzip"
753
753
754 [[items]]
754 [[items]]
755 section = "experimental"
755 section = "experimental"
756 name = "bundlecomplevel.none"
756 name = "bundlecomplevel.none"
757
757
758 [[items]]
758 [[items]]
759 section = "experimental"
759 section = "experimental"
760 name = "bundlecomplevel.zstd"
760 name = "bundlecomplevel.zstd"
761
761
762 [[items]]
762 [[items]]
763 section = "experimental"
763 section = "experimental"
764 name = "bundlecompthreads"
764 name = "bundlecompthreads"
765
765
766 [[items]]
766 [[items]]
767 section = "experimental"
767 section = "experimental"
768 name = "bundlecompthreads.bzip2"
768 name = "bundlecompthreads.bzip2"
769
769
770 [[items]]
770 [[items]]
771 section = "experimental"
771 section = "experimental"
772 name = "bundlecompthreads.gzip"
772 name = "bundlecompthreads.gzip"
773
773
774 [[items]]
774 [[items]]
775 section = "experimental"
775 section = "experimental"
776 name = "bundlecompthreads.none"
776 name = "bundlecompthreads.none"
777
777
778 [[items]]
778 [[items]]
779 section = "experimental"
779 section = "experimental"
780 name = "bundlecompthreads.zstd"
780 name = "bundlecompthreads.zstd"
781
781
782 [[items]]
782 [[items]]
783 section = "experimental"
783 section = "experimental"
784 name = "changegroup3"
784 name = "changegroup3"
785 default = true
785 default = true
786
786
787 [[items]]
787 [[items]]
788 section = "experimental"
788 section = "experimental"
789 name = "changegroup4"
789 name = "changegroup4"
790 default = false
790 default = false
791
791
792 # might remove rank configuration once the computation has no impact
792 # might remove rank configuration once the computation has no impact
793 [[items]]
793 [[items]]
794 section = "experimental"
794 section = "experimental"
795 name = "changelog-v2.compute-rank"
795 name = "changelog-v2.compute-rank"
796 default = true
796 default = true
797
797
798 [[items]]
798 [[items]]
799 section = "experimental"
799 section = "experimental"
800 name = "cleanup-as-archived"
800 name = "cleanup-as-archived"
801 default = false
801 default = false
802
802
803 [[items]]
803 [[items]]
804 section = "experimental"
804 section = "experimental"
805 name = "clientcompressionengines"
805 name = "clientcompressionengines"
806 default-type = "list_type"
806 default-type = "list_type"
807
807
808 [[items]]
808 [[items]]
809 section = "experimental"
809 section = "experimental"
810 name = "copies.read-from"
810 name = "copies.read-from"
811 default = "filelog-only"
811 default = "filelog-only"
812
812
813 [[items]]
813 [[items]]
814 section = "experimental"
814 section = "experimental"
815 name = "copies.write-to"
815 name = "copies.write-to"
816 default = "filelog-only"
816 default = "filelog-only"
817
817
818 [[items]]
818 [[items]]
819 section = "experimental"
819 section = "experimental"
820 name = "copytrace"
820 name = "copytrace"
821 default = "on"
821 default = "on"
822
822
823 [[items]]
823 [[items]]
824 section = "experimental"
824 section = "experimental"
825 name = "copytrace.movecandidateslimit"
825 name = "copytrace.movecandidateslimit"
826 default = 100
826 default = 100
827
827
828 [[items]]
828 [[items]]
829 section = "experimental"
829 section = "experimental"
830 name = "copytrace.sourcecommitlimit"
830 name = "copytrace.sourcecommitlimit"
831 default = 100
831 default = 100
832
832
833 [[items]]
833 [[items]]
834 section = "experimental"
834 section = "experimental"
835 name = "crecordtest"
835 name = "crecordtest"
836
836
837 [[items]]
837 [[items]]
838 section = "experimental"
838 section = "experimental"
839 name = "directaccess"
839 name = "directaccess"
840 default = false
840 default = false
841
841
842 [[items]]
842 [[items]]
843 section = "experimental"
843 section = "experimental"
844 name = "directaccess.revnums"
844 name = "directaccess.revnums"
845 default = false
845 default = false
846
846
847 [[items]]
847 [[items]]
848 section = "experimental"
848 section = "experimental"
849 name = "editortmpinhg"
849 name = "editortmpinhg"
850 default = false
850 default = false
851
851
852 [[items]]
852 [[items]]
853 section = "experimental"
853 section = "experimental"
854 name = "evolution"
854 name = "evolution"
855 default-type = "list_type"
855 default-type = "list_type"
856
856
857 [[items]]
857 [[items]]
858 section = "experimental"
858 section = "experimental"
859 name = "evolution.allowdivergence"
859 name = "evolution.allowdivergence"
860 default = false
860 default = false
861 alias = [["experimental", "allowdivergence"]]
861 alias = [["experimental", "allowdivergence"]]
862
862
863 [[items]]
863 [[items]]
864 section = "experimental"
864 section = "experimental"
865 name = "evolution.allowunstable"
865 name = "evolution.allowunstable"
866
866
867 [[items]]
867 [[items]]
868 section = "experimental"
868 section = "experimental"
869 name = "evolution.bundle-obsmarker"
869 name = "evolution.bundle-obsmarker"
870 default = false
870 default = false
871
871
872 [[items]]
872 [[items]]
873 section = "experimental"
873 section = "experimental"
874 name = "evolution.bundle-obsmarker:mandatory"
874 name = "evolution.bundle-obsmarker:mandatory"
875 default = true
875 default = true
876
876
877 [[items]]
877 [[items]]
878 section = "experimental"
878 section = "experimental"
879 name = "evolution.createmarkers"
879 name = "evolution.createmarkers"
880
880
881 [[items]]
881 [[items]]
882 section = "experimental"
882 section = "experimental"
883 name = "evolution.effect-flags"
883 name = "evolution.effect-flags"
884 default = true
884 default = true
885 alias = [["experimental", "effect-flags"]]
885 alias = [["experimental", "effect-flags"]]
886
886
887 [[items]]
887 [[items]]
888 section = "experimental"
888 section = "experimental"
889 name = "evolution.exchange"
889 name = "evolution.exchange"
890
890
891 [[items]]
891 [[items]]
892 section = "experimental"
892 section = "experimental"
893 name = "evolution.report-instabilities"
893 name = "evolution.report-instabilities"
894 default = true
894 default = true
895
895
896 [[items]]
896 [[items]]
897 section = "experimental"
897 section = "experimental"
898 name = "evolution.track-operation"
898 name = "evolution.track-operation"
899 default = true
899 default = true
900
900
901 [[items]]
901 [[items]]
902 section = "experimental"
902 section = "experimental"
903 name = "exportableenviron"
903 name = "exportableenviron"
904 default-type = "list_type"
904 default-type = "list_type"
905
905
906 [[items]]
906 [[items]]
907 section = "experimental"
907 section = "experimental"
908 name = "extendedheader.index"
908 name = "extendedheader.index"
909
909
910 [[items]]
910 [[items]]
911 section = "experimental"
911 section = "experimental"
912 name = "extendedheader.similarity"
912 name = "extendedheader.similarity"
913 default = false
913 default = false
914
914
915 [[items]]
915 [[items]]
916 section = "experimental"
916 section = "experimental"
917 name = "extra-filter-revs"
917 name = "extra-filter-revs"
918 documentation = """Repo-level config to prevent a revset from being visible.
918 documentation = """Repo-level config to prevent a revset from being visible.
919 The target use case is to use `share` to expose different subsets of the same \
919 The target use case is to use `share` to expose different subsets of the same \
920 repository, especially server side. See also `server.view`."""
920 repository, especially server side. See also `server.view`."""
921
921
922 [[items]]
922 [[items]]
923 section = "experimental"
923 section = "experimental"
924 name = "graphshorten"
924 name = "graphshorten"
925 default = false
925 default = false
926
926
927 [[items]]
927 [[items]]
928 section = "experimental"
928 section = "experimental"
929 name = "graphstyle.grandparent"
929 name = "graphstyle.grandparent"
930 default-type = "dynamic"
930 default-type = "dynamic"
931
931
932 [[items]]
932 [[items]]
933 section = "experimental"
933 section = "experimental"
934 name = "graphstyle.missing"
934 name = "graphstyle.missing"
935 default-type = "dynamic"
935 default-type = "dynamic"
936
936
937 [[items]]
937 [[items]]
938 section = "experimental"
938 section = "experimental"
939 name = "graphstyle.parent"
939 name = "graphstyle.parent"
940 default-type = "dynamic"
940 default-type = "dynamic"
941
941
942 [[items]]
942 [[items]]
943 section = "experimental"
943 section = "experimental"
944 name = "hook-track-tags"
944 name = "hook-track-tags"
945 default = false
945 default = false
946
946
947 [[items]]
947 [[items]]
948 section = "experimental"
948 section = "experimental"
949 name = "httppostargs"
949 name = "httppostargs"
950 default = false
950 default = false
951
951
952 [[items]]
952 [[items]]
953 section = "experimental"
953 section = "experimental"
954 name = "log.topo"
954 name = "log.topo"
955 default = false
955 default = false
956
956
957 [[items]]
957 [[items]]
958 section = "experimental"
958 section = "experimental"
959 name = "maxdeltachainspan"
959 name = "maxdeltachainspan"
960 default = -1
960 default = -1
961
961
962 [[items]]
962 [[items]]
963 section = "experimental"
963 section = "experimental"
964 name = "merge-track-salvaged"
964 name = "merge-track-salvaged"
965 default = false
965 default = false
966 documentation = """Tracks files which were undeleted (merge might delete them \
966 documentation = """Tracks files which were undeleted (merge might delete them \
967 but we explicitly kept/undeleted them) and creates new filenodes for them."""
967 but we explicitly kept/undeleted them) and creates new filenodes for them."""
968
968
969 [[items]]
969 [[items]]
970 section = "experimental"
970 section = "experimental"
971 name = "merge.checkpathconflicts"
971 name = "merge.checkpathconflicts"
972 default = false
972 default = false
973
973
974 [[items]]
974 [[items]]
975 section = "experimental"
975 section = "experimental"
976 name = "mmapindexthreshold"
976 name = "mmapindexthreshold"
977
977
978 [[items]]
978 [[items]]
979 section = "experimental"
979 section = "experimental"
980 name = "narrow"
980 name = "narrow"
981 default = false
981 default = false
982
982
983 [[items]]
983 [[items]]
984 section = "experimental"
984 section = "experimental"
985 name = "nointerrupt"
985 name = "nointerrupt"
986 default = false
986 default = false
987
987
988 [[items]]
988 [[items]]
989 section = "experimental"
989 section = "experimental"
990 name = "nointerrupt-interactiveonly"
990 name = "nointerrupt-interactiveonly"
991 default = true
991 default = true
992
992
993 [[items]]
993 [[items]]
994 section = "experimental"
994 section = "experimental"
995 name = "nonnormalparanoidcheck"
995 name = "nonnormalparanoidcheck"
996 default = false
996 default = false
997
997
998 [[items]]
998 [[items]]
999 section = "experimental"
999 section = "experimental"
1000 name = "obsmarkers-exchange-debug"
1000 name = "obsmarkers-exchange-debug"
1001 default = false
1001 default = false
1002
1002
1003 [[items]]
1003 [[items]]
1004 section = "experimental"
1004 section = "experimental"
1005 name = "rebaseskipobsolete"
1005 name = "rebaseskipobsolete"
1006 default = true
1006 default = true
1007
1007
1008 [[items]]
1008 [[items]]
1009 section = "experimental"
1009 section = "experimental"
1010 name = "remotenames"
1010 name = "remotenames"
1011 default = false
1011 default = false
1012
1012
1013 [[items]]
1013 [[items]]
1014 section = "experimental"
1014 section = "experimental"
1015 name = "removeemptydirs"
1015 name = "removeemptydirs"
1016 default = true
1016 default = true
1017
1017
1018 [[items]]
1018 [[items]]
1019 section = "experimental"
1019 section = "experimental"
1020 name = "revert.interactive.select-to-keep"
1020 name = "revert.interactive.select-to-keep"
1021 default = false
1021 default = false
1022
1022
1023 [[items]]
1023 [[items]]
1024 section = "experimental"
1024 section = "experimental"
1025 name = "revisions.disambiguatewithin"
1025 name = "revisions.disambiguatewithin"
1026
1026
1027 [[items]]
1027 [[items]]
1028 section = "experimental"
1028 section = "experimental"
1029 name = "revisions.prefixhexnode"
1029 name = "revisions.prefixhexnode"
1030 default = false
1030 default = false
1031
1031
1032 # "out of experimental" todo list.
1032 # "out of experimental" todo list.
1033 #
1033 #
1034 # * include management of a persistent nodemap in the main docket
1034 # * include management of a persistent nodemap in the main docket
1035 # * enforce a "no-truncate" policy for mmap safety
1035 # * enforce a "no-truncate" policy for mmap safety
1036 # - for censoring operation
1036 # - for censoring operation
1037 # - for stripping operation
1037 # - for stripping operation
1038 # - for rollback operation
1038 # - for rollback operation
1039 # * proper streaming (race free) of the docket file
1039 # * proper streaming (race free) of the docket file
1040 # * track garbage data to evemtually allow rewriting -existing- sidedata.
1040 # * track garbage data to evemtually allow rewriting -existing- sidedata.
1041 # * Exchange-wise, we will also need to do something more efficient than
1041 # * Exchange-wise, we will also need to do something more efficient than
1042 # keeping references to the affected revlogs, especially memory-wise when
1042 # keeping references to the affected revlogs, especially memory-wise when
1043 # rewriting sidedata.
1043 # rewriting sidedata.
1044 # * introduce a proper solution to reduce the number of filelog related files.
1044 # * introduce a proper solution to reduce the number of filelog related files.
1045 # * use caching for reading sidedata (similar to what we do for data).
1045 # * use caching for reading sidedata (similar to what we do for data).
1046 # * no longer set offset=0 if sidedata_size=0 (simplify cutoff computation).
1046 # * no longer set offset=0 if sidedata_size=0 (simplify cutoff computation).
1047 # * Improvement to consider
1047 # * Improvement to consider
1048 # - avoid compression header in chunk using the default compression?
1048 # - avoid compression header in chunk using the default compression?
1049 # - forbid "inline" compression mode entirely?
1049 # - forbid "inline" compression mode entirely?
1050 # - split the data offset and flag field (the 2 bytes save are mostly trouble)
1050 # - split the data offset and flag field (the 2 bytes save are mostly trouble)
1051 # - keep track of uncompressed -chunk- size (to preallocate memory better)
1051 # - keep track of uncompressed -chunk- size (to preallocate memory better)
1052 # - keep track of chain base or size (probably not that useful anymore)
1052 # - keep track of chain base or size (probably not that useful anymore)
1053 [[items]]
1053 [[items]]
1054 section = "experimental"
1054 section = "experimental"
1055 name = "revlogv2"
1055 name = "revlogv2"
1056
1056
1057 [[items]]
1057 [[items]]
1058 section = "experimental"
1058 section = "experimental"
1059 name = "rust.index"
1059 name = "rust.index"
1060 default = false
1060 default = false
1061
1061
1062 [[items]]
1062 [[items]]
1063 section = "experimental"
1063 section = "experimental"
1064 name = "server.allow-hidden-access"
1064 name = "server.allow-hidden-access"
1065 default-type = "list_type"
1065 default-type = "list_type"
1066
1066
1067 [[items]]
1067 [[items]]
1068 section = "experimental"
1068 section = "experimental"
1069 name = "server.filesdata.recommended-batch-size"
1069 name = "server.filesdata.recommended-batch-size"
1070 default = 50000
1070 default = 50000
1071
1071
1072 [[items]]
1072 [[items]]
1073 section = "experimental"
1073 section = "experimental"
1074 name = "server.manifestdata.recommended-batch-size"
1074 name = "server.manifestdata.recommended-batch-size"
1075 default = 100000
1075 default = 100000
1076
1076
1077 [[items]]
1077 [[items]]
1078 section = "experimental"
1078 section = "experimental"
1079 name = "server.stream-narrow-clones"
1079 name = "server.stream-narrow-clones"
1080 default = false
1080 default = false
1081
1081
1082 [[items]]
1082 [[items]]
1083 section = "experimental"
1083 section = "experimental"
1084 name = "single-head-per-branch"
1084 name = "single-head-per-branch"
1085 default = false
1085 default = false
1086
1086
1087 [[items]]
1087 [[items]]
1088 section = "experimental"
1088 section = "experimental"
1089 name = "single-head-per-branch:account-closed-heads"
1089 name = "single-head-per-branch:account-closed-heads"
1090 default = false
1090 default = false
1091
1091
1092 [[items]]
1092 [[items]]
1093 section = "experimental"
1093 section = "experimental"
1094 name = "single-head-per-branch:public-changes-only"
1094 name = "single-head-per-branch:public-changes-only"
1095 default = false
1095 default = false
1096
1096
1097 [[items]]
1097 [[items]]
1098 section = "experimental"
1098 section = "experimental"
1099 name = "sparse-read"
1099 name = "sparse-read"
1100 default = false
1100 default = false
1101
1101
1102 [[items]]
1102 [[items]]
1103 section = "experimental"
1103 section = "experimental"
1104 name = "sparse-read.density-threshold"
1104 name = "sparse-read.density-threshold"
1105 default = 0.5
1105 default = 0.5
1106
1106
1107 [[items]]
1107 [[items]]
1108 section = "experimental"
1108 section = "experimental"
1109 name = "sparse-read.min-gap-size"
1109 name = "sparse-read.min-gap-size"
1110 default = "65K"
1110 default = "65K"
1111
1111
1112 [[items]]
1112 [[items]]
1113 section = "experimental"
1113 section = "experimental"
1114 name = "revlog.uncompressed-cache.enabled"
1114 name = "revlog.uncompressed-cache.enabled"
1115 default = true
1115 default = true
1116 experimental = true
1116 experimental = true
1117 documentation = """Enable some caching of uncompressed chunk, greatly boosting
1117 documentation = """Enable some caching of uncompressed chunk, greatly boosting
1118 performance at the cost of memory usage."""
1118 performance at the cost of memory usage."""
1119
1119
1120 [[items]]
1120 [[items]]
1121 section = "experimental"
1121 section = "experimental"
1122 name = "revlog.uncompressed-cache.factor"
1122 name = "revlog.uncompressed-cache.factor"
1123 default = 4
1123 default = 4
1124 experimental = true
1124 experimental = true
1125 documentation = """The size of the cache compared to the largest revision seen."""
1125 documentation = """The size of the cache compared to the largest revision seen."""
1126
1126
1127 [[items]]
1127 [[items]]
1128 section = "experimental"
1128 section = "experimental"
1129 name = "revlog.uncompressed-cache.count"
1129 name = "revlog.uncompressed-cache.count"
1130 default = 10000
1130 default = 10000
1131 experimental = true
1131 experimental = true
1132 documentation = """The number of chunk cached."""
1132 documentation = """The number of chunk cached."""
1133
1133
1134 [[items]]
1134 [[items]]
1135 section = "experimental"
1135 section = "experimental"
1136 name = "stream-v3"
1136 name = "stream-v3"
1137 default = false
1137 default = false
1138
1138
1139 [[items]]
1139 [[items]]
1140 section = "experimental"
1140 section = "experimental"
1141 name = "treemanifest"
1141 name = "treemanifest"
1142 default = false
1142 default = false
1143
1143
1144 [[items]]
1144 [[items]]
1145 section = "experimental"
1145 section = "experimental"
1146 name = "update.atomic-file"
1146 name = "update.atomic-file"
1147 default = false
1147 default = false
1148
1148
1149 [[items]]
1149 [[items]]
1150 section = "experimental"
1150 section = "experimental"
1151 name = "web.full-garbage-collection-rate"
1151 name = "web.full-garbage-collection-rate"
1152 default = 1 # still forcing a full collection on each request
1152 default = 1 # still forcing a full collection on each request
1153
1153
1154 [[items]]
1154 [[items]]
1155 section = "experimental"
1155 section = "experimental"
1156 name = "worker.repository-upgrade"
1156 name = "worker.repository-upgrade"
1157 default = false
1157 default = false
1158
1158
1159 [[items]]
1159 [[items]]
1160 section = "experimental"
1160 section = "experimental"
1161 name = "worker.wdir-get-thread-safe"
1161 name = "worker.wdir-get-thread-safe"
1162 default = false
1162 default = false
1163
1163
1164 [[items]]
1164 [[items]]
1165 section = "experimental"
1165 section = "experimental"
1166 name = "xdiff"
1166 name = "xdiff"
1167 default = false
1167 default = false
1168
1168
1169 [[items]]
1169 [[items]]
1170 section = "extdata"
1170 section = "extdata"
1171 name = ".*"
1171 name = ".*"
1172 generic = true
1172 generic = true
1173
1173
1174 [[items]]
1174 [[items]]
1175 section = "extensions"
1175 section = "extensions"
1176 name = "[^:]*"
1176 name = "[^:]*"
1177 generic = true
1177 generic = true
1178
1178
1179 [[items]]
1179 [[items]]
1180 section = "extensions"
1180 section = "extensions"
1181 name = "[^:]*:required"
1181 name = "[^:]*:required"
1182 default = false
1182 default = false
1183 generic = true
1183 generic = true
1184
1184
1185 [[items]]
1185 [[items]]
1186 section = "format"
1186 section = "format"
1187 name = "bookmarks-in-store"
1187 name = "bookmarks-in-store"
1188 default = false
1188 default = false
1189
1189
1190 [[items]]
1190 [[items]]
1191 section = "format"
1191 section = "format"
1192 name = "chunkcachesize"
1192 name = "chunkcachesize"
1193 experimental = true
1193 experimental = true
1194
1194
1195 [[items]]
1195 [[items]]
1196 section = "format"
1196 section = "format"
1197 name = "dotencode"
1197 name = "dotencode"
1198 default = true
1198 default = true
1199
1199
1200 # The interaction between the archived phase and obsolescence markers needs to
1200 # The interaction between the archived phase and obsolescence markers needs to
1201 # be sorted out before wider usage of this are to be considered.
1201 # be sorted out before wider usage of this are to be considered.
1202 #
1202 #
1203 # At the time this message is written, behavior when archiving obsolete
1203 # At the time this message is written, behavior when archiving obsolete
1204 # changeset differ significantly from stripping. As part of stripping, we also
1204 # changeset differ significantly from stripping. As part of stripping, we also
1205 # remove the obsolescence marker associated to the stripped changesets,
1205 # remove the obsolescence marker associated to the stripped changesets,
1206 # revealing the precedecessors changesets when applicable. When archiving, we
1206 # revealing the precedecessors changesets when applicable. When archiving, we
1207 # don't touch the obsolescence markers, keeping everything hidden. This can
1207 # don't touch the obsolescence markers, keeping everything hidden. This can
1208 # result in quite confusing situation for people combining exchanging draft
1208 # result in quite confusing situation for people combining exchanging draft
1209 # with the archived phases. As some markers needed by others may be skipped
1209 # with the archived phases. As some markers needed by others may be skipped
1210 # during exchange.
1210 # during exchange.
1211 [[items]]
1211 [[items]]
1212 section = "format"
1212 section = "format"
1213 name = "exp-archived-phase"
1213 name = "exp-archived-phase"
1214 default = false
1214 default = false
1215 experimental = true
1215 experimental = true
1216
1216
1217 # Experimental TODOs:
1217 # Experimental TODOs:
1218 #
1218 #
1219 # * Same as for revlogv2 (but for the reduction of the number of files)
1219 # * Same as for revlogv2 (but for the reduction of the number of files)
1220 # * Actually computing the rank of changesets
1220 # * Actually computing the rank of changesets
1221 # * Improvement to investigate
1221 # * Improvement to investigate
1222 # - storing .hgtags fnode
1222 # - storing .hgtags fnode
1223 # - storing branch related identifier
1223 # - storing branch related identifier
1224 [[items]]
1224 [[items]]
1225 section = "format"
1225 section = "format"
1226 name = "exp-use-changelog-v2"
1226 name = "exp-use-changelog-v2"
1227 experimental = true
1227 experimental = true
1228
1228
1229 [[items]]
1229 [[items]]
1230 section = "format"
1230 section = "format"
1231 name = "exp-use-copies-side-data-changeset"
1231 name = "exp-use-copies-side-data-changeset"
1232 default = false
1232 default = false
1233 experimental = true
1233 experimental = true
1234
1234
1235 [[items]]
1235 [[items]]
1236 section = "format"
1236 section = "format"
1237 name = "generaldelta"
1237 name = "generaldelta"
1238 default = false
1238 default = false
1239 experimental = true
1239 experimental = true
1240
1240
1241 [[items]]
1241 [[items]]
1242 section = "format"
1242 section = "format"
1243 name = "manifestcachesize"
1243 name = "manifestcachesize"
1244 experimental = true
1244 experimental = true
1245
1245
1246 [[items]]
1246 [[items]]
1247 section = "format"
1247 section = "format"
1248 name = "maxchainlen"
1248 name = "maxchainlen"
1249 default-type = "dynamic"
1249 default-type = "dynamic"
1250 experimental = true
1250 experimental = true
1251
1251
1252 [[items]]
1252 [[items]]
1253 section = "format"
1253 section = "format"
1254 name = "obsstore-version"
1254 name = "obsstore-version"
1255
1255
1256 [[items]]
1256 [[items]]
1257 section = "format"
1257 section = "format"
1258 name = "revlog-compression"
1258 name = "revlog-compression"
1259 default-type = "lambda"
1259 default-type = "lambda"
1260 alias = [["experimental", "format.compression"]]
1260 alias = [["experimental", "format.compression"]]
1261 default = [ "zstd", "zlib",]
1261 default = [ "zstd", "zlib",]
1262
1262
1263 [[items]]
1263 [[items]]
1264 section = "format"
1264 section = "format"
1265 name = "sparse-revlog"
1265 name = "sparse-revlog"
1266 default = true
1266 default = true
1267
1267
1268 [[items]]
1268 [[items]]
1269 section = "format"
1269 section = "format"
1270 name = "use-dirstate-tracked-hint"
1270 name = "use-dirstate-tracked-hint"
1271 default = false
1271 default = false
1272 experimental = true
1272 experimental = true
1273
1273
1274 [[items]]
1274 [[items]]
1275 section = "format"
1275 section = "format"
1276 name = "use-dirstate-tracked-hint.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories"
1276 name = "use-dirstate-tracked-hint.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories"
1277 default = false
1277 default = false
1278 experimental = true
1278 experimental = true
1279
1279
1280 [[items]]
1280 [[items]]
1281 section = "format"
1281 section = "format"
1282 name = "use-dirstate-tracked-hint.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet"
1282 name = "use-dirstate-tracked-hint.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet"
1283 default = false
1283 default = false
1284 experimental = true
1284 experimental = true
1285
1285
1286 [[items]]
1286 [[items]]
1287 section = "format"
1287 section = "format"
1288 name = "use-dirstate-tracked-hint.version"
1288 name = "use-dirstate-tracked-hint.version"
1289 default = 1
1289 default = 1
1290 experimental = true
1290 experimental = true
1291
1291
1292 [[items]]
1292 [[items]]
1293 section = "format"
1293 section = "format"
1294 name = "use-dirstate-v2"
1294 name = "use-dirstate-v2"
1295 default = false
1295 default = false
1296 alias = [["format", "exp-rc-dirstate-v2"]]
1296 alias = [["format", "exp-rc-dirstate-v2"]]
1297 experimental = true
1297 experimental = true
1298 documentation = """Enables dirstate-v2 format *when creating a new repository*.
1298 documentation = """Enables dirstate-v2 format *when creating a new repository*.
1299 Which format to use for existing repos is controlled by `.hg/requires`."""
1299 Which format to use for existing repos is controlled by `.hg/requires`."""
1300
1300
1301 [[items]]
1301 [[items]]
1302 section = "format"
1302 section = "format"
1303 name = "use-dirstate-v2.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories"
1303 name = "use-dirstate-v2.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories"
1304 default = false
1304 default = false
1305 experimental = true
1305 experimental = true
1306
1306
1307 [[items]]
1307 [[items]]
1308 section = "format"
1308 section = "format"
1309 name = "use-dirstate-v2.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet"
1309 name = "use-dirstate-v2.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet"
1310 default = false
1310 default = false
1311 experimental = true
1311 experimental = true
1312
1312
1313 # Having this on by default means we are confident about the scaling of phases.
1313 # Having this on by default means we are confident about the scaling of phases.
1314 # This is not garanteed to be the case at the time this message is written.
1314 # This is not garanteed to be the case at the time this message is written.
1315 [[items]]
1315 [[items]]
1316 section = "format"
1316 section = "format"
1317 name = "use-internal-phase"
1317 name = "use-internal-phase"
1318 default = false
1318 default = false
1319 experimental = true
1319 experimental = true
1320
1320
1321 [[items]]
1321 [[items]]
1322 section = "format"
1322 section = "format"
1323 name = "use-persistent-nodemap"
1323 name = "use-persistent-nodemap"
1324 default-type = "dynamic"
1324 default-type = "dynamic"
1325
1325
1326 [[items]]
1326 [[items]]
1327 section = "format"
1327 section = "format"
1328 name = "use-share-safe"
1328 name = "use-share-safe"
1329 default = true
1329 default = true
1330
1330
1331 [[items]]
1331 [[items]]
1332 section = "format"
1332 section = "format"
1333 name = "use-share-safe.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories"
1333 name = "use-share-safe.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories"
1334 default = false
1334 default = false
1335 experimental = true
1335 experimental = true
1336
1336
1337 [[items]]
1337 [[items]]
1338 section = "format"
1338 section = "format"
1339 name = "use-share-safe.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet"
1339 name = "use-share-safe.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet"
1340 default = false
1340 default = false
1341 experimental = true
1341 experimental = true
1342
1342
1343 [[items]]
1343 [[items]]
1344 section = "format"
1344 section = "format"
1345 name = "usefncache"
1345 name = "usefncache"
1346 default = true
1346 default = true
1347
1347
1348 [[items]]
1348 [[items]]
1349 section = "format"
1349 section = "format"
1350 name = "usegeneraldelta"
1350 name = "usegeneraldelta"
1351 default = true
1351 default = true
1352
1352
1353 [[items]]
1353 [[items]]
1354 section = "format"
1354 section = "format"
1355 name = "usestore"
1355 name = "usestore"
1356 default = true
1356 default = true
1357
1357
1358 [[items]]
1358 [[items]]
1359 section = "fsmonitor"
1359 section = "fsmonitor"
1360 name = "warn_update_file_count"
1360 name = "warn_update_file_count"
1361 default = 50000
1361 default = 50000
1362
1362
1363 [[items]]
1363 [[items]]
1364 section = "fsmonitor"
1364 section = "fsmonitor"
1365 name = "warn_update_file_count_rust"
1365 name = "warn_update_file_count_rust"
1366 default = 400000
1366 default = 400000
1367
1367
1368 [[items]]
1368 [[items]]
1369 section = "fsmonitor"
1369 section = "fsmonitor"
1370 name = "warn_when_unused"
1370 name = "warn_when_unused"
1371 default = true
1371 default = true
1372
1372
1373 [[items]]
1373 [[items]]
1374 section = "help"
1374 section = "help"
1375 name = 'hidden-command\..*'
1375 name = 'hidden-command\..*'
1376 default = false
1376 default = false
1377 generic = true
1377 generic = true
1378
1378
1379 [[items]]
1379 [[items]]
1380 section = "help"
1380 section = "help"
1381 name = 'hidden-topic\..*'
1381 name = 'hidden-topic\..*'
1382 default = false
1382 default = false
1383 generic = true
1383 generic = true
1384
1384
1385 [[items]]
1385 [[items]]
1386 section = "hgweb-paths"
1386 section = "hgweb-paths"
1387 name = ".*"
1387 name = ".*"
1388 default-type = "list_type"
1388 default-type = "list_type"
1389 generic = true
1389 generic = true
1390
1390
1391 [[items]]
1391 [[items]]
1392 section = "hooks"
1392 section = "hooks"
1393 name = ".*:run-with-plain"
1393 name = ".*:run-with-plain"
1394 default = true
1394 default = true
1395 generic = true
1395 generic = true
1396
1396
1397 [[items]]
1397 [[items]]
1398 section = "hooks"
1398 section = "hooks"
1399 name = "[^:]*"
1399 name = "[^:]*"
1400 default-type = "dynamic"
1400 default-type = "dynamic"
1401 generic = true
1401 generic = true
1402
1402
1403 [[items]]
1403 [[items]]
1404 section = "hostfingerprints"
1404 section = "hostfingerprints"
1405 name = ".*"
1405 name = ".*"
1406 default-type = "list_type"
1406 default-type = "list_type"
1407 generic = true
1407 generic = true
1408
1408
1409 [[items]]
1409 [[items]]
1410 section = "hostsecurity"
1410 section = "hostsecurity"
1411 name = ".*:ciphers$"
1411 name = ".*:ciphers$"
1412 default-type = "dynamic"
1412 default-type = "dynamic"
1413 generic = true
1413 generic = true
1414
1414
1415 [[items]]
1415 [[items]]
1416 section = "hostsecurity"
1416 section = "hostsecurity"
1417 name = ".*:fingerprints$"
1417 name = ".*:fingerprints$"
1418 default-type = "list_type"
1418 default-type = "list_type"
1419 generic = true
1419 generic = true
1420
1420
1421 [[items]]
1421 [[items]]
1422 section = "hostsecurity"
1422 section = "hostsecurity"
1423 name = ".*:minimumprotocol$"
1423 name = ".*:minimumprotocol$"
1424 default-type = "dynamic"
1424 default-type = "dynamic"
1425 generic = true
1425 generic = true
1426
1426
1427 [[items]]
1427 [[items]]
1428 section = "hostsecurity"
1428 section = "hostsecurity"
1429 name = ".*:verifycertsfile$"
1429 name = ".*:verifycertsfile$"
1430 generic = true
1430 generic = true
1431
1431
1432 [[items]]
1432 [[items]]
1433 section = "hostsecurity"
1433 section = "hostsecurity"
1434 name = "ciphers"
1434 name = "ciphers"
1435
1435
1436 [[items]]
1436 [[items]]
1437 section = "hostsecurity"
1437 section = "hostsecurity"
1438 name = "minimumprotocol"
1438 name = "minimumprotocol"
1439 default-type = "dynamic"
1439 default-type = "dynamic"
1440
1440
1441 [[items]]
1441 [[items]]
1442 section = "http"
1442 section = "http"
1443 name = "timeout"
1443 name = "timeout"
1444
1444
1445 [[items]]
1445 [[items]]
1446 section = "http_proxy"
1446 section = "http_proxy"
1447 name = "always"
1447 name = "always"
1448 default = false
1448 default = false
1449
1449
1450 [[items]]
1450 [[items]]
1451 section = "http_proxy"
1451 section = "http_proxy"
1452 name = "host"
1452 name = "host"
1453
1453
1454 [[items]]
1454 [[items]]
1455 section = "http_proxy"
1455 section = "http_proxy"
1456 name = "no"
1456 name = "no"
1457 default-type = "list_type"
1457 default-type = "list_type"
1458
1458
1459 [[items]]
1459 [[items]]
1460 section = "http_proxy"
1460 section = "http_proxy"
1461 name = "passwd"
1461 name = "passwd"
1462
1462
1463 [[items]]
1463 [[items]]
1464 section = "http_proxy"
1464 section = "http_proxy"
1465 name = "user"
1465 name = "user"
1466
1466
1467 [[items]]
1467 [[items]]
1468 section = "logtoprocess"
1468 section = "logtoprocess"
1469 name = "command"
1469 name = "command"
1470
1470
1471 [[items]]
1471 [[items]]
1472 section = "logtoprocess"
1472 section = "logtoprocess"
1473 name = "commandexception"
1473 name = "commandexception"
1474
1474
1475 [[items]]
1475 [[items]]
1476 section = "logtoprocess"
1476 section = "logtoprocess"
1477 name = "commandfinish"
1477 name = "commandfinish"
1478
1478
1479 [[items]]
1479 [[items]]
1480 section = "logtoprocess"
1480 section = "logtoprocess"
1481 name = "develwarn"
1481 name = "develwarn"
1482
1482
1483 [[items]]
1483 [[items]]
1484 section = "logtoprocess"
1484 section = "logtoprocess"
1485 name = "uiblocked"
1485 name = "uiblocked"
1486
1486
1487 [[items]]
1487 [[items]]
1488 section = "merge"
1488 section = "merge"
1489 name = "checkignored"
1489 name = "checkignored"
1490 default = "abort"
1490 default = "abort"
1491
1491
1492 [[items]]
1492 [[items]]
1493 section = "merge"
1493 section = "merge"
1494 name = "checkunknown"
1494 name = "checkunknown"
1495 default = "abort"
1495 default = "abort"
1496
1496
1497 [[items]]
1497 [[items]]
1498 section = "merge"
1498 section = "merge"
1499 name = "disable-partial-tools"
1499 name = "disable-partial-tools"
1500 default = false
1500 default = false
1501 experimental = true
1501 experimental = true
1502
1502
1503 [[items]]
1503 [[items]]
1504 section = "merge"
1504 section = "merge"
1505 name = "followcopies"
1505 name = "followcopies"
1506 default = true
1506 default = true
1507
1507
1508 [[items]]
1508 [[items]]
1509 section = "merge"
1509 section = "merge"
1510 name = "on-failure"
1510 name = "on-failure"
1511 default = "continue"
1511 default = "continue"
1512
1512
1513 [[items]]
1513 [[items]]
1514 section = "merge"
1514 section = "merge"
1515 name = "preferancestor"
1515 name = "preferancestor"
1516 default-type = "lambda"
1516 default-type = "lambda"
1517 default = ["*"]
1517 default = ["*"]
1518 experimental = true
1518 experimental = true
1519
1519
1520 [[items]]
1520 [[items]]
1521 section = "merge"
1521 section = "merge"
1522 name = "strict-capability-check"
1522 name = "strict-capability-check"
1523 default = false
1523 default = false
1524
1524
1525 [[items]]
1525 [[items]]
1526 section = "merge-tools"
1526 section = "merge-tools"
1527 name = ".*"
1527 name = ".*"
1528 generic = true
1528 generic = true
1529
1529
1530 [[items]]
1530 [[items]]
1531 section = "merge-tools"
1531 section = "merge-tools"
1532 name = '.*\.args$'
1532 name = '.*\.args$'
1533 default = "$local $base $other"
1533 default = "$local $base $other"
1534 generic = true
1534 generic = true
1535 priority = -1
1535 priority = -1
1536
1536
1537 [[items]]
1537 [[items]]
1538 section = "merge-tools"
1538 section = "merge-tools"
1539 name = '.*\.binary$'
1539 name = '.*\.binary$'
1540 default = false
1540 default = false
1541 generic = true
1541 generic = true
1542 priority = -1
1542 priority = -1
1543
1543
1544 [[items]]
1544 [[items]]
1545 section = "merge-tools"
1545 section = "merge-tools"
1546 name = '.*\.check$'
1546 name = '.*\.check$'
1547 default-type = "list_type"
1547 default-type = "list_type"
1548 generic = true
1548 generic = true
1549 priority = -1
1549 priority = -1
1550
1550
1551 [[items]]
1551 [[items]]
1552 section = "merge-tools"
1552 section = "merge-tools"
1553 name = '.*\.checkchanged$'
1553 name = '.*\.checkchanged$'
1554 default = false
1554 default = false
1555 generic = true
1555 generic = true
1556 priority = -1
1556 priority = -1
1557
1557
1558 [[items]]
1558 [[items]]
1559 section = "merge-tools"
1559 section = "merge-tools"
1560 name = '.*\.executable$'
1560 name = '.*\.executable$'
1561 default-type = "dynamic"
1561 default-type = "dynamic"
1562 generic = true
1562 generic = true
1563 priority = -1
1563 priority = -1
1564
1564
1565 [[items]]
1565 [[items]]
1566 section = "merge-tools"
1566 section = "merge-tools"
1567 name = '.*\.fixeol$'
1567 name = '.*\.fixeol$'
1568 default = false
1568 default = false
1569 generic = true
1569 generic = true
1570 priority = -1
1570 priority = -1
1571
1571
1572 [[items]]
1572 [[items]]
1573 section = "merge-tools"
1573 section = "merge-tools"
1574 name = '.*\.gui$'
1574 name = '.*\.gui$'
1575 default = false
1575 default = false
1576 generic = true
1576 generic = true
1577 priority = -1
1577 priority = -1
1578
1578
1579 [[items]]
1579 [[items]]
1580 section = "merge-tools"
1580 section = "merge-tools"
1581 name = '.*\.mergemarkers$'
1581 name = '.*\.mergemarkers$'
1582 default = "basic"
1582 default = "basic"
1583 generic = true
1583 generic = true
1584 priority = -1
1584 priority = -1
1585
1585
1586 [[items]]
1586 [[items]]
1587 section = "merge-tools"
1587 section = "merge-tools"
1588 name = '.*\.mergemarkertemplate$' # take from command-templates.mergemarker
1588 name = '.*\.mergemarkertemplate$' # take from command-templates.mergemarker
1589 default-type = "dynamic"
1589 default-type = "dynamic"
1590 generic = true
1590 generic = true
1591 priority = -1
1591 priority = -1
1592
1592
1593 [[items]]
1593 [[items]]
1594 section = "merge-tools"
1594 section = "merge-tools"
1595 name = '.*\.premerge$'
1595 name = '.*\.premerge$'
1596 default-type = "dynamic"
1596 default-type = "dynamic"
1597 generic = true
1597 generic = true
1598 priority = -1
1598 priority = -1
1599
1599
1600 [[items]]
1600 [[items]]
1601 section = "merge-tools"
1601 section = "merge-tools"
1602 name = '.*\.priority$'
1602 name = '.*\.priority$'
1603 default = 0
1603 default = 0
1604 generic = true
1604 generic = true
1605 priority = -1
1605 priority = -1
1606
1606
1607 [[items]]
1607 [[items]]
1608 section = "merge-tools"
1608 section = "merge-tools"
1609 name = '.*\.regappend$'
1609 name = '.*\.regappend$'
1610 default = ""
1610 default = ""
1611 generic = true
1611 generic = true
1612 priority = -1
1612 priority = -1
1613
1613
1614 [[items]]
1614 [[items]]
1615 section = "merge-tools"
1615 section = "merge-tools"
1616 name = '.*\.symlink$'
1616 name = '.*\.symlink$'
1617 default = false
1617 default = false
1618 generic = true
1618 generic = true
1619 priority = -1
1619 priority = -1
1620
1620
1621 [[items]]
1621 [[items]]
1622 section = "pager"
1622 section = "pager"
1623 name = "attend-.*"
1623 name = "attend-.*"
1624 default-type = "dynamic"
1624 default-type = "dynamic"
1625 generic = true
1625 generic = true
1626
1626
1627 [[items]]
1627 [[items]]
1628 section = "pager"
1628 section = "pager"
1629 name = "ignore"
1629 name = "ignore"
1630 default-type = "list_type"
1630 default-type = "list_type"
1631
1631
1632 [[items]]
1632 [[items]]
1633 section = "pager"
1633 section = "pager"
1634 name = "pager"
1634 name = "pager"
1635 default-type = "dynamic"
1635 default-type = "dynamic"
1636
1636
1637 [[items]]
1637 [[items]]
1638 section = "partial-merge-tools"
1638 section = "partial-merge-tools"
1639 name = ".*"
1639 name = ".*"
1640 generic = true
1640 generic = true
1641 experimental = true
1641 experimental = true
1642
1642
1643 [[items]]
1643 [[items]]
1644 section = "partial-merge-tools"
1644 section = "partial-merge-tools"
1645 name = '.*\.args'
1645 name = '.*\.args'
1646 default = "$local $base $other"
1646 default = "$local $base $other"
1647 generic = true
1647 generic = true
1648 priority = -1
1648 priority = -1
1649 experimental = true
1649 experimental = true
1650
1650
1651 [[items]]
1651 [[items]]
1652 section = "partial-merge-tools"
1652 section = "partial-merge-tools"
1653 name = '.*\.disable'
1653 name = '.*\.disable'
1654 default = false
1654 default = false
1655 generic = true
1655 generic = true
1656 priority = -1
1656 priority = -1
1657 experimental = true
1657 experimental = true
1658
1658
1659 [[items]]
1659 [[items]]
1660 section = "partial-merge-tools"
1660 section = "partial-merge-tools"
1661 name = '.*\.executable$'
1661 name = '.*\.executable$'
1662 default-type = "dynamic"
1662 default-type = "dynamic"
1663 generic = true
1663 generic = true
1664 priority = -1
1664 priority = -1
1665 experimental = true
1665 experimental = true
1666
1666
1667 [[items]]
1667 [[items]]
1668 section = "partial-merge-tools"
1668 section = "partial-merge-tools"
1669 name = '.*\.order'
1669 name = '.*\.order'
1670 default = 0
1670 default = 0
1671 generic = true
1671 generic = true
1672 priority = -1
1672 priority = -1
1673 experimental = true
1673 experimental = true
1674
1674
1675 [[items]]
1675 [[items]]
1676 section = "partial-merge-tools"
1676 section = "partial-merge-tools"
1677 name = '.*\.patterns'
1677 name = '.*\.patterns'
1678 default-type = "dynamic"
1678 default-type = "dynamic"
1679 generic = true
1679 generic = true
1680 priority = -1
1680 priority = -1
1681 experimental = true
1681 experimental = true
1682
1682
1683 [[items]]
1683 [[items]]
1684 section = "patch"
1684 section = "patch"
1685 name = "eol"
1685 name = "eol"
1686 default = "strict"
1686 default = "strict"
1687
1687
1688 [[items]]
1688 [[items]]
1689 section = "patch"
1689 section = "patch"
1690 name = "fuzz"
1690 name = "fuzz"
1691 default = 2
1691 default = 2
1692
1692
1693 [[items]]
1693 [[items]]
1694 section = "paths"
1694 section = "paths"
1695 name = "[^:]*"
1695 name = "[^:]*"
1696 generic = true
1696 generic = true
1697
1697
1698 [[items]]
1698 [[items]]
1699 section = "paths"
1699 section = "paths"
1700 name = ".*:bookmarks.mode"
1700 name = ".*:bookmarks.mode"
1701 default = "default"
1701 default = "default"
1702 generic = true
1702 generic = true
1703
1703
1704 [[items]]
1704 [[items]]
1705 section = "paths"
1705 section = "paths"
1706 name = ".*:multi-urls"
1706 name = ".*:multi-urls"
1707 default = false
1707 default = false
1708 generic = true
1708 generic = true
1709
1709
1710 [[items]]
1710 [[items]]
1711 section = "paths"
1711 section = "paths"
1712 name = ".*:pulled-delta-reuse-policy"
1712 name = ".*:pulled-delta-reuse-policy"
1713 generic = true
1713 generic = true
1714
1714
1715 [[items]]
1715 [[items]]
1716 section = "paths"
1716 section = "paths"
1717 name = ".*:pushrev"
1717 name = ".*:pushrev"
1718 generic = true
1718 generic = true
1719
1719
1720 [[items]]
1720 [[items]]
1721 section = "paths"
1721 section = "paths"
1722 name = ".*:pushurl"
1722 name = ".*:pushurl"
1723 generic = true
1723 generic = true
1724
1724
1725 [[items]]
1725 [[items]]
1726 section = "paths"
1726 section = "paths"
1727 name = "default"
1727 name = "default"
1728
1728
1729 [[items]]
1729 [[items]]
1730 section = "paths"
1730 section = "paths"
1731 name = "default-push"
1731 name = "default-push"
1732
1732
1733 [[items]]
1733 [[items]]
1734 section = "phases"
1734 section = "phases"
1735 name = "checksubrepos"
1735 name = "checksubrepos"
1736 default = "follow"
1736 default = "follow"
1737
1737
1738 [[items]]
1738 [[items]]
1739 section = "phases"
1739 section = "phases"
1740 name = "new-commit"
1740 name = "new-commit"
1741 default = "draft"
1741 default = "draft"
1742
1742
1743 [[items]]
1743 [[items]]
1744 section = "phases"
1744 section = "phases"
1745 name = "publish"
1745 name = "publish"
1746 default = true
1746 default = true
1747
1747
1748 [[items]]
1748 [[items]]
1749 section = "profiling"
1749 section = "profiling"
1750 name = "enabled"
1750 name = "enabled"
1751 default = false
1751 default = false
1752
1752
1753 [[items]]
1753 [[items]]
1754 section = "profiling"
1754 section = "profiling"
1755 name = "format"
1755 name = "format"
1756 default = "text"
1756 default = "text"
1757
1757
1758 [[items]]
1758 [[items]]
1759 section = "profiling"
1759 section = "profiling"
1760 name = "freq"
1760 name = "freq"
1761 default = 1000
1761 default = 1000
1762
1762
1763 [[items]]
1763 [[items]]
1764 section = "profiling"
1764 section = "profiling"
1765 name = "limit"
1765 name = "limit"
1766 default = 30
1766 default = 30
1767
1767
1768 [[items]]
1768 [[items]]
1769 section = "profiling"
1769 section = "profiling"
1770 name = "nested"
1770 name = "nested"
1771 default = 0
1771 default = 0
1772
1772
1773 [[items]]
1773 [[items]]
1774 section = "profiling"
1774 section = "profiling"
1775 name = "output"
1775 name = "output"
1776
1776
1777 [[items]]
1777 [[items]]
1778 section = "profiling"
1778 section = "profiling"
1779 name = "showmax"
1779 name = "showmax"
1780 default = 0.999
1780 default = 0.999
1781
1781
1782 [[items]]
1782 [[items]]
1783 section = "profiling"
1783 section = "profiling"
1784 name = "showmin"
1784 name = "showmin"
1785 default-type = "dynamic"
1785 default-type = "dynamic"
1786
1786
1787 [[items]]
1787 [[items]]
1788 section = "profiling"
1788 section = "profiling"
1789 name = "showtime"
1789 name = "showtime"
1790 default = true
1790 default = true
1791
1791
1792 [[items]]
1792 [[items]]
1793 section = "profiling"
1793 section = "profiling"
1794 name = "sort"
1794 name = "sort"
1795 default = "inlinetime"
1795 default = "inlinetime"
1796
1796
1797 [[items]]
1797 [[items]]
1798 section = "profiling"
1798 section = "profiling"
1799 name = "statformat"
1799 name = "statformat"
1800 default = "hotpath"
1800 default = "hotpath"
1801
1801
1802 [[items]]
1802 [[items]]
1803 section = "profiling"
1803 section = "profiling"
1804 name = "time-track"
1804 name = "time-track"
1805 default-type = "dynamic"
1805 default-type = "dynamic"
1806
1806
1807 [[items]]
1807 [[items]]
1808 section = "profiling"
1808 section = "profiling"
1809 name = "type"
1809 name = "type"
1810 default = "stat"
1810 default = "stat"
1811
1811
1812 [[items]]
1812 [[items]]
1813 section = "progress"
1813 section = "progress"
1814 name = "assume-tty"
1814 name = "assume-tty"
1815 default = false
1815 default = false
1816
1816
1817 [[items]]
1817 [[items]]
1818 section = "progress"
1818 section = "progress"
1819 name = "changedelay"
1819 name = "changedelay"
1820 default = 1
1820 default = 1
1821
1821
1822 [[items]]
1822 [[items]]
1823 section = "progress"
1823 section = "progress"
1824 name = "clear-complete"
1824 name = "clear-complete"
1825 default = true
1825 default = true
1826
1826
1827 [[items]]
1827 [[items]]
1828 section = "progress"
1828 section = "progress"
1829 name = "debug"
1829 name = "debug"
1830 default = false
1830 default = false
1831
1831
1832 [[items]]
1832 [[items]]
1833 section = "progress"
1833 section = "progress"
1834 name = "delay"
1834 name = "delay"
1835 default = 3
1835 default = 3
1836
1836
1837 [[items]]
1837 [[items]]
1838 section = "progress"
1838 section = "progress"
1839 name = "disable"
1839 name = "disable"
1840 default = false
1840 default = false
1841
1841
1842 [[items]]
1842 [[items]]
1843 section = "progress"
1843 section = "progress"
1844 name = "estimateinterval"
1844 name = "estimateinterval"
1845 default = 60.0
1845 default = 60.0
1846
1846
1847 [[items]]
1847 [[items]]
1848 section = "progress"
1848 section = "progress"
1849 name = "format"
1849 name = "format"
1850 default-type = "lambda"
1850 default-type = "lambda"
1851 default = [ "topic", "bar", "number", "estimate",]
1851 default = [ "topic", "bar", "number", "estimate",]
1852
1852
1853 [[items]]
1853 [[items]]
1854 section = "progress"
1854 section = "progress"
1855 name = "refresh"
1855 name = "refresh"
1856 default = 0.1
1856 default = 0.1
1857
1857
1858 [[items]]
1858 [[items]]
1859 section = "progress"
1859 section = "progress"
1860 name = "width"
1860 name = "width"
1861 default-type = "dynamic"
1861 default-type = "dynamic"
1862
1862
1863 [[items]]
1863 [[items]]
1864 section = "pull"
1864 section = "pull"
1865 name = "confirm"
1865 name = "confirm"
1866 default = false
1866 default = false
1867
1867
1868 [[items]]
1868 [[items]]
1869 section = "push"
1869 section = "push"
1870 name = "pushvars.server"
1870 name = "pushvars.server"
1871 default = false
1871 default = false
1872
1872
1873 [[items]]
1873 [[items]]
1874 section = "rebase"
1874 section = "rebase"
1875 name = "experimental.inmemory"
1875 name = "experimental.inmemory"
1876 default = false
1876 default = false
1877
1877
1878 [[items]]
1878 [[items]]
1879 section = "rebase"
1879 section = "rebase"
1880 name = "singletransaction"
1880 name = "singletransaction"
1881 default = false
1881 default = false
1882
1882
1883 [[items]]
1883 [[items]]
1884 section = "rebase"
1884 section = "rebase"
1885 name = "store-source"
1885 name = "store-source"
1886 default = true
1886 default = true
1887 experimental = true
1887 experimental = true
1888 documentation = """Controls creation of a `rebase_source` extra field during rebase.
1888 documentation = """Controls creation of a `rebase_source` extra field during rebase.
1889 When false, no such field is created. This is useful e.g. for incrementally \
1889 When false, no such field is created. This is useful e.g. for incrementally \
1890 converting changesets and then rebasing them onto an existing repo.
1890 converting changesets and then rebasing them onto an existing repo.
1891 WARNING: this is an advanced setting reserved for people who know \
1891 WARNING: this is an advanced setting reserved for people who know \
1892 exactly what they are doing. Misuse of this setting can easily \
1892 exactly what they are doing. Misuse of this setting can easily \
1893 result in obsmarker cycles and a vivid headache."""
1893 result in obsmarker cycles and a vivid headache."""
1894
1894
1895 [[items]]
1895 [[items]]
1896 section = "rewrite"
1896 section = "rewrite"
1897 name = "backup-bundle"
1897 name = "backup-bundle"
1898 default = true
1898 default = true
1899 alias = [["ui", "history-editing-backup"]]
1899 alias = [["ui", "history-editing-backup"]]
1900
1900
1901 [[items]]
1901 [[items]]
1902 section = "rewrite"
1902 section = "rewrite"
1903 name = "empty-successor"
1903 name = "empty-successor"
1904 default = "skip"
1904 default = "skip"
1905 experimental = true
1905 experimental = true
1906
1906
1907 [[items]]
1907 [[items]]
1908 section = "rewrite"
1908 section = "rewrite"
1909 name = "update-timestamp"
1909 name = "update-timestamp"
1910 default = false
1910 default = false
1911
1911
1912 [[items]]
1912 [[items]]
1913 section = "rhg"
1913 section = "rhg"
1914 name = "cat"
1914 name = "cat"
1915 default = true
1915 default = true
1916 experimental = true
1916 experimental = true
1917 documentation = """rhg cat has some quirks that need to be ironed out. \
1917 documentation = """rhg cat has some quirks that need to be ironed out. \
1918 In particular, the `-r` argument accepts a partial hash, but does not \
1918 In particular, the `-r` argument accepts a partial hash, but does not \
1919 correctly resolve `abcdef` as a potential bookmark, tag or branch name."""
1919 correctly resolve `abcdef` as a potential bookmark, tag or branch name."""
1920
1920
1921 [[items]]
1921 [[items]]
1922 section = "rhg"
1922 section = "rhg"
1923 name = "fallback-exectutable"
1923 name = "fallback-exectutable"
1924 experimental = true
1924 experimental = true
1925
1925
1926 [[items]]
1926 [[items]]
1927 section = "rhg"
1927 section = "rhg"
1928 name = "fallback-immediately"
1928 name = "fallback-immediately"
1929 default = false
1929 default = false
1930 experimental = true
1930 experimental = true
1931
1931
1932 [[items]]
1932 [[items]]
1933 section = "rhg"
1933 section = "rhg"
1934 name = "ignored-extensions"
1934 name = "ignored-extensions"
1935 default-type = "list_type"
1935 default-type = "list_type"
1936 experimental = true
1936 experimental = true
1937
1937
1938 [[items]]
1938 [[items]]
1939 section = "rhg"
1939 section = "rhg"
1940 name = "on-unsupported"
1940 name = "on-unsupported"
1941 default = "abort"
1941 default = "abort"
1942 experimental = true
1942 experimental = true
1943
1943
1944 [[items]]
1944 [[items]]
1945 section = "server"
1945 section = "server"
1946 name = "bookmarks-pushkey-compat"
1946 name = "bookmarks-pushkey-compat"
1947 default = true
1947 default = true
1948
1948
1949 [[items]]
1949 [[items]]
1950 section = "server"
1950 section = "server"
1951 name = "bundle1"
1951 name = "bundle1"
1952 default = true
1952 default = true
1953
1953
1954 [[items]]
1954 [[items]]
1955 section = "server"
1955 section = "server"
1956 name = "bundle1.pull"
1956 name = "bundle1.pull"
1957
1957
1958 [[items]]
1958 [[items]]
1959 section = "server"
1959 section = "server"
1960 name = "bundle1.push"
1960 name = "bundle1.push"
1961
1961
1962 [[items]]
1962 [[items]]
1963 section = "server"
1963 section = "server"
1964 name = "bundle1gd"
1964 name = "bundle1gd"
1965
1965
1966 [[items]]
1966 [[items]]
1967 section = "server"
1967 section = "server"
1968 name = "bundle1gd.pull"
1968 name = "bundle1gd.pull"
1969
1969
1970 [[items]]
1970 [[items]]
1971 section = "server"
1971 section = "server"
1972 name = "bundle1gd.push"
1972 name = "bundle1gd.push"
1973
1973
1974 [[items]]
1974 [[items]]
1975 section = "server"
1975 section = "server"
1976 name = "bundle2.stream"
1976 name = "bundle2.stream"
1977 default = true
1977 default = true
1978 alias = [["experimental", "bundle2.stream"]]
1978 alias = [["experimental", "bundle2.stream"]]
1979
1979
1980 [[items]]
1980 [[items]]
1981 section = "server"
1981 section = "server"
1982 name = "compressionengines"
1982 name = "compressionengines"
1983 default-type = "list_type"
1983 default-type = "list_type"
1984
1984
1985 [[items]]
1985 [[items]]
1986 section = "server"
1986 section = "server"
1987 name = "concurrent-push-mode"
1987 name = "concurrent-push-mode"
1988 default = "check-related"
1988 default = "check-related"
1989
1989
1990 [[items]]
1990 [[items]]
1991 section = "server"
1991 section = "server"
1992 name = "disablefullbundle"
1992 name = "disablefullbundle"
1993 default = false
1993 default = false
1994
1994
1995 [[items]]
1995 [[items]]
1996 section = "server"
1996 section = "server"
1997 name = "maxhttpheaderlen"
1997 name = "maxhttpheaderlen"
1998 default = 1024
1998 default = 1024
1999
1999
2000 [[items]]
2000 [[items]]
2001 section = "server"
2001 section = "server"
2002 name = "preferuncompressed"
2002 name = "preferuncompressed"
2003 default = false
2003 default = false
2004
2004
2005 [[items]]
2005 [[items]]
2006 section = "server"
2006 section = "server"
2007 name = "pullbundle"
2007 name = "pullbundle"
2008 default = true
2008 default = true
2009
2009
2010 [[items]]
2010 [[items]]
2011 section = "server"
2011 section = "server"
2012 name = "streamunbundle"
2012 name = "streamunbundle"
2013 default = false
2013 default = false
2014
2014
2015 [[items]]
2015 [[items]]
2016 section = "server"
2016 section = "server"
2017 name = "uncompressed"
2017 name = "uncompressed"
2018 default = true
2018 default = true
2019
2019
2020 [[items]]
2020 [[items]]
2021 section = "server"
2021 section = "server"
2022 name = "uncompressedallowsecret"
2022 name = "uncompressedallowsecret"
2023 default = false
2023 default = false
2024
2024
2025 [[items]]
2025 [[items]]
2026 section = "server"
2026 section = "server"
2027 name = "validate"
2027 name = "validate"
2028 default = false
2028 default = false
2029
2029
2030 [[items]]
2030 [[items]]
2031 section = "server"
2031 section = "server"
2032 name = "view"
2032 name = "view"
2033 default = "served"
2033 default = "served"
2034
2034
2035 [[items]]
2035 [[items]]
2036 section = "server"
2036 section = "server"
2037 name = "zliblevel"
2037 name = "zliblevel"
2038 default = -1
2038 default = -1
2039
2039
2040 [[items]]
2040 [[items]]
2041 section = "server"
2041 section = "server"
2042 name = "zstdlevel"
2042 name = "zstdlevel"
2043 default = 3
2043 default = 3
2044
2044
2045 [[items]]
2045 [[items]]
2046 section = "share"
2046 section = "share"
2047 name = "pool"
2047 name = "pool"
2048
2048
2049 [[items]]
2049 [[items]]
2050 section = "share"
2050 section = "share"
2051 name = "poolnaming"
2051 name = "poolnaming"
2052 default = "identity"
2052 default = "identity"
2053
2053
2054 [[items]]
2054 [[items]]
2055 section = "share"
2055 section = "share"
2056 name = "safe-mismatch.source-not-safe"
2056 name = "safe-mismatch.source-not-safe"
2057 default = "abort"
2057 default = "abort"
2058
2058
2059 [[items]]
2059 [[items]]
2060 section = "share"
2060 section = "share"
2061 name = "safe-mismatch.source-not-safe.warn"
2061 name = "safe-mismatch.source-not-safe.warn"
2062 default = true
2062 default = true
2063
2063
2064 [[items]]
2064 [[items]]
2065 section = "share"
2065 section = "share"
2066 name = "safe-mismatch.source-not-safe:verbose-upgrade"
2066 name = "safe-mismatch.source-not-safe:verbose-upgrade"
2067 default = true
2067 default = true
2068
2068
2069 [[items]]
2069 [[items]]
2070 section = "share"
2070 section = "share"
2071 name = "safe-mismatch.source-safe"
2071 name = "safe-mismatch.source-safe"
2072 default = "abort"
2072 default = "abort"
2073
2073
2074 [[items]]
2074 [[items]]
2075 section = "share"
2075 section = "share"
2076 name = "safe-mismatch.source-safe.warn"
2076 name = "safe-mismatch.source-safe.warn"
2077 default = true
2077 default = true
2078
2078
2079 [[items]]
2079 [[items]]
2080 section = "share"
2080 section = "share"
2081 name = "safe-mismatch.source-safe:verbose-upgrade"
2081 name = "safe-mismatch.source-safe:verbose-upgrade"
2082 default = true
2082 default = true
2083
2083
2084 [[items]]
2084 [[items]]
2085 section = "shelve"
2085 section = "shelve"
2086 name = "maxbackups"
2086 name = "maxbackups"
2087 default = 10
2087 default = 10
2088
2088
2089 [[items]]
2089 [[items]]
2090 section = "shelve"
2090 section = "shelve"
2091 name = "store"
2091 name = "store"
2092 default = "internal"
2092 default = "internal"
2093 experimental = true
2093 experimental = true
2094
2094
2095 [[items]]
2095 [[items]]
2096 section = "smtp"
2096 section = "smtp"
2097 name = "host"
2097 name = "host"
2098
2098
2099 [[items]]
2099 [[items]]
2100 section = "smtp"
2100 section = "smtp"
2101 name = "local_hostname"
2101 name = "local_hostname"
2102
2102
2103 [[items]]
2103 [[items]]
2104 section = "smtp"
2104 section = "smtp"
2105 name = "password"
2105 name = "password"
2106
2106
2107 [[items]]
2107 [[items]]
2108 section = "smtp"
2108 section = "smtp"
2109 name = "port"
2109 name = "port"
2110 default-type = "dynamic"
2110 default-type = "dynamic"
2111
2111
2112 [[items]]
2112 [[items]]
2113 section = "smtp"
2113 section = "smtp"
2114 name = "tls"
2114 name = "tls"
2115 default = "none"
2115 default = "none"
2116
2116
2117 [[items]]
2117 [[items]]
2118 section = "smtp"
2118 section = "smtp"
2119 name = "username"
2119 name = "username"
2120
2120
2121 [[items]]
2121 [[items]]
2122 section = "sparse"
2122 section = "sparse"
2123 name = "missingwarning"
2123 name = "missingwarning"
2124 default = true
2124 default = true
2125 experimental = true
2125 experimental = true
2126
2126
2127 [[items]]
2127 [[items]]
2128 section = "storage"
2128 section = "storage"
2129 name = "dirstate-v2.slow-path"
2129 name = "dirstate-v2.slow-path"
2130 default = "abort"
2130 default = "abort"
2131 experimental = true # experimental as long as format.use-dirstate-v2 is.
2131 experimental = true # experimental as long as format.use-dirstate-v2 is.
2132
2132
2133 [[items]]
2133 [[items]]
2134 section = "storage"
2134 section = "storage"
2135 name = "new-repo-backend"
2135 name = "new-repo-backend"
2136 default = "revlogv1"
2136 default = "revlogv1"
2137 experimental = true
2137 experimental = true
2138
2138
2139 [[items]]
2139 [[items]]
2140 section = "storage"
2140 section = "storage"
2141 name = "revlog.delta-parent-search.candidate-group-chunk-size"
2141 name = "revlog.delta-parent-search.candidate-group-chunk-size"
2142 default = 20
2142 default = 20
2143
2143
2144 [[items]]
2144 [[items]]
2145 section = "storage"
2145 section = "storage"
2146 name = "revlog.issue6528.fix-incoming"
2146 name = "revlog.issue6528.fix-incoming"
2147 default = true
2147 default = true
2148
2148
2149 [[items]]
2149 [[items]]
2150 section = "storage"
2150 section = "storage"
2151 name = "revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice"
2151 name = "revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice"
2152 default = true
2152 default = true
2153 alias = [["format", "aggressivemergedeltas"]]
2153 alias = [["format", "aggressivemergedeltas"]]
2154
2154
2155 [[items]]
2155 [[items]]
2156 section = "storage"
2156 section = "storage"
2157 name = "revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap"
2157 name = "revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap"
2158 default = true
2158 default = true
2159
2159
2160 [[items]]
2160 [[items]]
2161 section = "storage"
2161 section = "storage"
2162 name = "revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path"
2162 name = "revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path"
2163 default = "abort"
2163 default = "abort"
2164
2164
2165 [[items]]
2165 [[items]]
2166 section = "storage"
2166 section = "storage"
2167 name = "revlog.reuse-external-delta"
2167 name = "revlog.reuse-external-delta"
2168 default = true
2168 default = true
2169
2169
2170 [[items]]
2170 [[items]]
2171 section = "storage"
2171 section = "storage"
2172 name = "revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent"
2172 name = "revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent"
2173 documentation = """This option is true unless `format.generaldelta` is set."""
2173 documentation = """This option is true unless `format.generaldelta` is set."""
2174
2174
2175 [[items]]
2175 [[items]]
2176 section = "storage"
2176 section = "storage"
2177 name = "revlog.zlib.level"
2177 name = "revlog.zlib.level"
2178
2178
2179 [[items]]
2179 [[items]]
2180 section = "storage"
2180 section = "storage"
2181 name = "revlog.zstd.level"
2181 name = "revlog.zstd.level"
2182
2182
2183 [[items]]
2183 [[items]]
2184 section = "subrepos"
2184 section = "subrepos"
2185 name = "allowed"
2185 name = "allowed"
2186 default-type = "dynamic" # to make backporting simpler
2186 default-type = "dynamic" # to make backporting simpler
2187
2187
2188 [[items]]
2188 [[items]]
2189 section = "subrepos"
2189 section = "subrepos"
2190 name = "git:allowed"
2190 name = "git:allowed"
2191 default-type = "dynamic"
2191 default-type = "dynamic"
2192
2192
2193 [[items]]
2193 [[items]]
2194 section = "subrepos"
2194 section = "subrepos"
2195 name = "hg:allowed"
2195 name = "hg:allowed"
2196 default-type = "dynamic"
2196 default-type = "dynamic"
2197
2197
2198 [[items]]
2198 [[items]]
2199 section = "subrepos"
2199 section = "subrepos"
2200 name = "svn:allowed"
2200 name = "svn:allowed"
2201 default-type = "dynamic"
2201 default-type = "dynamic"
2202
2202
2203 [[items]]
2203 [[items]]
2204 section = "templateconfig"
2204 section = "templateconfig"
2205 name = ".*"
2205 name = ".*"
2206 default-type = "dynamic"
2206 default-type = "dynamic"
2207 generic = true
2207 generic = true
2208
2208
2209 [[items]]
2209 [[items]]
2210 section = "templates"
2210 section = "templates"
2211 name = ".*"
2211 name = ".*"
2212 generic = true
2212 generic = true
2213
2213
2214 [[items]]
2214 [[items]]
2215 section = "trusted"
2215 section = "trusted"
2216 name = "groups"
2216 name = "groups"
2217 default-type = "list_type"
2217 default-type = "list_type"
2218
2218
2219 [[items]]
2219 [[items]]
2220 section = "trusted"
2220 section = "trusted"
2221 name = "users"
2221 name = "users"
2222 default-type = "list_type"
2222 default-type = "list_type"
2223
2223
2224 [[items]]
2224 [[items]]
2225 section = "ui"
2225 section = "ui"
2226 name = "_usedassubrepo"
2226 name = "_usedassubrepo"
2227 default = false
2227 default = false
2228
2228
2229 [[items]]
2229 [[items]]
2230 section = "ui"
2230 section = "ui"
2231 name = "allowemptycommit"
2231 name = "allowemptycommit"
2232 default = false
2232 default = false
2233
2233
2234 [[items]]
2234 [[items]]
2235 section = "ui"
2235 section = "ui"
2236 name = "archivemeta"
2236 name = "archivemeta"
2237 default = true
2237 default = true
2238
2238
2239 [[items]]
2239 [[items]]
2240 section = "ui"
2240 section = "ui"
2241 name = "askusername"
2241 name = "askusername"
2242 default = false
2242 default = false
2243
2243
2244 [[items]]
2244 [[items]]
2245 section = "ui"
2245 section = "ui"
2246 name = "available-memory"
2246 name = "available-memory"
2247
2247
2248 [[items]]
2248 [[items]]
2249 section = "ui"
2249 section = "ui"
2250 name = "clonebundlefallback"
2250 name = "clonebundlefallback"
2251 default = false
2251 default = false
2252
2252
2253 [[items]]
2253 [[items]]
2254 section = "ui"
2254 section = "ui"
2255 name = "clonebundleprefers"
2255 name = "clonebundleprefers"
2256 default-type = "list_type"
2256 default-type = "list_type"
2257
2257
2258 [[items]]
2258 [[items]]
2259 section = "ui"
2259 section = "ui"
2260 name = "clonebundles"
2260 name = "clonebundles"
2261 default = true
2261 default = true
2262
2262
2263 [[items]]
2263 [[items]]
2264 section = "ui"
2264 section = "ui"
2265 name = "color"
2265 name = "color"
2266 default = "auto"
2266 default = "auto"
2267
2267
2268 [[items]]
2268 [[items]]
2269 section = "ui"
2269 section = "ui"
2270 name = "commitsubrepos"
2270 name = "commitsubrepos"
2271 default = false
2271 default = false
2272
2272
2273 [[items]]
2273 [[items]]
2274 section = "ui"
2274 section = "ui"
2275 name = "debug"
2275 name = "debug"
2276 default = false
2276 default = false
2277
2277
2278 [[items]]
2278 [[items]]
2279 section = "ui"
2279 section = "ui"
2280 name = "debugger"
2280 name = "debugger"
2281
2281
2282 [[items]]
2282 [[items]]
2283 section = "ui"
2283 section = "ui"
2284 name = "detailed-exit-code"
2284 name = "detailed-exit-code"
2285 default = false
2285 default = false
2286 experimental = true
2286 experimental = true
2287
2287
2288 [[items]]
2288 [[items]]
2289 section = "ui"
2289 section = "ui"
2290 name = "editor"
2290 name = "editor"
2291 default-type = "dynamic"
2291 default-type = "dynamic"
2292
2292
2293 [[items]]
2293 [[items]]
2294 section = "ui"
2294 section = "ui"
2295 name = "fallbackencoding"
2295 name = "fallbackencoding"
2296
2296
2297 [[items]]
2297 [[items]]
2298 section = "ui"
2298 section = "ui"
2299 name = "forcecwd"
2299 name = "forcecwd"
2300
2300
2301 [[items]]
2301 [[items]]
2302 section = "ui"
2302 section = "ui"
2303 name = "forcemerge"
2303 name = "forcemerge"
2304
2304
2305 [[items]]
2305 [[items]]
2306 section = "ui"
2306 section = "ui"
2307 name = "formatdebug"
2307 name = "formatdebug"
2308 default = false
2308 default = false
2309
2309
2310 [[items]]
2310 [[items]]
2311 section = "ui"
2311 section = "ui"
2312 name = "formatjson"
2312 name = "formatjson"
2313 default = false
2313 default = false
2314
2314
2315 [[items]]
2315 [[items]]
2316 section = "ui"
2316 section = "ui"
2317 name = "formatted"
2317 name = "formatted"
2318
2318
2319 [[items]]
2319 [[items]]
2320 section = "ui"
2320 section = "ui"
2321 name = "interactive"
2321 name = "interactive"
2322
2322
2323 [[items]]
2323 [[items]]
2324 section = "ui"
2324 section = "ui"
2325 name = "interface"
2325 name = "interface"
2326
2326
2327 [[items]]
2327 [[items]]
2328 section = "ui"
2328 section = "ui"
2329 name = "interface.chunkselector"
2329 name = "interface.chunkselector"
2330
2330
2331 [[items]]
2331 [[items]]
2332 section = "ui"
2332 section = "ui"
2333 name = "large-file-limit"
2333 name = "large-file-limit"
2334 default = 10485760
2334 default = 10485760
2335
2335
2336 [[items]]
2336 [[items]]
2337 section = "ui"
2337 section = "ui"
2338 name = "logblockedtimes"
2338 name = "logblockedtimes"
2339 default = false
2339 default = false
2340
2340
2341 [[items]]
2341 [[items]]
2342 section = "ui"
2342 section = "ui"
2343 name = "merge"
2343 name = "merge"
2344
2344
2345 [[items]]
2345 [[items]]
2346 section = "ui"
2346 section = "ui"
2347 name = "mergemarkers"
2347 name = "mergemarkers"
2348 default = "basic"
2348 default = "basic"
2349
2349
2350 [[items]]
2350 [[items]]
2351 section = "ui"
2351 section = "ui"
2352 name = "message-output"
2352 name = "message-output"
2353 default = "stdio"
2353 default = "stdio"
2354
2354
2355 [[items]]
2355 [[items]]
2356 section = "ui"
2356 section = "ui"
2357 name = "nontty"
2357 name = "nontty"
2358 default = false
2358 default = false
2359
2359
2360 [[items]]
2360 [[items]]
2361 section = "ui"
2361 section = "ui"
2362 name = "origbackuppath"
2362 name = "origbackuppath"
2363
2363
2364 [[items]]
2364 [[items]]
2365 section = "ui"
2365 section = "ui"
2366 name = "paginate"
2366 name = "paginate"
2367 default = true
2367 default = true
2368
2368
2369 [[items]]
2369 [[items]]
2370 section = "ui"
2370 section = "ui"
2371 name = "patch"
2371 name = "patch"
2372
2372
2373 [[items]]
2373 [[items]]
2374 section = "ui"
2374 section = "ui"
2375 name = "portablefilenames"
2375 name = "portablefilenames"
2376 default = "warn"
2376 default = "warn"
2377
2377
2378 [[items]]
2378 [[items]]
2379 section = "ui"
2379 section = "ui"
2380 name = "promptecho"
2380 name = "promptecho"
2381 default = false
2381 default = false
2382
2382
2383 [[items]]
2383 [[items]]
2384 section = "ui"
2384 section = "ui"
2385 name = "quiet"
2385 name = "quiet"
2386 default = false
2386 default = false
2387
2387
2388 [[items]]
2388 [[items]]
2389 section = "ui"
2389 section = "ui"
2390 name = "quietbookmarkmove"
2390 name = "quietbookmarkmove"
2391 default = false
2391 default = false
2392
2392
2393 [[items]]
2393 [[items]]
2394 section = "ui"
2394 section = "ui"
2395 name = "relative-paths"
2395 name = "relative-paths"
2396 default = "legacy"
2396 default = "legacy"
2397
2397
2398 [[items]]
2398 [[items]]
2399 section = "ui"
2399 section = "ui"
2400 name = "remotecmd"
2400 name = "remotecmd"
2401 default = "hg"
2401 default = "hg"
2402
2402
2403 [[items]]
2403 [[items]]
2404 section = "ui"
2404 section = "ui"
2405 name = "report_untrusted"
2405 name = "report_untrusted"
2406 default = true
2406 default = true
2407
2407
2408 [[items]]
2408 [[items]]
2409 section = "ui"
2409 section = "ui"
2410 name = "rollback"
2410 name = "rollback"
2411 default = true
2411 default = true
2412
2412
2413 [[items]]
2413 [[items]]
2414 section = "ui"
2414 section = "ui"
2415 name = "signal-safe-lock"
2415 name = "signal-safe-lock"
2416 default = true
2416 default = true
2417
2417
2418 [[items]]
2418 [[items]]
2419 section = "ui"
2419 section = "ui"
2420 name = "slash"
2420 name = "slash"
2421 default = false
2421 default = false
2422
2422
2423 [[items]]
2423 [[items]]
2424 section = "ui"
2424 section = "ui"
2425 name = "ssh"
2425 name = "ssh"
2426 default = "ssh"
2426 default = "ssh"
2427
2427
2428 [[items]]
2428 [[items]]
2429 section = "ui"
2429 section = "ui"
2430 name = "ssherrorhint"
2430 name = "ssherrorhint"
2431
2431
2432 [[items]]
2432 [[items]]
2433 section = "ui"
2433 section = "ui"
2434 name = "statuscopies"
2434 name = "statuscopies"
2435 default = false
2435 default = false
2436
2436
2437 [[items]]
2437 [[items]]
2438 section = "ui"
2438 section = "ui"
2439 name = "strict"
2439 name = "strict"
2440 default = false
2440 default = false
2441
2441
2442 [[items]]
2442 [[items]]
2443 section = "ui"
2443 section = "ui"
2444 name = "style"
2444 name = "style"
2445 default = ""
2445 default = ""
2446
2446
2447 [[items]]
2447 [[items]]
2448 section = "ui"
2448 section = "ui"
2449 name = "supportcontact"
2449 name = "supportcontact"
2450
2450
2451 [[items]]
2451 [[items]]
2452 section = "ui"
2452 section = "ui"
2453 name = "textwidth"
2453 name = "textwidth"
2454 default = 78
2454 default = 78
2455
2455
2456 [[items]]
2456 [[items]]
2457 section = "ui"
2457 section = "ui"
2458 name = "timeout"
2458 name = "timeout"
2459 default = "600"
2459 default = "600"
2460
2460
2461 [[items]]
2461 [[items]]
2462 section = "ui"
2462 section = "ui"
2463 name = "timeout.warn"
2463 name = "timeout.warn"
2464 default = 0
2464 default = 0
2465
2465
2466 [[items]]
2466 [[items]]
2467 section = "ui"
2467 section = "ui"
2468 name = "timestamp-output"
2468 name = "timestamp-output"
2469 default = false
2469 default = false
2470
2470
2471 [[items]]
2471 [[items]]
2472 section = "ui"
2472 section = "ui"
2473 name = "traceback"
2473 name = "traceback"
2474 default = false
2474 default = false
2475
2475
2476 [[items]]
2476 [[items]]
2477 section = "ui"
2477 section = "ui"
2478 name = "tweakdefaults"
2478 name = "tweakdefaults"
2479 default = false
2479 default = false
2480
2480
2481 [[items]]
2481 [[items]]
2482 section = "ui"
2482 section = "ui"
2483 name = "username"
2483 name = "username"
2484 alias = [["ui", "user"]]
2484 alias = [["ui", "user"]]
2485
2485
2486 [[items]]
2486 [[items]]
2487 section = "ui"
2487 section = "ui"
2488 name = "verbose"
2488 name = "verbose"
2489 default = false
2489 default = false
2490
2490
2491 [[items]]
2491 [[items]]
2492 section = "usage"
2492 section = "usage"
2493 name = "repository-role"
2493 name = "repository-role"
2494 default = "default"
2494 default = "default"
2495 documentation = """What this repository is used for.
2495 documentation = """What this repository is used for.
2496
2496
2497 This is used to adjust behavior and performance to best fit the repository purpose.
2497 This is used to adjust behavior and performance to best fit the repository purpose.
2498
2498
2499 Currently recognised values are:
2499 Currently recognised values are:
2500 - default: an all purpose repository
2500 - default: an all purpose repository
2501 """
2501 """
2502
2502
2503 [[items]]
2503 [[items]]
2504 section = "usage"
2505 name = "resources"
2506 default = "default"
2507 documentation = """How aggressive Mercurial can be with resource usage:
2508
2509 Currently recognised values are:
2510 - default: the default value currently is equivalent to medium,
2511 - high: allows for higher cpu, memory and disk-space usage to improve the performance of some operations.
2512 - medium: aims at a moderate resource usage,
2513 - low: reduces resources usage when possible, decreasing overall performance.
2514
2515 For finer configuration, see also `usage.resources.cpu`,
2516 `usage.resources.disk` and `usage.resources.memory`.
2517 """
2518
2519 [[items]]
2520 section = "usage"
2521 name = "resources.cpu"
2522 default = "default"
2523 documentation = """How aggressive Mercurial can be in terms of cpu usage:
2524
2525 Currently recognised values are:
2526 - default: the default value, inherits the value from `usage.resources`,
2527 - high: allows for more aggressive cpu usage, improving storage quality and
2528 the performance of some operations at the expense of machine load
2529 - medium: aims at a moderate cpu usage,
2530 - low: reduces cpu usage when possible, potentially at the expense of
2531 slower operations, increased storage and exchange payload.
2532
2533 """
2534
2535 [[items]]
2536 section = "usage"
2537 name = "resources.disk"
2538 default = "default"
2539 documentation = """How aggressive Mercurial can be in terms of disk usage:
2540
2541 Currently recognised values are:
2542 - default: the default value, inherits the value from `usage.resources`,
2543 - high: allows for more disk space usage where it can improve the performance,
2544 - medium: aims at a moderate disk usage,
2545 - low: reduces disk usage when possible, decreasing performance in some occasion.
2546 """
2547
2548 [[items]]
2549 section = "usage"
2550 name = "resources.memory"
2551 default = "default"
2552 documentation = """How aggressive Mercurial can be in terms of memory usage:
2553
2554 Currently recognised values are:
2555 - default: the default value, inherits the value from `usage.resources`,
2556 - high: allows for more aggressive memory usage to improve overall performance,
2557 - medium: aims at a moderate memory usage,
2558 - low: reduces memory usage when possible at the cost of overall performance.
2559 """
2560
2561 [[items]]
2504 section = "verify"
2562 section = "verify"
2505 name = "skipflags"
2563 name = "skipflags"
2506 default = 0
2564 default = 0
2507
2565
2508 [[items]]
2566 [[items]]
2509 section = "web"
2567 section = "web"
2510 name = "accesslog"
2568 name = "accesslog"
2511 default = "-"
2569 default = "-"
2512
2570
2513 [[items]]
2571 [[items]]
2514 section = "web"
2572 section = "web"
2515 name = "address"
2573 name = "address"
2516 default = ""
2574 default = ""
2517
2575
2518 [[items]]
2576 [[items]]
2519 section = "web"
2577 section = "web"
2520 name = "allow-archive"
2578 name = "allow-archive"
2521 default-type = "list_type"
2579 default-type = "list_type"
2522 alias = [["web", "allow_archive"]]
2580 alias = [["web", "allow_archive"]]
2523
2581
2524 [[items]]
2582 [[items]]
2525 section = "web"
2583 section = "web"
2526 name = "allow-pull"
2584 name = "allow-pull"
2527 default = true
2585 default = true
2528 alias = [["web", "allowpull"]]
2586 alias = [["web", "allowpull"]]
2529
2587
2530 [[items]]
2588 [[items]]
2531 section = "web"
2589 section = "web"
2532 name = "allow-push"
2590 name = "allow-push"
2533 default-type = "list_type"
2591 default-type = "list_type"
2534 alias = [["web", "allow_push"]]
2592 alias = [["web", "allow_push"]]
2535
2593
2536 [[items]]
2594 [[items]]
2537 section = "web"
2595 section = "web"
2538 name = "allow_read"
2596 name = "allow_read"
2539 default-type = "list_type"
2597 default-type = "list_type"
2540
2598
2541 [[items]]
2599 [[items]]
2542 section = "web"
2600 section = "web"
2543 name = "allowbz2"
2601 name = "allowbz2"
2544 default = false
2602 default = false
2545
2603
2546 [[items]]
2604 [[items]]
2547 section = "web"
2605 section = "web"
2548 name = "allowgz"
2606 name = "allowgz"
2549 default = false
2607 default = false
2550
2608
2551 [[items]]
2609 [[items]]
2552 section = "web"
2610 section = "web"
2553 name = "allowzip"
2611 name = "allowzip"
2554 default = false
2612 default = false
2555
2613
2556 [[items]]
2614 [[items]]
2557 section = "web"
2615 section = "web"
2558 name = "archivesubrepos"
2616 name = "archivesubrepos"
2559 default = false
2617 default = false
2560
2618
2561 [[items]]
2619 [[items]]
2562 section = "web"
2620 section = "web"
2563 name = "baseurl"
2621 name = "baseurl"
2564
2622
2565 [[items]]
2623 [[items]]
2566 section = "web"
2624 section = "web"
2567 name = "cacerts"
2625 name = "cacerts"
2568
2626
2569 [[items]]
2627 [[items]]
2570 section = "web"
2628 section = "web"
2571 name = "cache"
2629 name = "cache"
2572 default = true
2630 default = true
2573
2631
2574 [[items]]
2632 [[items]]
2575 section = "web"
2633 section = "web"
2576 name = "certificate"
2634 name = "certificate"
2577
2635
2578 [[items]]
2636 [[items]]
2579 section = "web"
2637 section = "web"
2580 name = "collapse"
2638 name = "collapse"
2581 default = false
2639 default = false
2582
2640
2583 [[items]]
2641 [[items]]
2584 section = "web"
2642 section = "web"
2585 name = "comparisoncontext"
2643 name = "comparisoncontext"
2586 default = 5
2644 default = 5
2587
2645
2588 [[items]]
2646 [[items]]
2589 section = "web"
2647 section = "web"
2590 name = "contact"
2648 name = "contact"
2591
2649
2592 [[items]]
2650 [[items]]
2593 section = "web"
2651 section = "web"
2594 name = "csp"
2652 name = "csp"
2595
2653
2596 [[items]]
2654 [[items]]
2597 section = "web"
2655 section = "web"
2598 name = "deny_push"
2656 name = "deny_push"
2599 default-type = "list_type"
2657 default-type = "list_type"
2600
2658
2601 [[items]]
2659 [[items]]
2602 section = "web"
2660 section = "web"
2603 name = "deny_read"
2661 name = "deny_read"
2604 default-type = "list_type"
2662 default-type = "list_type"
2605
2663
2606 [[items]]
2664 [[items]]
2607 section = "web"
2665 section = "web"
2608 name = "descend"
2666 name = "descend"
2609 default = true
2667 default = true
2610
2668
2611 [[items]]
2669 [[items]]
2612 section = "web"
2670 section = "web"
2613 name = "description"
2671 name = "description"
2614 default = ""
2672 default = ""
2615
2673
2616 [[items]]
2674 [[items]]
2617 section = "web"
2675 section = "web"
2618 name = "encoding"
2676 name = "encoding"
2619 default-type = "lazy_module"
2677 default-type = "lazy_module"
2620 default = "encoding.encoding"
2678 default = "encoding.encoding"
2621
2679
2622 [[items]]
2680 [[items]]
2623 section = "web"
2681 section = "web"
2624 name = "errorlog"
2682 name = "errorlog"
2625 default = "-"
2683 default = "-"
2626
2684
2627 [[items]]
2685 [[items]]
2628 section = "web"
2686 section = "web"
2629 name = "guessmime"
2687 name = "guessmime"
2630 default = false
2688 default = false
2631
2689
2632 [[items]]
2690 [[items]]
2633 section = "web"
2691 section = "web"
2634 name = "hidden"
2692 name = "hidden"
2635 default = false
2693 default = false
2636
2694
2637 [[items]]
2695 [[items]]
2638 section = "web"
2696 section = "web"
2639 name = "ipv6"
2697 name = "ipv6"
2640 default = false
2698 default = false
2641
2699
2642 [[items]]
2700 [[items]]
2643 section = "web"
2701 section = "web"
2644 name = "labels"
2702 name = "labels"
2645 default-type = "list_type"
2703 default-type = "list_type"
2646
2704
2647 [[items]]
2705 [[items]]
2648 section = "web"
2706 section = "web"
2649 name = "logoimg"
2707 name = "logoimg"
2650 default = "hglogo.png"
2708 default = "hglogo.png"
2651
2709
2652 [[items]]
2710 [[items]]
2653 section = "web"
2711 section = "web"
2654 name = "logourl"
2712 name = "logourl"
2655 default = "https://mercurial-scm.org/"
2713 default = "https://mercurial-scm.org/"
2656
2714
2657 [[items]]
2715 [[items]]
2658 section = "web"
2716 section = "web"
2659 name = "maxchanges"
2717 name = "maxchanges"
2660 default = 10
2718 default = 10
2661
2719
2662 [[items]]
2720 [[items]]
2663 section = "web"
2721 section = "web"
2664 name = "maxfiles"
2722 name = "maxfiles"
2665 default = 10
2723 default = 10
2666
2724
2667 [[items]]
2725 [[items]]
2668 section = "web"
2726 section = "web"
2669 name = "maxshortchanges"
2727 name = "maxshortchanges"
2670 default = 60
2728 default = 60
2671
2729
2672 [[items]]
2730 [[items]]
2673 section = "web"
2731 section = "web"
2674 name = "motd"
2732 name = "motd"
2675 default = ""
2733 default = ""
2676
2734
2677 [[items]]
2735 [[items]]
2678 section = "web"
2736 section = "web"
2679 name = "name"
2737 name = "name"
2680 default-type = "dynamic"
2738 default-type = "dynamic"
2681
2739
2682 [[items]]
2740 [[items]]
2683 section = "web"
2741 section = "web"
2684 name = "port"
2742 name = "port"
2685 default = 8000
2743 default = 8000
2686
2744
2687 [[items]]
2745 [[items]]
2688 section = "web"
2746 section = "web"
2689 name = "prefix"
2747 name = "prefix"
2690 default = ""
2748 default = ""
2691
2749
2692 [[items]]
2750 [[items]]
2693 section = "web"
2751 section = "web"
2694 name = "push_ssl"
2752 name = "push_ssl"
2695 default = true
2753 default = true
2696
2754
2697 [[items]]
2755 [[items]]
2698 section = "web"
2756 section = "web"
2699 name = "refreshinterval"
2757 name = "refreshinterval"
2700 default = 20
2758 default = 20
2701
2759
2702 [[items]]
2760 [[items]]
2703 section = "web"
2761 section = "web"
2704 name = "server-header"
2762 name = "server-header"
2705
2763
2706 [[items]]
2764 [[items]]
2707 section = "web"
2765 section = "web"
2708 name = "static"
2766 name = "static"
2709
2767
2710 [[items]]
2768 [[items]]
2711 section = "web"
2769 section = "web"
2712 name = "staticurl"
2770 name = "staticurl"
2713
2771
2714 [[items]]
2772 [[items]]
2715 section = "web"
2773 section = "web"
2716 name = "stripes"
2774 name = "stripes"
2717 default = 1
2775 default = 1
2718
2776
2719 [[items]]
2777 [[items]]
2720 section = "web"
2778 section = "web"
2721 name = "style"
2779 name = "style"
2722 default = "paper"
2780 default = "paper"
2723
2781
2724 [[items]]
2782 [[items]]
2725 section = "web"
2783 section = "web"
2726 name = "templates"
2784 name = "templates"
2727
2785
2728 [[items]]
2786 [[items]]
2729 section = "web"
2787 section = "web"
2730 name = "view"
2788 name = "view"
2731 default = "served"
2789 default = "served"
2732 experimental = true
2790 experimental = true
2733
2791
2734 [[items]]
2792 [[items]]
2735 section = "worker"
2793 section = "worker"
2736 name = "backgroundclose"
2794 name = "backgroundclose"
2737 default-type = "dynamic"
2795 default-type = "dynamic"
2738
2796
2739 [[items]]
2797 [[items]]
2740 section = "worker"
2798 section = "worker"
2741 name = "backgroundclosemaxqueue"
2799 name = "backgroundclosemaxqueue"
2742 # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128
2800 # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128
2743 # should give us enough headway.
2801 # should give us enough headway.
2744 default = 384
2802 default = 384
2745
2803
2746 [[items]]
2804 [[items]]
2747 section = "worker"
2805 section = "worker"
2748 name = "backgroundcloseminfilecount"
2806 name = "backgroundcloseminfilecount"
2749 default = 2048
2807 default = 2048
2750
2808
2751 [[items]]
2809 [[items]]
2752 section = "worker"
2810 section = "worker"
2753 name = "backgroundclosethreadcount"
2811 name = "backgroundclosethreadcount"
2754 default = 4
2812 default = 4
2755
2813
2756 [[items]]
2814 [[items]]
2757 section = "worker"
2815 section = "worker"
2758 name = "enabled"
2816 name = "enabled"
2759 default = true
2817 default = true
2760
2818
2761 [[items]]
2819 [[items]]
2762 section = "worker"
2820 section = "worker"
2763 name = "numcpus"
2821 name = "numcpus"
2764
2822
2765 # Templates and template applications
2823 # Templates and template applications
2766
2824
2767 [[template-applications]]
2825 [[template-applications]]
2768 template = "diff-options"
2826 template = "diff-options"
2769 section = "annotate"
2827 section = "annotate"
2770
2828
2771 [[template-applications]]
2829 [[template-applications]]
2772 template = "diff-options"
2830 template = "diff-options"
2773 section = "commands"
2831 section = "commands"
2774 prefix = "commit.interactive"
2832 prefix = "commit.interactive"
2775
2833
2776 [[template-applications]]
2834 [[template-applications]]
2777 template = "diff-options"
2835 template = "diff-options"
2778 section = "commands"
2836 section = "commands"
2779 prefix = "revert.interactive"
2837 prefix = "revert.interactive"
2780
2838
2781 [[template-applications]]
2839 [[template-applications]]
2782 template = "diff-options"
2840 template = "diff-options"
2783 section = "diff"
2841 section = "diff"
2784
2842
2785 [templates]
2843 [templates]
2786 [[templates.diff-options]]
2844 [[templates.diff-options]]
2787 suffix = "nodates"
2845 suffix = "nodates"
2788 default = false
2846 default = false
2789
2847
2790 [[templates.diff-options]]
2848 [[templates.diff-options]]
2791 suffix = "showfunc"
2849 suffix = "showfunc"
2792 default = false
2850 default = false
2793
2851
2794 [[templates.diff-options]]
2852 [[templates.diff-options]]
2795 suffix = "unified"
2853 suffix = "unified"
2796
2854
2797 [[templates.diff-options]]
2855 [[templates.diff-options]]
2798 suffix = "git"
2856 suffix = "git"
2799 default = false
2857 default = false
2800
2858
2801 [[templates.diff-options]]
2859 [[templates.diff-options]]
2802 suffix = "ignorews"
2860 suffix = "ignorews"
2803 default = false
2861 default = false
2804
2862
2805 [[templates.diff-options]]
2863 [[templates.diff-options]]
2806 suffix = "ignorewsamount"
2864 suffix = "ignorewsamount"
2807 default = false
2865 default = false
2808
2866
2809 [[templates.diff-options]]
2867 [[templates.diff-options]]
2810 suffix = "ignoreblanklines"
2868 suffix = "ignoreblanklines"
2811 default = false
2869 default = false
2812
2870
2813 [[templates.diff-options]]
2871 [[templates.diff-options]]
2814 suffix = "ignorewseol"
2872 suffix = "ignorewseol"
2815 default = false
2873 default = false
2816
2874
2817 [[templates.diff-options]]
2875 [[templates.diff-options]]
2818 suffix = "nobinary"
2876 suffix = "nobinary"
2819 default = false
2877 default = false
2820
2878
2821 [[templates.diff-options]]
2879 [[templates.diff-options]]
2822 suffix = "noprefix"
2880 suffix = "noprefix"
2823 default = false
2881 default = false
2824
2882
2825 [[templates.diff-options]]
2883 [[templates.diff-options]]
2826 suffix = "word-diff"
2884 suffix = "word-diff"
2827 default = false
2885 default = false
2828
2886
2829 # In-core extensions
2887 # In-core extensions
2830
2888
2831 [[items]]
2889 [[items]]
2832 section = "blackbox"
2890 section = "blackbox"
2833 name = "debug.to-stderr"
2891 name = "debug.to-stderr"
2834 default = false
2892 default = false
2835 in_core_extension = "blackbox"
2893 in_core_extension = "blackbox"
2836
2894
2837 [[items]]
2895 [[items]]
2838 section = "blackbox"
2896 section = "blackbox"
2839 name = "dirty"
2897 name = "dirty"
2840 default = false
2898 default = false
2841 in_core_extension = "blackbox"
2899 in_core_extension = "blackbox"
2842
2900
2843 [[items]]
2901 [[items]]
2844 section = "blackbox"
2902 section = "blackbox"
2845 name = "maxsize"
2903 name = "maxsize"
2846 default = "1 MB"
2904 default = "1 MB"
2847 in_core_extension = "blackbox"
2905 in_core_extension = "blackbox"
2848
2906
2849 [[items]]
2907 [[items]]
2850 section = "blackbox"
2908 section = "blackbox"
2851 name = "logsource"
2909 name = "logsource"
2852 default = false
2910 default = false
2853 in_core_extension = "blackbox"
2911 in_core_extension = "blackbox"
2854
2912
2855 [[items]]
2913 [[items]]
2856 section = "blackbox"
2914 section = "blackbox"
2857 name = "maxfiles"
2915 name = "maxfiles"
2858 default = 7
2916 default = 7
2859 in_core_extension = "blackbox"
2917 in_core_extension = "blackbox"
2860
2918
2861 [[items]]
2919 [[items]]
2862 section = "blackbox"
2920 section = "blackbox"
2863 name = "track"
2921 name = "track"
2864 default-type = "lambda"
2922 default-type = "lambda"
2865 default = ["*"]
2923 default = ["*"]
2866 in_core_extension = "blackbox"
2924 in_core_extension = "blackbox"
2867
2925
2868 [[items]]
2926 [[items]]
2869 section = "blackbox"
2927 section = "blackbox"
2870 name = "ignore"
2928 name = "ignore"
2871 default-type = "lambda"
2929 default-type = "lambda"
2872 default = ["chgserver", "cmdserver", "extension"]
2930 default = ["chgserver", "cmdserver", "extension"]
2873 in_core_extension = "blackbox"
2931 in_core_extension = "blackbox"
2874
2932
2875 [[items]]
2933 [[items]]
2876 section = "blackbox"
2934 section = "blackbox"
2877 name = "date-format"
2935 name = "date-format"
2878 default = ""
2936 default = ""
2879 in_core_extension = "blackbox"
2937 in_core_extension = "blackbox"
@@ -1,3401 +1,3447 b''
1 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
1 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
2 aspects of its behavior.
2 aspects of its behavior.
3
3
4 Troubleshooting
4 Troubleshooting
5 ===============
5 ===============
6
6
7 If you're having problems with your configuration,
7 If you're having problems with your configuration,
8 :hg:`config --source` can help you understand what is introducing
8 :hg:`config --source` can help you understand what is introducing
9 a setting into your environment.
9 a setting into your environment.
10
10
11 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
11 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
12 for information about how and where to override things.
12 for information about how and where to override things.
13
13
14 Structure
14 Structure
15 =========
15 =========
16
16
17 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
17 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
18 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
18 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
19 by ``name = value`` entries::
19 by ``name = value`` entries::
20
20
21 [ui]
21 [ui]
22 username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>
22 username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>
23 verbose = True
23 verbose = True
24
24
25 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
25 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
26 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
26 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
27
27
28 Files
28 Files
29 =====
29 =====
30
30
31 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
31 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
32 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
32 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
33 appropriate configuration files yourself:
33 appropriate configuration files yourself:
34
34
35 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
35 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
36
36
37 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
37 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
38
38
39 .. container:: windows
39 .. container:: windows
40
40
41 - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
41 - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
42
42
43 .. container:: unix.plan9
43 .. container:: unix.plan9
44
44
45 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
45 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
46
46
47 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
47 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
48 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
48 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
49 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
49 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
50 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
50 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
51 ones.
51 ones.
52
52
53 .. container:: verbose.unix
53 .. container:: verbose.unix
54
54
55 On Unix, the following files are consulted:
55 On Unix, the following files are consulted:
56
56
57 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
57 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
58 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
58 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
59 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
59 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
60 - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user)
60 - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user)
61 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
61 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
62 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
62 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
63 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
63 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
64 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
64 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
65 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
65 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
66
66
67 .. container:: verbose.windows
67 .. container:: verbose.windows
68
68
69 On Windows, the following files are consulted:
69 On Windows, the following files are consulted:
70
70
71 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
71 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
72 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
72 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
73 - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
73 - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
74 - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
74 - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
75 - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
75 - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
76 - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
76 - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
77 - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-system)
77 - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-system)
78 - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
78 - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
79 - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
79 - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
80 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc`` (per-system)
80 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc`` (per-system)
81 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\Mercurial.ini`` (per-system)
81 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\Mercurial.ini`` (per-system)
82 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-system)
82 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-system)
83 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
83 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
84
84
85 .. note::
85 .. note::
86
86
87 The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
87 The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
88 is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
88 is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
89
89
90 .. container:: verbose.plan9
90 .. container:: verbose.plan9
91
91
92 On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
92 On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
93
93
94 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
94 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
95 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
95 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
96 - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
96 - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
97 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
97 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
98 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
98 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
99 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
99 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
100 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
100 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
101 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
101 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
102
102
103 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
103 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
104 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
104 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
105 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
105 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
106 this file override options in all other configuration files.
106 this file override options in all other configuration files.
107
107
108 .. container:: unix.plan9
108 .. container:: unix.plan9
109
109
110 On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
110 On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
111 belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
111 belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
112 :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
112 :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
113
113
114 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options
114 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options
115 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
115 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
116 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
116 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
117 options.
117 options.
118
118
119 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
119 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
120 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
120 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
121 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
121 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
122
122
123 .. container:: unix.plan9
123 .. container:: unix.plan9
124
124
125 For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
125 For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
126 will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
126 will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
127 files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
127 files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
128 directory.
128 directory.
129
129
130 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
130 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
131 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
131 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
132 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
132 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
133 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
133 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
134 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
134 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
135 be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
135 be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
136 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
136 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
137
137
138 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
138 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
139 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
139 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
140 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
140 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
141 override per-installation options.
141 override per-installation options.
142
142
143 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
143 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
144 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
144 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
145 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
145 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
146 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
146 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
147 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
147 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
148 there.
148 there.
149
149
150 On versions 5.7 and later, if share-safe functionality is enabled,
150 On versions 5.7 and later, if share-safe functionality is enabled,
151 shares will read config file of share source too.
151 shares will read config file of share source too.
152 `<share-source/.hg/hgrc>` is read before reading `<repo/.hg/hgrc>`.
152 `<share-source/.hg/hgrc>` is read before reading `<repo/.hg/hgrc>`.
153
153
154 For configs which should not be shared, `<repo/.hg/hgrc-not-shared>`
154 For configs which should not be shared, `<repo/.hg/hgrc-not-shared>`
155 should be used.
155 should be used.
156
156
157 Syntax
157 Syntax
158 ======
158 ======
159
159
160 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
160 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
161 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
161 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
162 ``configuration keys``)::
162 ``configuration keys``)::
163
163
164 [spam]
164 [spam]
165 eggs=ham
165 eggs=ham
166 green=
166 green=
167 eggs
167 eggs
168
168
169 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
169 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
170 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
170 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
171 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
171 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
172 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
172 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
173
173
174 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
174 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
175 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
175 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
176
176
177 [spam]
177 [spam]
178 eggs=large
178 eggs=large
179 ham=serrano
179 ham=serrano
180 eggs=small
180 eggs=small
181
181
182 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
182 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
183
183
184 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
184 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
185 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
185 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
186 example::
186 example::
187
187
188 [foo]
188 [foo]
189 eggs=large
189 eggs=large
190 ham=serrano
190 ham=serrano
191 eggs=small
191 eggs=small
192
192
193 [bar]
193 [bar]
194 eggs=ham
194 eggs=ham
195 green=
195 green=
196 eggs
196 eggs
197
197
198 [foo]
198 [foo]
199 ham=prosciutto
199 ham=prosciutto
200 eggs=medium
200 eggs=medium
201 bread=toasted
201 bread=toasted
202
202
203 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
203 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
204 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
204 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
205 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
205 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
206 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
206 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
207
207
208 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
208 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
209 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
209 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
210 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
210 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
211 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
211 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
212 above.
212 above.
213
213
214 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
214 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
215 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
215 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
216 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
216 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
217 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
217 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
218 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
218 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
219 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
219 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
220
220
221 %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
221 %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
222
222
223 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
223 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
224
224
225 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
225 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
226 section, if it has been set previously.
226 section, if it has been set previously.
227
227
228 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
228 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
229 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
229 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
230 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
230 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
231 (all case insensitive).
231 (all case insensitive).
232
232
233 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
233 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
234 placed in double quotation marks::
234 placed in double quotation marks::
235
235
236 allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
236 allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
237
237
238 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
238 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
239 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
239 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
240 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
240 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
241
241
242 Sections
242 Sections
243 ========
243 ========
244
244
245 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
245 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
246 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
246 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
247 keys, and their possible values.
247 keys, and their possible values.
248
248
249 ``alias``
249 ``alias``
250 ---------
250 ---------
251
251
252 Defines command aliases.
252 Defines command aliases.
253
253
254 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
254 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
255 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
255 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
256 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
256 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
257 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
257 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
258 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
258 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
259 command to be executed.
259 command to be executed.
260
260
261 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
261 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
262
262
263 <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
263 <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
264
264
265 For example, this definition::
265 For example, this definition::
266
266
267 latest = log --limit 5
267 latest = log --limit 5
268
268
269 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
269 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
270 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
270 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
271
271
272 stable5 = latest -b stable
272 stable5 = latest -b stable
273
273
274 .. note::
274 .. note::
275
275
276 It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
276 It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
277 existing commands, which will then override the original
277 existing commands, which will then override the original
278 definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
278 definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
279
279
280 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
280 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
281 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
281 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
282 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
282 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
283
283
284 echo = !echo $@
284 echo = !echo $@
285
285
286 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
286 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
287 terminal. A better example might be::
287 terminal. A better example might be::
288
288
289 purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f
289 purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f
290
290
291 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
291 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
292 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
292 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
293
293
294 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
294 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
295 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
295 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
296 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
296 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
297 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
297 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
298 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
298 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
299 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
299 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
300
300
301 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
301 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
302 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
302 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
303 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
303 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
304 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
304 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
305 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
305 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
306 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
306 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
307
307
308 .. note::
308 .. note::
309
309
310 Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
310 Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
311 processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
311 processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
312 aliases.
312 aliases.
313
313
314
314
315 ``annotate``
315 ``annotate``
316 ------------
316 ------------
317
317
318 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
318 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
319 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
319 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
320 related options for the diff command.
320 related options for the diff command.
321
321
322 ``ignorews``
322 ``ignorews``
323 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
323 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
324
324
325 ``ignorewseol``
325 ``ignorewseol``
326 Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines.
326 Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines.
327
327
328 ``ignorewsamount``
328 ``ignorewsamount``
329 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
329 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
330
330
331 ``ignoreblanklines``
331 ``ignoreblanklines``
332 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
332 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
333
333
334
334
335 ``auth``
335 ``auth``
336 --------
336 --------
337
337
338 Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration
338 Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration
339 for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and
339 for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and
340 passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See
340 passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See
341 :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to
341 :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to
342 your HTTP server.
342 your HTTP server.
343
343
344 The following options apply to all hosts.
344 The following options apply to all hosts.
345
345
346 ``cookiefile``
346 ``cookiefile``
347 Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a
347 Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a
348 host will be sent automatically.
348 host will be sent automatically.
349
349
350 The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies
350 The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies
351 on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab
351 on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab
352 character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name,
352 character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name,
353 value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt
353 value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt
354 format."
354 format."
355
355
356 Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You
356 Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You
357 will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized.
357 will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized.
358 This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server.
358 This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server.
359
359
360 The cookies file is read-only.
360 The cookies file is read-only.
361
361
362 Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following
362 Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following
363 format::
363 format::
364
364
365 <name>.<argument> = <value>
365 <name>.<argument> = <value>
366
366
367 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
367 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
368 entries. Example::
368 entries. Example::
369
369
370 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
370 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
371 foo.username = foo
371 foo.username = foo
372 foo.password = bar
372 foo.password = bar
373 foo.schemes = http https
373 foo.schemes = http https
374
374
375 bar.prefix = secure.example.org
375 bar.prefix = secure.example.org
376 bar.key = path/to/file.key
376 bar.key = path/to/file.key
377 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
377 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
378 bar.schemes = https
378 bar.schemes = https
379
379
380 Supported arguments:
380 Supported arguments:
381
381
382 ``prefix``
382 ``prefix``
383 Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
383 Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
384 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
384 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
385 (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
385 (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
386 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
386 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
387 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
387 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
388 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
388 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
389
389
390 ``username``
390 ``username``
391 Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
391 Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
392 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
392 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
393 be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
393 be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
394 username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
394 username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
395 includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
395 includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
396 username or without a username will be considered.
396 username or without a username will be considered.
397
397
398 ``password``
398 ``password``
399 Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
399 Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
400 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
400 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
401 will be prompted for it.
401 will be prompted for it.
402
402
403 ``key``
403 ``key``
404 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
404 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
405 variables are expanded in the filename.
405 variables are expanded in the filename.
406
406
407 ``cert``
407 ``cert``
408 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
408 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
409 variables are expanded in the filename.
409 variables are expanded in the filename.
410
410
411 ``schemes``
411 ``schemes``
412 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
412 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
413 authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
413 authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
414 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
414 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
415 static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
415 static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
416 (default: https)
416 (default: https)
417
417
418 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
418 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
419 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
419 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
420
420
421 ``cmdserver``
421 ``cmdserver``
422 -------------
422 -------------
423
423
424 Controls command server settings. (ADVANCED)
424 Controls command server settings. (ADVANCED)
425
425
426 ``message-encodings``
426 ``message-encodings``
427 List of encodings for the ``m`` (message) channel. The first encoding
427 List of encodings for the ``m`` (message) channel. The first encoding
428 supported by the server will be selected and advertised in the hello
428 supported by the server will be selected and advertised in the hello
429 message. This is useful only when ``ui.message-output`` is set to
429 message. This is useful only when ``ui.message-output`` is set to
430 ``channel``. Supported encodings are ``cbor``.
430 ``channel``. Supported encodings are ``cbor``.
431
431
432 ``shutdown-on-interrupt``
432 ``shutdown-on-interrupt``
433 If set to false, the server's main loop will continue running after
433 If set to false, the server's main loop will continue running after
434 SIGINT received. ``runcommand`` requests can still be interrupted by
434 SIGINT received. ``runcommand`` requests can still be interrupted by
435 SIGINT. Close the write end of the pipe to shut down the server
435 SIGINT. Close the write end of the pipe to shut down the server
436 process gracefully.
436 process gracefully.
437 (default: True)
437 (default: True)
438
438
439 ``color``
439 ``color``
440 ---------
440 ---------
441
441
442 Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom
442 Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom
443 effect and style see :hg:`help color`.
443 effect and style see :hg:`help color`.
444
444
445 ``mode``
445 ``mode``
446 String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``,
446 String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``,
447 ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will
447 ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will
448 use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a
448 use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a
449 terminal. Any invalid value will disable color.
449 terminal. Any invalid value will disable color.
450
450
451 ``pagermode``
451 ``pagermode``
452 String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager.
452 String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager.
453
453
454 On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
454 On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
455 color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option
455 color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option
456 will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
456 will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
457 emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
457 emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
458 either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
458 either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
459 pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
459 pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
460 codes).
460 codes).
461
461
462 On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
462 On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
463 a different color mode than the pager program.
463 a different color mode than the pager program.
464
464
465 ``commands``
465 ``commands``
466 ------------
466 ------------
467
467
468 ``commit.post-status``
468 ``commit.post-status``
469 Show status of files in the working directory after successful commit.
469 Show status of files in the working directory after successful commit.
470 (default: False)
470 (default: False)
471
471
472 ``merge.require-rev``
472 ``merge.require-rev``
473 Require that the revision to merge the current commit with be specified on
473 Require that the revision to merge the current commit with be specified on
474 the command line. If this is enabled and a revision is not specified, the
474 the command line. If this is enabled and a revision is not specified, the
475 command aborts.
475 command aborts.
476 (default: False)
476 (default: False)
477
477
478 ``push.require-revs``
478 ``push.require-revs``
479 Require revisions to push be specified using one or more mechanisms such as
479 Require revisions to push be specified using one or more mechanisms such as
480 specifying them positionally on the command line, using ``-r``, ``-b``,
480 specifying them positionally on the command line, using ``-r``, ``-b``,
481 and/or ``-B`` on the command line, or using ``paths.<path>:pushrev`` in the
481 and/or ``-B`` on the command line, or using ``paths.<path>:pushrev`` in the
482 configuration. If this is enabled and revisions are not specified, the
482 configuration. If this is enabled and revisions are not specified, the
483 command aborts.
483 command aborts.
484 (default: False)
484 (default: False)
485
485
486 ``resolve.confirm``
486 ``resolve.confirm``
487 Confirm before performing action if no filename is passed.
487 Confirm before performing action if no filename is passed.
488 (default: False)
488 (default: False)
489
489
490 ``resolve.explicit-re-merge``
490 ``resolve.explicit-re-merge``
491 Require uses of ``hg resolve`` to specify which action it should perform,
491 Require uses of ``hg resolve`` to specify which action it should perform,
492 instead of re-merging files by default.
492 instead of re-merging files by default.
493 (default: False)
493 (default: False)
494
494
495 ``resolve.mark-check``
495 ``resolve.mark-check``
496 Determines what level of checking :hg:`resolve --mark` will perform before
496 Determines what level of checking :hg:`resolve --mark` will perform before
497 marking files as resolved. Valid values are ``none`, ``warn``, and
497 marking files as resolved. Valid values are ``none`, ``warn``, and
498 ``abort``. ``warn`` will output a warning listing the file(s) that still
498 ``abort``. ``warn`` will output a warning listing the file(s) that still
499 have conflict markers in them, but will still mark everything resolved.
499 have conflict markers in them, but will still mark everything resolved.
500 ``abort`` will output the same warning but will not mark things as resolved.
500 ``abort`` will output the same warning but will not mark things as resolved.
501 If --all is passed and this is set to ``abort``, only a warning will be
501 If --all is passed and this is set to ``abort``, only a warning will be
502 shown (an error will not be raised).
502 shown (an error will not be raised).
503 (default: ``none``)
503 (default: ``none``)
504
504
505 ``status.relative``
505 ``status.relative``
506 Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory.
506 Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory.
507 (default: False)
507 (default: False)
508
508
509 ``status.terse``
509 ``status.terse``
510 Default value for the --terse flag, which condenses status output.
510 Default value for the --terse flag, which condenses status output.
511 (default: empty)
511 (default: empty)
512
512
513 ``update.check``
513 ``update.check``
514 Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving
514 Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving
515 to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``,
515 to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``,
516 ``linear``, and ``noconflict``.
516 ``linear``, and ``noconflict``.
517
517
518 - ``abort`` always fails if the working directory has uncommitted changes.
518 - ``abort`` always fails if the working directory has uncommitted changes.
519
519
520 - ``none`` performs no checking, and may result in a merge with uncommitted changes.
520 - ``none`` performs no checking, and may result in a merge with uncommitted changes.
521
521
522 - ``linear`` allows any update as long as it follows a straight line in the
522 - ``linear`` allows any update as long as it follows a straight line in the
523 revision history, and may trigger a merge with uncommitted changes.
523 revision history, and may trigger a merge with uncommitted changes.
524
524
525 - ``noconflict`` will allow any update which would not trigger a merge with
525 - ``noconflict`` will allow any update which would not trigger a merge with
526 uncommitted changes, if any are present.
526 uncommitted changes, if any are present.
527
527
528 (default: ``linear``)
528 (default: ``linear``)
529
529
530 ``update.requiredest``
530 ``update.requiredest``
531 Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`.
531 Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`.
532 For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update`
532 For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update`
533 will be disallowed.
533 will be disallowed.
534 (default: False)
534 (default: False)
535
535
536 ``committemplate``
536 ``committemplate``
537 ------------------
537 ------------------
538
538
539 ``changeset``
539 ``changeset``
540 String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
540 String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
541 customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
541 customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
542
542
543 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
543 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
544 below can be used for customization:
544 below can be used for customization:
545
545
546 ``extramsg``
546 ``extramsg``
547 String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
547 String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
548 commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
548 commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
549
549
550 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
550 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
551 one shown by default::
551 one shown by default::
552
552
553 [committemplate]
553 [committemplate]
554 changeset = {desc}\n\n
554 changeset = {desc}\n\n
555 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
555 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
556 HG: {extramsg}
556 HG: {extramsg}
557 HG: --
557 HG: --
558 HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
558 HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
559 "HG: branch merge\n")
559 "HG: branch merge\n")
560 }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
560 }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
561 "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos %
561 "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos %
562 "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds %
562 "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds %
563 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
563 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
564 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
564 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
565 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
565 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
566 "HG: no files changed\n")}
566 "HG: no files changed\n")}
567
567
568 ``diff()``
568 ``diff()``
569 String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
569 String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
570
570
571 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
571 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
572 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
572 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
573 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
573 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
574 it::
574 it::
575
575
576 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
576 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
577
577
578 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
578 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
579 extra message::
579 extra message::
580
580
581 [committemplate]
581 [committemplate]
582 changeset = {desc}\n\n
582 changeset = {desc}\n\n
583 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
583 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
584 HG: {extramsg}
584 HG: {extramsg}
585 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
585 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
586 HG: Do not touch the line above.
586 HG: Do not touch the line above.
587 HG: Everything below will be removed.
587 HG: Everything below will be removed.
588 {diff()}
588 {diff()}
589
589
590 .. note::
590 .. note::
591
591
592 For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
592 For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
593 detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
593 detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
594 avoid showing broken characters.
594 avoid showing broken characters.
595
595
596 For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
596 For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
597 followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
597 followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
598 the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
598 the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
599 (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
599 (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
600
600
601 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
601 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
602 required):
602 required):
603
603
604 - :hg:`backout`
604 - :hg:`backout`
605 - :hg:`commit`
605 - :hg:`commit`
606 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
606 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
607 - :hg:`graft`
607 - :hg:`graft`
608 - :hg:`histedit`
608 - :hg:`histedit`
609 - :hg:`import`
609 - :hg:`import`
610 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
610 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
611 - :hg:`rebase`
611 - :hg:`rebase`
612 - :hg:`shelve`
612 - :hg:`shelve`
613 - :hg:`sign`
613 - :hg:`sign`
614 - :hg:`tag`
614 - :hg:`tag`
615 - :hg:`transplant`
615 - :hg:`transplant`
616
616
617 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
617 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
618 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
618 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
619 messages for each action.
619 messages for each action.
620
620
621 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
621 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
622 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
622 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
623 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
623 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
624 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
624 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
625 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
625 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
626 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
626 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
627 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
627 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
628 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
628 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
629 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
629 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
630 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
630 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
631 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
631 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
632 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
632 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
633 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
633 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
634 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
634 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
635 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
635 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
636 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
636 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
637 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
637 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
638 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
638 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
639 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
639 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
640 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
640 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
641 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
641 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
642 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
642 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
643 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
643 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
644 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
644 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
645 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
645 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
646 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
646 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
647
647
648 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
648 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
649 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
649 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
650 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
650 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
651 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
651 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
652
652
653 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
653 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
654 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
654 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
655 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
655 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
656 variable.
656 variable.
657
657
658 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
658 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
659 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
659 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
660 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
660 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
661
661
662 [committemplate]
662 [committemplate]
663 listupfiles = {file_adds %
663 listupfiles = {file_adds %
664 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
664 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
665 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
665 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
666 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
666 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
667 "HG: no files changed\n")}
667 "HG: no files changed\n")}
668
668
669 ``decode/encode``
669 ``decode/encode``
670 -----------------
670 -----------------
671
671
672 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
672 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
673 typically be used for newline processing or other
673 typically be used for newline processing or other
674 localization/canonicalization of files.
674 localization/canonicalization of files.
675
675
676 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
676 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
677 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
677 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
678 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
678 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
679 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
679 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
680 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
680 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
681 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
681 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
682
682
683 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
683 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
684 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
684 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
685
685
686 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
686 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
687 data on stdout.
687 data on stdout.
688
688
689 Pipe example::
689 Pipe example::
690
690
691 [encode]
691 [encode]
692 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
692 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
693 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
693 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
694 *.gz = pipe: gunzip
694 *.gz = pipe: gunzip
695
695
696 [decode]
696 [decode]
697 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
697 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
698 # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
698 # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
699 *.gz = gzip
699 *.gz = gzip
700
700
701 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
701 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
702 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
702 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
703 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
703 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
704 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
704 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
705 the command.
705 the command.
706
706
707 .. container:: windows
707 .. container:: windows
708
708
709 .. note::
709 .. note::
710
710
711 The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
711 The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
712 where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
712 where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
713 strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
713 strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
714
714
715 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
715 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
716 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
716 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
717 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
717 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
718
718
719
719
720 ``defaults``
720 ``defaults``
721 ------------
721 ------------
722
722
723 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
723 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
724
724
725 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
725 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
726 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
726 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
727
727
728 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
728 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
729 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
729 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
730
730
731 [defaults]
731 [defaults]
732 log = -v
732 log = -v
733 status = -m
733 status = -m
734
734
735 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
735 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
736 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
736 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
737 to the aliases of the commands defined.
737 to the aliases of the commands defined.
738
738
739
739
740 ``diff``
740 ``diff``
741 --------
741 --------
742
742
743 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
743 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
744 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
744 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
745 for related options for the annotate command.
745 for related options for the annotate command.
746
746
747 ``git``
747 ``git``
748 Use git extended diff format.
748 Use git extended diff format.
749
749
750 ``nobinary``
750 ``nobinary``
751 Omit git binary patches.
751 Omit git binary patches.
752
752
753 ``nodates``
753 ``nodates``
754 Don't include dates in diff headers.
754 Don't include dates in diff headers.
755
755
756 ``noprefix``
756 ``noprefix``
757 Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
757 Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
758
758
759 ``showfunc``
759 ``showfunc``
760 Show which function each change is in.
760 Show which function each change is in.
761
761
762 ``ignorews``
762 ``ignorews``
763 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
763 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
764
764
765 ``ignorewsamount``
765 ``ignorewsamount``
766 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
766 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
767
767
768 ``ignoreblanklines``
768 ``ignoreblanklines``
769 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
769 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
770
770
771 ``unified``
771 ``unified``
772 Number of lines of context to show.
772 Number of lines of context to show.
773
773
774 ``word-diff``
774 ``word-diff``
775 Highlight changed words.
775 Highlight changed words.
776
776
777 ``email``
777 ``email``
778 ---------
778 ---------
779
779
780 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
780 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
781
781
782 ``from``
782 ``from``
783 Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
783 Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
784 of outgoing messages.
784 of outgoing messages.
785
785
786 ``to``
786 ``to``
787 Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
787 Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
788
788
789 ``cc``
789 ``cc``
790 Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
790 Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
791 email addresses.
791 email addresses.
792
792
793 ``bcc``
793 ``bcc``
794 Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
794 Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
795 email addresses.
795 email addresses.
796
796
797 ``method``
797 ``method``
798 Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
798 Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
799 (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
799 (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
800 Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
800 Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
801 (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
801 (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
802 message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
802 message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
803 ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
803 ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
804
804
805 ``charsets``
805 ``charsets``
806 Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
806 Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
807 convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
807 convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
808 containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
808 containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
809 first character set to which conversion from local encoding
809 first character set to which conversion from local encoding
810 (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
810 (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
811 conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
811 conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
812 (default: '')
812 (default: '')
813
813
814 Order of outgoing email character sets:
814 Order of outgoing email character sets:
815
815
816 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
816 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
817 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
817 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
818 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
818 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
819 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
819 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
820 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
820 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
821
821
822 Email example::
822 Email example::
823
823
824 [email]
824 [email]
825 from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
825 from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
826 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
826 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
827 # charsets for western Europeans
827 # charsets for western Europeans
828 # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
828 # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
829 charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
829 charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
830
830
831
831
832 ``extensions``
832 ``extensions``
833 --------------
833 --------------
834
834
835 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
835 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
836 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
836 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
837
837
838 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
838 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
839 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
839 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
840 after the ``=``.
840 after the ``=``.
841
841
842 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
842 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
843 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
843 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
844 defines the extension.
844 defines the extension.
845
845
846 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
846 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
847 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
847 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
848 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
848 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
849
849
850 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
850 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
851
851
852 [extensions]
852 [extensions]
853 # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
853 # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
854 churn =
854 churn =
855 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
855 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
856 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
856 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
857
857
858 If an extension fails to load, a warning will be issued, and Mercurial will
858 If an extension fails to load, a warning will be issued, and Mercurial will
859 proceed. To enforce that an extension must be loaded, one can set the `required`
859 proceed. To enforce that an extension must be loaded, one can set the `required`
860 suboption in the config::
860 suboption in the config::
861
861
862 [extensions]
862 [extensions]
863 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
863 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
864 myfeature:required = yes
864 myfeature:required = yes
865
865
866 To debug extension loading issue, one can add `--traceback` to their mercurial
866 To debug extension loading issue, one can add `--traceback` to their mercurial
867 invocation.
867 invocation.
868
868
869 A default setting can we set using the special `*` extension key::
869 A default setting can we set using the special `*` extension key::
870
870
871 [extensions]
871 [extensions]
872 *:required = yes
872 *:required = yes
873 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
873 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
874 rebase=
874 rebase=
875
875
876
876
877 ``format``
877 ``format``
878 ----------
878 ----------
879
879
880 Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more
880 Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more
881 powerful, but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options
881 powerful, but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options
882 are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone
882 are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone
883 for config changes to be taken into account.
883 for config changes to be taken into account.
884
884
885 For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see
885 For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see
886 https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement
886 https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement
887
887
888 ``usegeneraldelta``
888 ``usegeneraldelta``
889 Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
889 Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
890 repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store deltas against
890 repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store deltas against
891 arbitrary revisions instead of the previously stored one. This provides
891 arbitrary revisions instead of the previously stored one. This provides
892 significant improvement for repositories with branches.
892 significant improvement for repositories with branches.
893
893
894 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
894 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
895
895
896 Enabled by default.
896 Enabled by default.
897
897
898 ``dotencode``
898 ``dotencode``
899 Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
899 Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
900 the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
900 the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
901 dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with "._" on
901 dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with "._" on
902 Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
902 Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
903
903
904 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
904 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
905
905
906 Enabled by default.
906 Enabled by default.
907
907
908 ``usefncache``
908 ``usefncache``
909 Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
909 Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
910 the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
910 the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
911 fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
911 fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
912 reserved names, e.g. "nul".
912 reserved names, e.g. "nul".
913
913
914 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
914 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
915
915
916 Enabled by default.
916 Enabled by default.
917
917
918 ``use-dirstate-v2``
918 ``use-dirstate-v2``
919 Enable or disable the experimental "dirstate-v2" feature. The dirstate
919 Enable or disable the experimental "dirstate-v2" feature. The dirstate
920 functionality is shared by all commands interacting with the working copy.
920 functionality is shared by all commands interacting with the working copy.
921 The new version is more robust, faster and stores more information.
921 The new version is more robust, faster and stores more information.
922
922
923 The performance-improving version of this feature is currently only
923 The performance-improving version of this feature is currently only
924 implemented in Rust (see :hg:`help rust`), so people not using a version of
924 implemented in Rust (see :hg:`help rust`), so people not using a version of
925 Mercurial compiled with the Rust parts might actually suffer some slowdown.
925 Mercurial compiled with the Rust parts might actually suffer some slowdown.
926 For this reason, such versions will by default refuse to access repositories
926 For this reason, such versions will by default refuse to access repositories
927 with "dirstate-v2" enabled.
927 with "dirstate-v2" enabled.
928
928
929 This behavior can be adjusted via configuration: check
929 This behavior can be adjusted via configuration: check
930 :hg:`help config.storage.dirstate-v2.slow-path` for details.
930 :hg:`help config.storage.dirstate-v2.slow-path` for details.
931
931
932 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial 6.0 or above.
932 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial 6.0 or above.
933
933
934 By default this format variant is disabled if the fast implementation is not
934 By default this format variant is disabled if the fast implementation is not
935 available, and enabled by default if the fast implementation is available.
935 available, and enabled by default if the fast implementation is available.
936
936
937 To accomodate installations of Mercurial without the fast implementation,
937 To accomodate installations of Mercurial without the fast implementation,
938 you can downgrade your repository. To do so run the following command:
938 you can downgrade your repository. To do so run the following command:
939
939
940 $ hg debugupgraderepo \
940 $ hg debugupgraderepo \
941 --run \
941 --run \
942 --config format.use-dirstate-v2=False \
942 --config format.use-dirstate-v2=False \
943 --config storage.dirstate-v2.slow-path=allow
943 --config storage.dirstate-v2.slow-path=allow
944
944
945 For a more comprehensive guide, see :hg:`help internals.dirstate-v2`.
945 For a more comprehensive guide, see :hg:`help internals.dirstate-v2`.
946
946
947 ``use-dirstate-v2.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories``
947 ``use-dirstate-v2.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories``
948 When enabled, an automatic upgrade will be triggered when a repository format
948 When enabled, an automatic upgrade will be triggered when a repository format
949 does not match its `use-dirstate-v2` config.
949 does not match its `use-dirstate-v2` config.
950
950
951 This is an advanced behavior that most users will not need. We recommend you
951 This is an advanced behavior that most users will not need. We recommend you
952 don't use this unless you are a seasoned administrator of a Mercurial install
952 don't use this unless you are a seasoned administrator of a Mercurial install
953 base.
953 base.
954
954
955 Automatic upgrade means that any process accessing the repository will
955 Automatic upgrade means that any process accessing the repository will
956 upgrade the repository format to use `dirstate-v2`. This only triggers if a
956 upgrade the repository format to use `dirstate-v2`. This only triggers if a
957 change is needed. This also applies to operations that would have been
957 change is needed. This also applies to operations that would have been
958 read-only (like hg status).
958 read-only (like hg status).
959
959
960 If the repository cannot be locked, the automatic-upgrade operation will be
960 If the repository cannot be locked, the automatic-upgrade operation will be
961 skipped. The next operation will attempt it again.
961 skipped. The next operation will attempt it again.
962
962
963 This configuration will apply for moves in any direction, either adding the
963 This configuration will apply for moves in any direction, either adding the
964 `dirstate-v2` format if `format.use-dirstate-v2=yes` or removing the
964 `dirstate-v2` format if `format.use-dirstate-v2=yes` or removing the
965 `dirstate-v2` requirement if `format.use-dirstate-v2=no`. So we recommend
965 `dirstate-v2` requirement if `format.use-dirstate-v2=no`. So we recommend
966 setting both this value and `format.use-dirstate-v2` at the same time.
966 setting both this value and `format.use-dirstate-v2` at the same time.
967
967
968 ``use-dirstate-v2.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet``
968 ``use-dirstate-v2.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet``
969 Hide message when performing such automatic upgrade.
969 Hide message when performing such automatic upgrade.
970
970
971 ``use-dirstate-tracked-hint``
971 ``use-dirstate-tracked-hint``
972 Enable or disable the writing of "tracked key" file alongside the dirstate.
972 Enable or disable the writing of "tracked key" file alongside the dirstate.
973 (default to disabled)
973 (default to disabled)
974
974
975 That "tracked-hint" can help external automations to detect changes to the
975 That "tracked-hint" can help external automations to detect changes to the
976 set of tracked files. (i.e the result of `hg files` or `hg status -macd`)
976 set of tracked files. (i.e the result of `hg files` or `hg status -macd`)
977
977
978 The tracked-hint is written in a new `.hg/dirstate-tracked-hint`. That file
978 The tracked-hint is written in a new `.hg/dirstate-tracked-hint`. That file
979 contains two lines:
979 contains two lines:
980 - the first line is the file version (currently: 1),
980 - the first line is the file version (currently: 1),
981 - the second line contains the "tracked-hint".
981 - the second line contains the "tracked-hint".
982 That file is written right after the dirstate is written.
982 That file is written right after the dirstate is written.
983
983
984 The tracked-hint changes whenever the set of file tracked in the dirstate
984 The tracked-hint changes whenever the set of file tracked in the dirstate
985 changes. The general idea is:
985 changes. The general idea is:
986 - if the hint is identical, the set of tracked file SHOULD be identical,
986 - if the hint is identical, the set of tracked file SHOULD be identical,
987 - if the hint is different, the set of tracked file MIGHT be different.
987 - if the hint is different, the set of tracked file MIGHT be different.
988
988
989 The "hint is identical" case uses `SHOULD` as the dirstate and the hint file
989 The "hint is identical" case uses `SHOULD` as the dirstate and the hint file
990 are two distinct files and therefore that cannot be read or written to in an
990 are two distinct files and therefore that cannot be read or written to in an
991 atomic way. If the key is identical, nothing garantees that the dirstate is
991 atomic way. If the key is identical, nothing garantees that the dirstate is
992 not updated right after the hint file. This is considered a negligible
992 not updated right after the hint file. This is considered a negligible
993 limitation for the intended usecase. It is actually possible to prevent this
993 limitation for the intended usecase. It is actually possible to prevent this
994 race by taking the repository lock during read operations.
994 race by taking the repository lock during read operations.
995
995
996 They are two "ways" to use this feature:
996 They are two "ways" to use this feature:
997
997
998 1) monitoring changes to the `.hg/dirstate-tracked-hint`, if the file
998 1) monitoring changes to the `.hg/dirstate-tracked-hint`, if the file
999 changes, the tracked set might have changed.
999 changes, the tracked set might have changed.
1000
1000
1001 2) storing the value and comparing it to a later value.
1001 2) storing the value and comparing it to a later value.
1002
1002
1003
1003
1004 ``use-dirstate-tracked-hint.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories``
1004 ``use-dirstate-tracked-hint.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories``
1005 When enabled, an automatic upgrade will be triggered when a repository format
1005 When enabled, an automatic upgrade will be triggered when a repository format
1006 does not match its `use-dirstate-tracked-hint` config.
1006 does not match its `use-dirstate-tracked-hint` config.
1007
1007
1008 This is an advanced behavior that most users will not need. We recommend you
1008 This is an advanced behavior that most users will not need. We recommend you
1009 don't use this unless you are a seasoned administrator of a Mercurial install
1009 don't use this unless you are a seasoned administrator of a Mercurial install
1010 base.
1010 base.
1011
1011
1012 Automatic upgrade means that any process accessing the repository will
1012 Automatic upgrade means that any process accessing the repository will
1013 upgrade the repository format to use `dirstate-tracked-hint`. This only
1013 upgrade the repository format to use `dirstate-tracked-hint`. This only
1014 triggers if a change is needed. This also applies to operations that would
1014 triggers if a change is needed. This also applies to operations that would
1015 have been read-only (like hg status).
1015 have been read-only (like hg status).
1016
1016
1017 If the repository cannot be locked, the automatic-upgrade operation will be
1017 If the repository cannot be locked, the automatic-upgrade operation will be
1018 skipped. The next operation will attempt it again.
1018 skipped. The next operation will attempt it again.
1019
1019
1020 This configuration will apply for moves in any direction, either adding the
1020 This configuration will apply for moves in any direction, either adding the
1021 `dirstate-tracked-hint` format if `format.use-dirstate-tracked-hint=yes` or
1021 `dirstate-tracked-hint` format if `format.use-dirstate-tracked-hint=yes` or
1022 removing the `dirstate-tracked-hint` requirement if
1022 removing the `dirstate-tracked-hint` requirement if
1023 `format.use-dirstate-tracked-hint=no`. So we recommend setting both this
1023 `format.use-dirstate-tracked-hint=no`. So we recommend setting both this
1024 value and `format.use-dirstate-tracked-hint` at the same time.
1024 value and `format.use-dirstate-tracked-hint` at the same time.
1025
1025
1026
1026
1027 ``use-dirstate-tracked-hint.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet``
1027 ``use-dirstate-tracked-hint.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet``
1028 Hide message when performing such automatic upgrade.
1028 Hide message when performing such automatic upgrade.
1029
1029
1030
1030
1031 ``use-persistent-nodemap``
1031 ``use-persistent-nodemap``
1032 Enable or disable the "persistent-nodemap" feature which improves
1032 Enable or disable the "persistent-nodemap" feature which improves
1033 performance if the Rust extensions are available.
1033 performance if the Rust extensions are available.
1034
1034
1035 The "persistent-nodemap" persist the "node -> rev" on disk removing the
1035 The "persistent-nodemap" persist the "node -> rev" on disk removing the
1036 need to dynamically build that mapping for each Mercurial invocation. This
1036 need to dynamically build that mapping for each Mercurial invocation. This
1037 significantly reduces the startup cost of various local and server-side
1037 significantly reduces the startup cost of various local and server-side
1038 operation for larger repositories.
1038 operation for larger repositories.
1039
1039
1040 The performance-improving version of this feature is currently only
1040 The performance-improving version of this feature is currently only
1041 implemented in Rust (see :hg:`help rust`), so people not using a version of
1041 implemented in Rust (see :hg:`help rust`), so people not using a version of
1042 Mercurial compiled with the Rust parts might actually suffer some slowdown.
1042 Mercurial compiled with the Rust parts might actually suffer some slowdown.
1043 For this reason, such versions will by default refuse to access repositories
1043 For this reason, such versions will by default refuse to access repositories
1044 with "persistent-nodemap".
1044 with "persistent-nodemap".
1045
1045
1046 This behavior can be adjusted via configuration: check
1046 This behavior can be adjusted via configuration: check
1047 :hg:`help config.storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path` for details.
1047 :hg:`help config.storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path` for details.
1048
1048
1049 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial 5.4 or above.
1049 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial 5.4 or above.
1050
1050
1051 By default this format variant is disabled if the fast implementation is not
1051 By default this format variant is disabled if the fast implementation is not
1052 available, and enabled by default if the fast implementation is available.
1052 available, and enabled by default if the fast implementation is available.
1053
1053
1054 To accomodate installations of Mercurial without the fast implementation,
1054 To accomodate installations of Mercurial without the fast implementation,
1055 you can downgrade your repository. To do so run the following command:
1055 you can downgrade your repository. To do so run the following command:
1056
1056
1057 $ hg debugupgraderepo \
1057 $ hg debugupgraderepo \
1058 --run \
1058 --run \
1059 --config format.use-persistent-nodemap=False \
1059 --config format.use-persistent-nodemap=False \
1060 --config storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path=allow
1060 --config storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path=allow
1061
1061
1062 ``use-share-safe``
1062 ``use-share-safe``
1063 Enforce "safe" behaviors for all "shares" that access this repository.
1063 Enforce "safe" behaviors for all "shares" that access this repository.
1064
1064
1065 With this feature, "shares" using this repository as a source will:
1065 With this feature, "shares" using this repository as a source will:
1066
1066
1067 * read the source repository's configuration (`<source>/.hg/hgrc`).
1067 * read the source repository's configuration (`<source>/.hg/hgrc`).
1068 * read and use the source repository's "requirements"
1068 * read and use the source repository's "requirements"
1069 (except the working copy specific one).
1069 (except the working copy specific one).
1070
1070
1071 Without this feature, "shares" using this repository as a source will:
1071 Without this feature, "shares" using this repository as a source will:
1072
1072
1073 * keep tracking the repository "requirements" in the share only, ignoring
1073 * keep tracking the repository "requirements" in the share only, ignoring
1074 the source "requirements", possibly diverging from them.
1074 the source "requirements", possibly diverging from them.
1075 * ignore source repository config. This can create problems, like silently
1075 * ignore source repository config. This can create problems, like silently
1076 ignoring important hooks.
1076 ignoring important hooks.
1077
1077
1078 Beware that existing shares will not be upgraded/downgraded, and by
1078 Beware that existing shares will not be upgraded/downgraded, and by
1079 default, Mercurial will refuse to interact with them until the mismatch
1079 default, Mercurial will refuse to interact with them until the mismatch
1080 is resolved. See :hg:`help config.share.safe-mismatch.source-safe` and
1080 is resolved. See :hg:`help config.share.safe-mismatch.source-safe` and
1081 :hg:`help config.share.safe-mismatch.source-not-safe` for details.
1081 :hg:`help config.share.safe-mismatch.source-not-safe` for details.
1082
1082
1083 Introduced in Mercurial 5.7.
1083 Introduced in Mercurial 5.7.
1084
1084
1085 Enabled by default in Mercurial 6.1.
1085 Enabled by default in Mercurial 6.1.
1086
1086
1087 ``use-share-safe.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories``
1087 ``use-share-safe.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories``
1088 When enabled, an automatic upgrade will be triggered when a repository format
1088 When enabled, an automatic upgrade will be triggered when a repository format
1089 does not match its `use-share-safe` config.
1089 does not match its `use-share-safe` config.
1090
1090
1091 This is an advanced behavior that most users will not need. We recommend you
1091 This is an advanced behavior that most users will not need. We recommend you
1092 don't use this unless you are a seasoned administrator of a Mercurial install
1092 don't use this unless you are a seasoned administrator of a Mercurial install
1093 base.
1093 base.
1094
1094
1095 Automatic upgrade means that any process accessing the repository will
1095 Automatic upgrade means that any process accessing the repository will
1096 upgrade the repository format to use `share-safe`. This only triggers if a
1096 upgrade the repository format to use `share-safe`. This only triggers if a
1097 change is needed. This also applies to operation that would have been
1097 change is needed. This also applies to operation that would have been
1098 read-only (like hg status).
1098 read-only (like hg status).
1099
1099
1100 If the repository cannot be locked, the automatic-upgrade operation will be
1100 If the repository cannot be locked, the automatic-upgrade operation will be
1101 skipped. The next operation will attempt it again.
1101 skipped. The next operation will attempt it again.
1102
1102
1103 This configuration will apply for moves in any direction, either adding the
1103 This configuration will apply for moves in any direction, either adding the
1104 `share-safe` format if `format.use-share-safe=yes` or removing the
1104 `share-safe` format if `format.use-share-safe=yes` or removing the
1105 `share-safe` requirement if `format.use-share-safe=no`. So we recommend
1105 `share-safe` requirement if `format.use-share-safe=no`. So we recommend
1106 setting both this value and `format.use-share-safe` at the same time.
1106 setting both this value and `format.use-share-safe` at the same time.
1107
1107
1108 ``use-share-safe.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet``
1108 ``use-share-safe.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet``
1109 Hide message when performing such automatic upgrade.
1109 Hide message when performing such automatic upgrade.
1110
1110
1111 ``usestore``
1111 ``usestore``
1112 Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
1112 Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
1113 compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
1113 compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
1114 filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
1114 filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
1115 in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
1115 in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
1116
1116
1117 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
1117 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
1118
1118
1119 Enabled by default.
1119 Enabled by default.
1120
1120
1121 ``sparse-revlog``
1121 ``sparse-revlog``
1122 Enable or disable the ``sparse-revlog`` delta strategy. This format improves
1122 Enable or disable the ``sparse-revlog`` delta strategy. This format improves
1123 delta re-use inside revlog. For very branchy repositories, it results in a
1123 delta re-use inside revlog. For very branchy repositories, it results in a
1124 smaller store. For repositories with many revisions, it also helps
1124 smaller store. For repositories with many revisions, it also helps
1125 performance (by using shortened delta chains.)
1125 performance (by using shortened delta chains.)
1126
1126
1127 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 4.7
1127 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 4.7
1128
1128
1129 Enabled by default.
1129 Enabled by default.
1130
1130
1131 ``revlog-compression``
1131 ``revlog-compression``
1132 Compression algorithm used by revlog. Supported values are `zlib` and
1132 Compression algorithm used by revlog. Supported values are `zlib` and
1133 `zstd`. The `zlib` engine is the historical default of Mercurial. `zstd` is
1133 `zstd`. The `zlib` engine is the historical default of Mercurial. `zstd` is
1134 a newer format that is usually a net win over `zlib`, operating faster at
1134 a newer format that is usually a net win over `zlib`, operating faster at
1135 better compression rates. Use `zstd` to reduce CPU usage. Multiple values
1135 better compression rates. Use `zstd` to reduce CPU usage. Multiple values
1136 can be specified, the first available one will be used.
1136 can be specified, the first available one will be used.
1137
1137
1138 On some systems, the Mercurial installation may lack `zstd` support.
1138 On some systems, the Mercurial installation may lack `zstd` support.
1139
1139
1140 Default is `zstd` if available, `zlib` otherwise.
1140 Default is `zstd` if available, `zlib` otherwise.
1141
1141
1142 ``bookmarks-in-store``
1142 ``bookmarks-in-store``
1143 Store bookmarks in .hg/store/. This means that bookmarks are shared when
1143 Store bookmarks in .hg/store/. This means that bookmarks are shared when
1144 using `hg share` regardless of the `-B` option.
1144 using `hg share` regardless of the `-B` option.
1145
1145
1146 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 5.1.
1146 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 5.1.
1147
1147
1148 Disabled by default.
1148 Disabled by default.
1149
1149
1150
1150
1151 ``graph``
1151 ``graph``
1152 ---------
1152 ---------
1153
1153
1154 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
1154 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
1155 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
1155 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
1156 ``default`` branch stand out.
1156 ``default`` branch stand out.
1157
1157
1158 Each line has the following format::
1158 Each line has the following format::
1159
1159
1160 <branch>.<argument> = <value>
1160 <branch>.<argument> = <value>
1161
1161
1162 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
1162 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
1163 customized. Example::
1163 customized. Example::
1164
1164
1165 [graph]
1165 [graph]
1166 # 2px width
1166 # 2px width
1167 default.width = 2
1167 default.width = 2
1168 # red color
1168 # red color
1169 default.color = FF0000
1169 default.color = FF0000
1170
1170
1171 Supported arguments:
1171 Supported arguments:
1172
1172
1173 ``width``
1173 ``width``
1174 Set branch edges width in pixels.
1174 Set branch edges width in pixels.
1175
1175
1176 ``color``
1176 ``color``
1177 Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
1177 Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
1178
1178
1179 ``hooks``
1179 ``hooks``
1180 ---------
1180 ---------
1181
1181
1182 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
1182 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
1183 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
1183 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
1184 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
1184 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
1185 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
1185 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
1186 value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized
1186 value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized
1187 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
1187 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
1188 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
1188 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
1189
1189
1190 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
1190 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
1191
1191
1192 [hooks]
1192 [hooks]
1193 # update working directory after adding changesets
1193 # update working directory after adding changesets
1194 changegroup.update = hg update
1194 changegroup.update = hg update
1195 # do not use the site-wide hook
1195 # do not use the site-wide hook
1196 incoming =
1196 incoming =
1197 incoming.email = /my/email/hook
1197 incoming.email = /my/email/hook
1198 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
1198 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
1199 # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
1199 # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
1200 priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
1200 priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
1201 ### control HGPLAIN setting when running autobuild hook
1201 ### control HGPLAIN setting when running autobuild hook
1202 # HGPLAIN always set (default from Mercurial 5.7)
1202 # HGPLAIN always set (default from Mercurial 5.7)
1203 incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = yes
1203 incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = yes
1204 # HGPLAIN never set
1204 # HGPLAIN never set
1205 incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = no
1205 incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = no
1206 # HGPLAIN inherited from environment (default before Mercurial 5.7)
1206 # HGPLAIN inherited from environment (default before Mercurial 5.7)
1207 incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = auto
1207 incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = auto
1208
1208
1209 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
1209 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
1210 additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables
1210 additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables
1211 it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The
1211 it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The
1212 ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks.
1212 ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks.
1213 They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name
1213 They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name
1214 of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will
1214 of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will
1215 be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``.
1215 be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``.
1216
1216
1217 .. container:: windows
1217 .. container:: windows
1218
1218
1219 Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR``
1219 Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR``
1220 and ``${VAR}`` style variables. A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will
1220 and ``${VAR}`` style variables. A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will
1221 be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion
1221 be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion
1222 on Unix. To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back
1222 on Unix. To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back
1223 slash or inside of a strong quote. Strong quotes will be replaced by
1223 slash or inside of a strong quote. Strong quotes will be replaced by
1224 double quotes after processing.
1224 double quotes after processing.
1225
1225
1226 This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook
1226 This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook
1227 name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``. For example::
1227 name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``. For example::
1228
1228
1229 [hooks]
1229 [hooks]
1230 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
1230 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
1231 # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook
1231 # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook
1232 tonative.incoming.autobuild = True
1232 tonative.incoming.autobuild = True
1233
1233
1234 ``changegroup``
1234 ``changegroup``
1235 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. The ID of
1235 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. The ID of
1236 the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
1236 the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
1237 The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
1237 The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
1238
1238
1239 ``commit``
1239 ``commit``
1240 Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID
1240 Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID
1241 of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
1241 of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
1242 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1242 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1243
1243
1244 ``incoming``
1244 ``incoming``
1245 Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
1245 Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
1246 the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
1246 the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
1247 ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1247 ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1248
1248
1249 ``outgoing``
1249 ``outgoing``
1250 Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of
1250 Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of
1251 first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in
1251 first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in
1252 ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`.
1252 ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`.
1253
1253
1254 ``post-<command>``
1254 ``post-<command>``
1255 Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
1255 Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
1256 contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
1256 contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
1257 code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
1257 code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
1258 ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
1258 ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
1259 the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
1259 the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
1260 dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
1260 dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
1261 ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
1261 ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
1262
1262
1263 ``fail-<command>``
1263 ``fail-<command>``
1264 Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
1264 Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
1265 of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
1265 of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
1266 arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
1266 arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
1267 string representations of the python data internally passed to
1267 string representations of the python data internally passed to
1268 <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
1268 <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
1269 options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
1269 options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
1270 Hook failure is ignored.
1270 Hook failure is ignored.
1271
1271
1272 ``pre-<command>``
1272 ``pre-<command>``
1273 Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
1273 Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
1274 command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
1274 command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
1275 are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
1275 are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
1276 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
1276 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
1277 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
1277 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
1278 defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
1278 defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
1279 failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
1279 failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
1280 code.
1280 code.
1281
1281
1282 ``prechangegroup``
1282 ``prechangegroup``
1283 Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
1283 Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
1284 status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will
1284 status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will
1285 cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes
1285 cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes
1286 will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
1286 will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
1287
1287
1288 ``precommit``
1288 ``precommit``
1289 Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
1289 Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
1290 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
1290 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
1291 Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1291 Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1292
1292
1293 ``prelistkeys``
1293 ``prelistkeys``
1294 Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
1294 Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
1295 repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
1295 repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
1296 in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
1296 in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
1297
1297
1298 ``preoutgoing``
1298 ``preoutgoing``
1299 Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
1299 Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
1300 another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
1300 another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
1301 pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via
1301 pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via
1302 local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely,
1302 local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely,
1303 since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in
1303 since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in
1304 ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote
1304 ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote
1305 SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation
1305 SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation
1306 is happening on behalf of a repository on same system.
1306 is happening on behalf of a repository on same system.
1307
1307
1308 ``prepushkey``
1308 ``prepushkey``
1309 Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1309 Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1310 repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
1310 repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
1311 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
1311 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
1312 the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
1312 the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
1313 ``$HG_NEW``.
1313 ``$HG_NEW``.
1314
1314
1315 ``pretag``
1315 ``pretag``
1316 Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
1316 Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
1317 created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the
1317 created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the
1318 changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The
1318 changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The
1319 tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1319 tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1320
1320
1321 ``pretransmit-inline-clone-bundle``
1321 ``pretransmit-inline-clone-bundle``
1322 Run before transferring an inline clonebundle to the peer.
1322 Run before transferring an inline clonebundle to the peer.
1323 If the exit status is 0, the inline clonebundle will be allowed to be
1323 If the exit status is 0, the inline clonebundle will be allowed to be
1324 transferred. A non-zero status will cause the transfer to fail.
1324 transferred. A non-zero status will cause the transfer to fail.
1325 The path of the inline clonebundle is in ``$HG_CLONEBUNDLEPATH``.
1325 The path of the inline clonebundle is in ``$HG_CLONEBUNDLEPATH``.
1326
1326
1327 ``pretxnopen``
1327 ``pretxnopen``
1328 Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
1328 Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
1329 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the
1329 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the
1330 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
1330 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
1331 transaction from being opened.
1331 transaction from being opened.
1332
1332
1333 ``pretxnclose``
1333 ``pretxnclose``
1334 Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
1334 Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
1335 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1335 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1336 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1336 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1337 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
1337 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
1338 transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for
1338 transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for
1339 the transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
1339 the transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
1340 vary according the transaction type. Changes unbundled to the repository will
1340 vary according the transaction type. Changes unbundled to the repository will
1341 add ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE``. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE`` (the
1341 add ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE``. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE`` (the
1342 ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last added
1342 ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last added
1343 changeset). Bookmark and phase changes will set ``$HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and
1343 changeset). Bookmark and phase changes will set ``$HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and
1344 ``$HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1`` respectively. The number of new obsmarkers, if
1344 ``$HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1`` respectively. The number of new obsmarkers, if
1345 any, will be in ``$HG_NEW_OBSMARKERS``, etc.
1345 any, will be in ``$HG_NEW_OBSMARKERS``, etc.
1346
1346
1347 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``
1347 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``
1348 Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository
1348 Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository
1349 change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the
1349 change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the
1350 transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to
1350 transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to
1351 proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back.
1351 proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back.
1352 The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new
1352 The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new
1353 bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous
1353 bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous
1354 location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark
1354 location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark
1355 creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE``
1355 creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE``
1356 will be empty.
1356 will be empty.
1357 In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1357 In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1358 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1358 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1359 ``$HG_TXNID``.
1359 ``$HG_TXNID``.
1360
1360
1361 ``pretxnclose-phase``
1361 ``pretxnclose-phase``
1362 Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change
1362 Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change
1363 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1363 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1364 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1364 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1365 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called
1365 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called
1366 multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change.
1366 multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change.
1367 The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE``
1367 The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE``
1368 while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE``
1368 while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE``
1369 will be empty. In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1369 will be empty. In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1370 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1370 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1371 ``$HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case
1371 ``$HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case
1372 the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty.
1372 the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty.
1373
1373
1374 ``txnclose``
1374 ``txnclose``
1375 Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
1375 Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
1376 point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
1376 point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
1377 after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for
1377 after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for
1378 details about available variables.
1378 details about available variables.
1379
1379
1380 ``txnclose-bookmark``
1380 ``txnclose-bookmark``
1381 Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the
1381 Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the
1382 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1382 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1383 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details
1383 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details
1384 about available variables.
1384 about available variables.
1385
1385
1386 ``txnclose-phase``
1386 ``txnclose-phase``
1387 Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the
1387 Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the
1388 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1388 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1389 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about
1389 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about
1390 available variables.
1390 available variables.
1391
1391
1392 ``txnabort``
1392 ``txnabort``
1393 Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
1393 Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
1394 for details about available variables.
1394 for details about available variables.
1395
1395
1396 ``pretxnchangegroup``
1396 ``pretxnchangegroup``
1397 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
1397 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
1398 the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook
1398 the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook
1399 program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them.
1399 program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them.
1400 The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in
1400 The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in
1401 ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero
1401 ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero
1402 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or
1402 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or
1403 unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1403 unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1404
1404
1405 ``pretxncommit``
1405 ``pretxncommit``
1406 Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is
1406 Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is
1407 committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows
1407 committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows
1408 validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
1408 validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
1409 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to
1409 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to
1410 be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent
1410 be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent
1411 changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1411 changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1412
1412
1413 ``preupdate``
1413 ``preupdate``
1414 Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
1414 Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
1415 the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update.
1415 the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update.
1416 The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a
1416 The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a
1417 merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1417 merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1418
1418
1419 ``listkeys``
1419 ``listkeys``
1420 Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
1420 Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
1421 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
1421 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
1422 dictionary containing the keys and values.
1422 dictionary containing the keys and values.
1423
1423
1424 ``pushkey``
1424 ``pushkey``
1425 Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1425 Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1426 repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
1426 repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
1427 ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
1427 ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
1428 value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
1428 value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
1429
1429
1430 ``tag``
1430 ``tag``
1431 Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
1431 Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
1432 The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in
1432 The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in
1433 the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1433 the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1434
1434
1435 ``update``
1435 ``update``
1436 Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first
1436 Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first
1437 new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new
1437 new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new
1438 parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
1438 parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
1439 update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
1439 update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
1440
1440
1441 .. note::
1441 .. note::
1442
1442
1443 It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
1443 It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
1444 generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be
1444 generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be
1445 called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
1445 called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
1446 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
1446 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
1447 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
1447 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
1448
1448
1449 .. note::
1449 .. note::
1450
1450
1451 Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
1451 Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
1452 hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
1452 hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
1453 will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
1453 will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
1454 changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
1454 changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
1455
1455
1456 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
1456 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
1457
1457
1458 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
1458 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
1459 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
1459 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
1460
1460
1461 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
1461 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
1462 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
1462 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
1463 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
1463 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
1464 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
1464 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
1465 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
1465 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
1466 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
1466 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
1467
1467
1468 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
1468 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
1469 is treated as a failure.
1469 is treated as a failure.
1470
1470
1471
1471
1472 ``hostfingerprints``
1472 ``hostfingerprints``
1473 --------------------
1473 --------------------
1474
1474
1475 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
1475 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
1476
1476
1477 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
1477 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
1478
1478
1479 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
1479 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
1480 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
1480 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
1481 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
1481 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
1482
1482
1483 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
1483 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
1484 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
1484 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
1485 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
1485 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
1486 to a new certificate.
1486 to a new certificate.
1487
1487
1488 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
1488 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
1489
1489
1490 For example::
1490 For example::
1491
1491
1492 [hostfingerprints]
1492 [hostfingerprints]
1493 hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1493 hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1494 hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1494 hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1495
1495
1496 ``hostsecurity``
1496 ``hostsecurity``
1497 ----------------
1497 ----------------
1498
1498
1499 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
1499 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
1500 other machines.
1500 other machines.
1501
1501
1502 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
1502 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
1503
1503
1504 ``ciphers``
1504 ``ciphers``
1505 Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
1505 Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
1506
1506
1507 Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
1507 Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
1508 https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
1508 https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
1509
1509
1510 This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
1510 This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
1511 can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
1511 can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
1512 You have been warned.
1512 You have been warned.
1513
1513
1514 This option requires Python 2.7.
1514 This option requires Python 2.7.
1515
1515
1516 ``minimumprotocol``
1516 ``minimumprotocol``
1517 Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
1517 Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
1518
1518
1519 By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
1519 By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
1520 is used.
1520 is used.
1521
1521
1522 Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
1522 Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
1523
1523
1524 When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
1524 When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
1525 old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
1525 old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
1526
1526
1527 When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
1527 When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
1528 ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
1528 ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
1529 weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
1529 weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
1530 a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
1530 a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
1531
1531
1532 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
1532 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
1533 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
1533 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
1534 per-host basis.
1534 per-host basis.
1535
1535
1536 The following per-host settings can be defined.
1536 The following per-host settings can be defined.
1537
1537
1538 ``ciphers``
1538 ``ciphers``
1539 This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
1539 This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
1540 to the host on which it is defined.
1540 to the host on which it is defined.
1541
1541
1542 ``fingerprints``
1542 ``fingerprints``
1543 A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
1543 A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
1544 the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
1544 the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
1545 ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
1545 ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
1546 In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part.
1546 In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part.
1547
1547
1548 The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
1548 The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
1549 ``sha512``.
1549 ``sha512``.
1550
1550
1551 Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
1551 Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
1552
1552
1553 If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
1553 If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
1554 host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
1554 host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
1555 of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
1555 of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
1556 certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
1556 certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
1557 This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
1557 This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
1558 at the expense of convenience.
1558 at the expense of convenience.
1559
1559
1560 This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
1560 This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
1561
1561
1562 ``minimumprotocol``
1562 ``minimumprotocol``
1563 This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
1563 This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
1564 only applies to the host on which it is defined.
1564 only applies to the host on which it is defined.
1565
1565
1566 ``verifycertsfile``
1566 ``verifycertsfile``
1567 Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
1567 Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
1568 verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
1568 verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
1569 constructs are expanded in the filename.
1569 constructs are expanded in the filename.
1570
1570
1571 The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
1571 The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
1572 must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
1572 must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
1573 will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
1573 will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
1574
1574
1575 If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
1575 If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
1576 ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
1576 ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
1577 used.
1577 used.
1578
1578
1579 This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
1579 This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
1580 is set.
1580 is set.
1581
1581
1582 The format of the file is as follows::
1582 The format of the file is as follows::
1583
1583
1584 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1584 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1585 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1585 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1586 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1586 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1587 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1587 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1588 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1588 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1589 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1589 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1590
1590
1591 For example::
1591 For example::
1592
1592
1593 [hostsecurity]
1593 [hostsecurity]
1594 hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
1594 hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
1595 hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1595 hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1596 hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2
1596 hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2
1597 foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
1597 foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
1598
1598
1599 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
1599 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
1600 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
1600 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
1601
1601
1602 [hostsecurity]
1602 [hostsecurity]
1603 minimumprotocol = tls1.2
1603 minimumprotocol = tls1.2
1604 hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
1604 hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
1605
1605
1606 ``http_proxy``
1606 ``http_proxy``
1607 --------------
1607 --------------
1608
1608
1609 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
1609 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
1610 proxy.
1610 proxy.
1611
1611
1612 ``host``
1612 ``host``
1613 Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
1613 Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
1614 "myproxy:8000".
1614 "myproxy:8000".
1615
1615
1616 ``no``
1616 ``no``
1617 Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
1617 Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
1618 the proxy.
1618 the proxy.
1619
1619
1620 ``passwd``
1620 ``passwd``
1621 Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1621 Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1622
1622
1623 ``user``
1623 ``user``
1624 Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1624 Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1625
1625
1626 ``always``
1626 ``always``
1627 Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
1627 Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
1628 in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
1628 in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
1629
1629
1630 ``http``
1630 ``http``
1631 --------
1631 --------
1632
1632
1633 Used to configure access to Mercurial repositories via HTTP.
1633 Used to configure access to Mercurial repositories via HTTP.
1634
1634
1635 ``timeout``
1635 ``timeout``
1636 If set, blocking operations will timeout after that many seconds.
1636 If set, blocking operations will timeout after that many seconds.
1637 (default: None)
1637 (default: None)
1638
1638
1639 ``merge``
1639 ``merge``
1640 ---------
1640 ---------
1641
1641
1642 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
1642 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
1643
1643
1644 ``checkignored``
1644 ``checkignored``
1645 Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
1645 Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
1646 file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
1646 file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
1647 contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
1647 contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
1648 abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
1648 abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
1649 ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
1649 ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
1650 ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
1650 ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
1651
1651
1652 ``checkunknown``
1652 ``checkunknown``
1653 Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
1653 Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
1654 as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
1654 as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
1655 different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
1655 different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
1656 are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
1656 are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
1657
1657
1658 ``on-failure``
1658 ``on-failure``
1659 When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to
1659 When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to
1660 merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of
1660 merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of
1661 whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not.
1661 whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not.
1662 Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue
1662 Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue
1663 or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically
1663 or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically
1664 halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process
1664 halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process
1665 can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is
1665 can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is
1666 halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state.
1666 halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state.
1667 (default: ``continue``)
1667 (default: ``continue``)
1668
1668
1669 ``strict-capability-check``
1669 ``strict-capability-check``
1670 Whether capabilities of internal merge tools are checked strictly
1670 Whether capabilities of internal merge tools are checked strictly
1671 or not, while examining rules to decide merge tool to be used.
1671 or not, while examining rules to decide merge tool to be used.
1672 (default: False)
1672 (default: False)
1673
1673
1674 ``merge-patterns``
1674 ``merge-patterns``
1675 ------------------
1675 ------------------
1676
1676
1677 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
1677 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
1678 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
1678 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
1679 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
1679 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
1680 root.
1680 root.
1681
1681
1682 Example::
1682 Example::
1683
1683
1684 [merge-patterns]
1684 [merge-patterns]
1685 **.c = kdiff3
1685 **.c = kdiff3
1686 **.jpg = myimgmerge
1686 **.jpg = myimgmerge
1687
1687
1688 ``merge-tools``
1688 ``merge-tools``
1689 ---------------
1689 ---------------
1690
1690
1691 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
1691 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
1692 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
1692 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
1693 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
1693 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
1694 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
1694 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
1695
1695
1696 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
1696 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
1697
1697
1698 [merge-tools]
1698 [merge-tools]
1699 # Override stock tool location
1699 # Override stock tool location
1700 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
1700 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
1701 # Specify command line
1701 # Specify command line
1702 kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
1702 kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
1703 # Give higher priority
1703 # Give higher priority
1704 kdiff3.priority = 1
1704 kdiff3.priority = 1
1705
1705
1706 # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
1706 # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
1707 meld.priority = 0
1707 meld.priority = 0
1708
1708
1709 # Disable a preconfigured tool
1709 # Disable a preconfigured tool
1710 vimdiff.disabled = yes
1710 vimdiff.disabled = yes
1711
1711
1712 # Define new tool
1712 # Define new tool
1713 myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
1713 myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
1714 myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
1714 myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
1715 myHtmlTool.priority = 1
1715 myHtmlTool.priority = 1
1716
1716
1717 Supported arguments:
1717 Supported arguments:
1718
1718
1719 ``priority``
1719 ``priority``
1720 The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
1720 The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
1721 (default: 0)
1721 (default: 0)
1722
1722
1723 ``executable``
1723 ``executable``
1724 Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
1724 Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
1725
1725
1726 .. container:: windows
1726 .. container:: windows
1727
1727
1728 On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
1728 On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
1729 syntax.
1729 syntax.
1730
1730
1731 (default: the tool name)
1731 (default: the tool name)
1732
1732
1733 ``args``
1733 ``args``
1734 The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
1734 The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
1735 files being merged as well as the output file through these
1735 files being merged as well as the output file through these
1736 variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``.
1736 variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``.
1737
1737
1738 The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is
1738 The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is
1739 being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
1739 being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
1740 state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or
1740 state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or
1741 the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the
1741 the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the
1742 destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased.
1742 destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased.
1743
1743
1744 Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions,
1744 Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions,
1745 accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom
1745 accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom
1746 labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``,
1746 labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``,
1747 respectively.
1747 respectively.
1748 (default: ``$local $base $other``)
1748 (default: ``$local $base $other``)
1749
1749
1750 ``premerge``
1750 ``premerge``
1751 Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
1751 Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
1752 launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep``,
1752 launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep``,
1753 ``keep-merge3``, or ``keep-mergediff`` (experimental). The ``keep`` option
1753 ``keep-merge3``, or ``keep-mergediff`` (experimental). The ``keep`` option
1754 will leave markers in the file if the premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3``
1754 will leave markers in the file if the premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3``
1755 will do the same but include information about the base of the merge in the
1755 will do the same but include information about the base of the merge in the
1756 marker (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). The
1756 marker (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). The
1757 ``keep-mergediff`` option is similar but uses a different marker style
1757 ``keep-mergediff`` option is similar but uses a different marker style
1758 (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). (default: True)
1758 (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). (default: True)
1759
1759
1760 ``binary``
1760 ``binary``
1761 This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
1761 This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
1762 was selected by file pattern match)
1762 was selected by file pattern match)
1763
1763
1764 ``symlink``
1764 ``symlink``
1765 This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
1765 This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
1766
1766
1767 ``check``
1767 ``check``
1768 A list of merge success-checking options:
1768 A list of merge success-checking options:
1769
1769
1770 ``changed``
1770 ``changed``
1771 Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
1771 Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
1772 ``conflicts``
1772 ``conflicts``
1773 Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
1773 Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
1774 ``prompt``
1774 ``prompt``
1775 Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
1775 Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
1776
1776
1777 ``fixeol``
1777 ``fixeol``
1778 Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
1778 Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
1779 (default: False)
1779 (default: False)
1780
1780
1781 ``gui``
1781 ``gui``
1782 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
1782 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
1783
1783
1784 ``mergemarkers``
1784 ``mergemarkers``
1785 Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and
1785 Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and
1786 ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or
1786 ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or
1787 ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict
1787 ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict
1788 markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or
1788 markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or
1789 the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``.
1789 the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``.
1790 (default: ``basic``)
1790 (default: ``basic``)
1791
1791
1792 ``mergemarkertemplate``
1792 ``mergemarkertemplate``
1793 This setting can be used to override ``mergemarker`` from the
1793 This setting can be used to override ``mergemarker`` from the
1794 ``[command-templates]`` section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the
1794 ``[command-templates]`` section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the
1795 ``$label``-prefixed variables and to the conflict markers that are generated
1795 ``$label``-prefixed variables and to the conflict markers that are generated
1796 if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable
1796 if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable
1797 in ``[ui]`` for more information.
1797 in ``[ui]`` for more information.
1798
1798
1799 .. container:: windows
1799 .. container:: windows
1800
1800
1801 ``regkey``
1801 ``regkey``
1802 Windows registry key which describes install location of this
1802 Windows registry key which describes install location of this
1803 tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
1803 tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
1804 ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
1804 ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
1805 (default: None)
1805 (default: None)
1806
1806
1807 ``regkeyalt``
1807 ``regkeyalt``
1808 An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
1808 An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
1809 found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
1809 found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
1810 semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key
1810 semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key
1811 is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
1811 is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
1812 (default: None)
1812 (default: None)
1813
1813
1814 ``regname``
1814 ``regname``
1815 Name of value to read from specified registry key.
1815 Name of value to read from specified registry key.
1816 (default: the unnamed (default) value)
1816 (default: the unnamed (default) value)
1817
1817
1818 ``regappend``
1818 ``regappend``
1819 String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
1819 String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
1820 the executable name of the tool.
1820 the executable name of the tool.
1821 (default: None)
1821 (default: None)
1822
1822
1823 ``pager``
1823 ``pager``
1824 ---------
1824 ---------
1825
1825
1826 Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See
1826 Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See
1827 :hg:`help pager` for details.
1827 :hg:`help pager` for details.
1828
1828
1829 ``pager``
1829 ``pager``
1830 Define the external tool used as pager.
1830 Define the external tool used as pager.
1831
1831
1832 If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER.
1832 If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER.
1833 If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be
1833 If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be
1834 used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example::
1834 used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example::
1835
1835
1836 [pager]
1836 [pager]
1837 pager = less -FRX
1837 pager = less -FRX
1838
1838
1839 ``ignore``
1839 ``ignore``
1840 List of commands to disable the pager for. Example::
1840 List of commands to disable the pager for. Example::
1841
1841
1842 [pager]
1842 [pager]
1843 ignore = version, help, update
1843 ignore = version, help, update
1844
1844
1845 ``patch``
1845 ``patch``
1846 ---------
1846 ---------
1847
1847
1848 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
1848 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
1849 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
1849 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
1850
1850
1851 ``eol``
1851 ``eol``
1852 When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
1852 When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
1853 are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
1853 are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
1854 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
1854 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
1855 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
1855 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
1856 ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
1856 ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
1857 endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
1857 endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
1858 on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
1858 on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
1859 of line, patch line endings are preserved.
1859 of line, patch line endings are preserved.
1860 (default: strict)
1860 (default: strict)
1861
1861
1862 ``fuzz``
1862 ``fuzz``
1863 The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
1863 The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
1864 controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
1864 controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
1865 trying to apply a patch.
1865 trying to apply a patch.
1866 (default: 2)
1866 (default: 2)
1867
1867
1868 ``paths``
1868 ``paths``
1869 ---------
1869 ---------
1870
1870
1871 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
1871 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
1872
1872
1873 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
1873 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
1874 location of the repository. Example::
1874 location of the repository. Example::
1875
1875
1876 [paths]
1876 [paths]
1877 my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
1877 my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
1878 local_path = /home/me/repo
1878 local_path = /home/me/repo
1879
1879
1880 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
1880 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
1881 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
1881 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
1882 :hg:`push local_path`. You can check :hg:`help urls` for details about
1882 :hg:`push local_path`. You can check :hg:`help urls` for details about
1883 valid URLs.
1883 valid URLs.
1884
1884
1885 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
1885 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
1886 behavior for that specific path. Example::
1886 behavior for that specific path. Example::
1887
1887
1888 [paths]
1888 [paths]
1889 my_server = https://example.com/my_path
1889 my_server = https://example.com/my_path
1890 my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
1890 my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
1891
1891
1892 Paths using the `path://otherpath` scheme will inherit the sub-options value from
1892 Paths using the `path://otherpath` scheme will inherit the sub-options value from
1893 the path they point to.
1893 the path they point to.
1894
1894
1895 The following sub-options can be defined:
1895 The following sub-options can be defined:
1896
1896
1897 ``multi-urls``
1897 ``multi-urls``
1898 A boolean option. When enabled the value of the `[paths]` entry will be
1898 A boolean option. When enabled the value of the `[paths]` entry will be
1899 parsed as a list and the alias will resolve to multiple destination. If some
1899 parsed as a list and the alias will resolve to multiple destination. If some
1900 of the list entry use the `path://` syntax, the suboption will be inherited
1900 of the list entry use the `path://` syntax, the suboption will be inherited
1901 individually.
1901 individually.
1902
1902
1903 ``pushurl``
1903 ``pushurl``
1904 The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
1904 The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
1905 defined by the path's main entry is used.
1905 defined by the path's main entry is used.
1906
1906
1907 ``pushrev``
1907 ``pushrev``
1908 A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
1908 A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
1909
1909
1910 When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
1910 When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
1911 defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
1911 defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
1912
1912
1913 For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
1913 For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
1914 revision by default.
1914 revision by default.
1915
1915
1916 Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
1916 Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
1917 pushed.
1917 pushed.
1918
1918
1919 ``bookmarks.mode``
1919 ``bookmarks.mode``
1920 How bookmark will be dealt during the exchange. It support the following value
1920 How bookmark will be dealt during the exchange. It support the following value
1921
1921
1922 - ``default``: the default behavior, local and remote bookmarks are "merged"
1922 - ``default``: the default behavior, local and remote bookmarks are "merged"
1923 on push/pull.
1923 on push/pull.
1924
1924
1925 - ``mirror``: when pulling, replace local bookmarks by remote bookmarks. This
1925 - ``mirror``: when pulling, replace local bookmarks by remote bookmarks. This
1926 is useful to replicate a repository, or as an optimization.
1926 is useful to replicate a repository, or as an optimization.
1927
1927
1928 - ``ignore``: ignore bookmarks during exchange.
1928 - ``ignore``: ignore bookmarks during exchange.
1929 (This currently only affect pulling)
1929 (This currently only affect pulling)
1930
1930
1931 .. container:: verbose
1931 .. container:: verbose
1932
1932
1933 ``pulled-delta-reuse-policy``
1933 ``pulled-delta-reuse-policy``
1934 Control the policy regarding deltas sent by the remote during pulls.
1934 Control the policy regarding deltas sent by the remote during pulls.
1935
1935
1936 This is an advanced option that non-admin users should not need to understand
1936 This is an advanced option that non-admin users should not need to understand
1937 or set. This option can be used to speed up pulls from trusted central
1937 or set. This option can be used to speed up pulls from trusted central
1938 servers, or to fix-up deltas from older servers.
1938 servers, or to fix-up deltas from older servers.
1939
1939
1940 It supports the following values:
1940 It supports the following values:
1941
1941
1942 - ``default``: use the policy defined by
1942 - ``default``: use the policy defined by
1943 `storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`,
1943 `storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`,
1944
1944
1945 - ``no-reuse``: start a new optimal delta search for each new revision we add
1945 - ``no-reuse``: start a new optimal delta search for each new revision we add
1946 to the repository. The deltas from the server will be reused when the base
1946 to the repository. The deltas from the server will be reused when the base
1947 it applies to is tested (this can be frequent if that base is the one and
1947 it applies to is tested (this can be frequent if that base is the one and
1948 unique parent of that revision). This can significantly slowdown pulls but
1948 unique parent of that revision). This can significantly slowdown pulls but
1949 will result in an optimized storage space if the remote peer is sending poor
1949 will result in an optimized storage space if the remote peer is sending poor
1950 quality deltas.
1950 quality deltas.
1951
1951
1952 - ``try-base``: try to reuse the deltas from the remote peer as long as they
1952 - ``try-base``: try to reuse the deltas from the remote peer as long as they
1953 create a valid delta-chain in the local repository. This speeds up the
1953 create a valid delta-chain in the local repository. This speeds up the
1954 unbundling process, but can result in sub-optimal storage space if the
1954 unbundling process, but can result in sub-optimal storage space if the
1955 remote peer is sending poor quality deltas.
1955 remote peer is sending poor quality deltas.
1956
1956
1957 - ``forced``: the deltas from the peer will be reused in all cases, even if
1957 - ``forced``: the deltas from the peer will be reused in all cases, even if
1958 the resulting delta-chain is "invalid". This setting will ensure the bundle
1958 the resulting delta-chain is "invalid". This setting will ensure the bundle
1959 is applied at minimal CPU cost, but it can result in longer delta chains
1959 is applied at minimal CPU cost, but it can result in longer delta chains
1960 being created on the client, making revisions potentially slower to access
1960 being created on the client, making revisions potentially slower to access
1961 in the future. If you think you need this option, you should make sure you
1961 in the future. If you think you need this option, you should make sure you
1962 are also talking to the Mercurial developer community to get confirmation.
1962 are also talking to the Mercurial developer community to get confirmation.
1963
1963
1964 See `hg help config.storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent` for a similar
1964 See `hg help config.storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent` for a similar
1965 global option. That option defines the behavior of `default`.
1965 global option. That option defines the behavior of `default`.
1966
1966
1967 The following special named paths exist:
1967 The following special named paths exist:
1968
1968
1969 ``default``
1969 ``default``
1970 The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
1970 The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
1971
1971
1972 :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
1972 :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
1973 repository was cloned from.
1973 repository was cloned from.
1974
1974
1975 ``default-push``
1975 ``default-push``
1976 (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
1976 (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
1977 ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
1977 ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
1978
1978
1979 ``phases``
1979 ``phases``
1980 ----------
1980 ----------
1981
1981
1982 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
1982 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
1983 information about working with phases.
1983 information about working with phases.
1984
1984
1985 ``publish``
1985 ``publish``
1986 Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
1986 Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
1987 pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
1987 pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
1988 pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
1988 pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
1989 (default: True)
1989 (default: True)
1990
1990
1991 ``new-commit``
1991 ``new-commit``
1992 Phase of newly-created commits.
1992 Phase of newly-created commits.
1993 (default: draft)
1993 (default: draft)
1994
1994
1995 ``checksubrepos``
1995 ``checksubrepos``
1996 Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
1996 Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
1997 values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
1997 values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
1998 "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
1998 "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
1999 checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
1999 checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
2000 greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
2000 greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
2001 "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
2001 "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
2002 either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
2002 either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
2003 used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
2003 used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
2004 (default: follow)
2004 (default: follow)
2005
2005
2006
2006
2007 ``profiling``
2007 ``profiling``
2008 -------------
2008 -------------
2009
2009
2010 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
2010 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
2011 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
2011 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
2012 profiler (named ``stat``).
2012 profiler (named ``stat``).
2013
2013
2014 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
2014 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
2015 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
2015 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
2016 statistical text report generated from the profiling data.
2016 statistical text report generated from the profiling data.
2017
2017
2018 ``enabled``
2018 ``enabled``
2019 Enable the profiler.
2019 Enable the profiler.
2020 (default: false)
2020 (default: false)
2021
2021
2022 This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
2022 This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
2023
2023
2024 ``type``
2024 ``type``
2025 The type of profiler to use.
2025 The type of profiler to use.
2026 (default: stat)
2026 (default: stat)
2027
2027
2028 ``ls``
2028 ``ls``
2029 Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
2029 Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
2030 works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
2030 works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
2031 first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
2031 first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
2032 identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
2032 identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
2033 ``stat``
2033 ``stat``
2034 Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
2034 Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
2035 useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
2035 useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
2036 seconds.
2036 seconds.
2037
2037
2038 ``format``
2038 ``format``
2039 Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
2039 Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
2040 (default: text)
2040 (default: text)
2041
2041
2042 ``text``
2042 ``text``
2043 Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
2043 Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
2044 noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
2044 noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
2045 not kept.
2045 not kept.
2046 ``kcachegrind``
2046 ``kcachegrind``
2047 Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
2047 Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
2048 file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
2048 file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
2049 kcachegrind.
2049 kcachegrind.
2050
2050
2051 ``statformat``
2051 ``statformat``
2052 Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
2052 Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
2053 (default: hotpath)
2053 (default: hotpath)
2054
2054
2055 ``hotpath``
2055 ``hotpath``
2056 Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
2056 Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
2057 most time was spent).
2057 most time was spent).
2058 ``bymethod``
2058 ``bymethod``
2059 Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
2059 Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
2060 ``byline``
2060 ``byline``
2061 Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
2061 Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
2062 ``json``
2062 ``json``
2063 Render profiling data as JSON.
2063 Render profiling data as JSON.
2064
2064
2065 ``freq``
2065 ``freq``
2066 Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
2066 Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
2067 (default: 1000)
2067 (default: 1000)
2068
2068
2069 ``output``
2069 ``output``
2070 File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
2070 File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
2071 file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
2071 file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
2072 stderr)
2072 stderr)
2073
2073
2074 ``sort``
2074 ``sort``
2075 Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
2075 Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
2076 One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
2076 One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
2077 ``inlinetime``.
2077 ``inlinetime``.
2078 (default: inlinetime)
2078 (default: inlinetime)
2079
2079
2080 ``time-track``
2080 ``time-track``
2081 Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time.
2081 Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time.
2082 (default: ``cpu`` on Windows, otherwise ``real``)
2082 (default: ``cpu`` on Windows, otherwise ``real``)
2083
2083
2084 ``limit``
2084 ``limit``
2085 Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
2085 Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
2086 (default: 30)
2086 (default: 30)
2087
2087
2088 ``nested``
2088 ``nested``
2089 Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
2089 Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
2090 This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
2090 This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
2091 Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
2091 Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
2092 (default: 0)
2092 (default: 0)
2093
2093
2094 ``showmin``
2094 ``showmin``
2095 Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed.
2095 Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed.
2096 Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a
2096 Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a
2097 ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``.
2097 ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``.
2098
2098
2099 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
2099 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
2100
2100
2101 For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``.
2101 For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``.
2102 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``.
2102 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``.
2103
2103
2104 The option is unused on other formats.
2104 The option is unused on other formats.
2105
2105
2106 ``showmax``
2106 ``showmax``
2107 Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in
2107 Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in
2108 display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``.
2108 display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``.
2109
2109
2110 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
2110 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
2111
2111
2112 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``.
2112 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``.
2113
2113
2114 The option is unused on other formats.
2114 The option is unused on other formats.
2115
2115
2116 ``showtime``
2116 ``showtime``
2117 Show time taken as absolute durations, in addition to percentages.
2117 Show time taken as absolute durations, in addition to percentages.
2118 Only used by the ``hotpath`` format.
2118 Only used by the ``hotpath`` format.
2119 (default: true)
2119 (default: true)
2120
2120
2121 ``progress``
2121 ``progress``
2122 ------------
2122 ------------
2123
2123
2124 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
2124 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
2125 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
2125 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
2126 have a definite end point.
2126 have a definite end point.
2127
2127
2128 ``debug``
2128 ``debug``
2129 Whether to print debug info when updating the progress bar. (default: False)
2129 Whether to print debug info when updating the progress bar. (default: False)
2130
2130
2131 ``delay``
2131 ``delay``
2132 Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
2132 Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
2133
2133
2134 ``changedelay``
2134 ``changedelay``
2135 Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
2135 Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
2136 that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
2136 that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
2137
2137
2138 ``estimateinterval``
2138 ``estimateinterval``
2139 Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time
2139 Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time
2140 calculation. (default: 60)
2140 calculation. (default: 60)
2141
2141
2142 ``refresh``
2142 ``refresh``
2143 Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
2143 Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
2144
2144
2145 ``format``
2145 ``format``
2146 Format of the progress bar.
2146 Format of the progress bar.
2147
2147
2148 Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
2148 Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
2149 ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
2149 ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
2150 last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
2150 last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
2151 ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
2151 ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
2152 first num characters.
2152 first num characters.
2153
2153
2154 (default: topic bar number estimate)
2154 (default: topic bar number estimate)
2155
2155
2156 ``width``
2156 ``width``
2157 If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
2157 If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
2158 term width) will be used).
2158 term width) will be used).
2159
2159
2160 ``clear-complete``
2160 ``clear-complete``
2161 Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
2161 Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
2162
2162
2163 ``disable``
2163 ``disable``
2164 If true, don't show a progress bar.
2164 If true, don't show a progress bar.
2165
2165
2166 ``assume-tty``
2166 ``assume-tty``
2167 If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
2167 If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
2168
2168
2169 ``rebase``
2169 ``rebase``
2170 ----------
2170 ----------
2171
2171
2172 ``evolution.allowdivergence``
2172 ``evolution.allowdivergence``
2173 Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
2173 Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
2174 rebase of obsolete changesets.
2174 rebase of obsolete changesets.
2175
2175
2176 ``revsetalias``
2176 ``revsetalias``
2177 ---------------
2177 ---------------
2178
2178
2179 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
2179 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
2180
2180
2181 ``rewrite``
2181 ``rewrite``
2182 -----------
2182 -----------
2183
2183
2184 ``backup-bundle``
2184 ``backup-bundle``
2185 Whether to save stripped changesets to a bundle file. (default: True)
2185 Whether to save stripped changesets to a bundle file. (default: True)
2186
2186
2187 ``update-timestamp``
2187 ``update-timestamp``
2188 If true, updates the date and time of the changeset to current. It is only
2188 If true, updates the date and time of the changeset to current. It is only
2189 applicable for `hg amend`, `hg commit --amend` and `hg uncommit` in the
2189 applicable for `hg amend`, `hg commit --amend` and `hg uncommit` in the
2190 current version.
2190 current version.
2191
2191
2192 ``empty-successor``
2192 ``empty-successor``
2193
2193
2194 Control what happens with empty successors that are the result of rewrite
2194 Control what happens with empty successors that are the result of rewrite
2195 operations. If set to ``skip``, the successor is not created. If set to
2195 operations. If set to ``skip``, the successor is not created. If set to
2196 ``keep``, the empty successor is created and kept.
2196 ``keep``, the empty successor is created and kept.
2197
2197
2198 Currently, only the rebase and absorb commands consider this configuration.
2198 Currently, only the rebase and absorb commands consider this configuration.
2199 (EXPERIMENTAL)
2199 (EXPERIMENTAL)
2200
2200
2201 ``rhg``
2201 ``rhg``
2202 -------
2202 -------
2203
2203
2204 The pure Rust fast-path for Mercurial. See `rust/README.rst` in the Mercurial repository.
2204 The pure Rust fast-path for Mercurial. See `rust/README.rst` in the Mercurial repository.
2205
2205
2206 ``fallback-executable``
2206 ``fallback-executable``
2207 Path to the executable to run in a sub-process when falling back to
2207 Path to the executable to run in a sub-process when falling back to
2208 another implementation of Mercurial.
2208 another implementation of Mercurial.
2209
2209
2210 ``fallback-immediately``
2210 ``fallback-immediately``
2211 Fall back to ``fallback-executable`` as soon as possible, regardless of
2211 Fall back to ``fallback-executable`` as soon as possible, regardless of
2212 the `rhg.on-unsupported` configuration. Useful for debugging, for example to
2212 the `rhg.on-unsupported` configuration. Useful for debugging, for example to
2213 bypass `rhg` if the deault `hg` points to `rhg`.
2213 bypass `rhg` if the deault `hg` points to `rhg`.
2214
2214
2215 Note that because this requires loading the configuration, it is possible
2215 Note that because this requires loading the configuration, it is possible
2216 that `rhg` error out before being able to fall back.
2216 that `rhg` error out before being able to fall back.
2217
2217
2218 ``ignored-extensions``
2218 ``ignored-extensions``
2219 Controls which extensions should be ignored by `rhg`. By default, `rhg`
2219 Controls which extensions should be ignored by `rhg`. By default, `rhg`
2220 triggers the `rhg.on-unsupported` behavior any unsupported extensions.
2220 triggers the `rhg.on-unsupported` behavior any unsupported extensions.
2221 Users can disable that behavior when they know that a given extension
2221 Users can disable that behavior when they know that a given extension
2222 does not need support from `rhg`.
2222 does not need support from `rhg`.
2223
2223
2224 Expects a list of extension names, or ``*`` to ignore all extensions.
2224 Expects a list of extension names, or ``*`` to ignore all extensions.
2225
2225
2226 Note: ``*:<suboption>`` is also a valid extension name for this
2226 Note: ``*:<suboption>`` is also a valid extension name for this
2227 configuration option.
2227 configuration option.
2228 As of this writing, the only valid "global" suboption is ``required``.
2228 As of this writing, the only valid "global" suboption is ``required``.
2229
2229
2230 ``on-unsupported``
2230 ``on-unsupported``
2231 Controls the behavior of `rhg` when detecting unsupported features.
2231 Controls the behavior of `rhg` when detecting unsupported features.
2232
2232
2233 Possible values are `abort` (default), `abort-silent` and `fallback`.
2233 Possible values are `abort` (default), `abort-silent` and `fallback`.
2234
2234
2235 ``abort``
2235 ``abort``
2236 Print an error message describing what feature is not supported,
2236 Print an error message describing what feature is not supported,
2237 and exit with code 252
2237 and exit with code 252
2238
2238
2239 ``abort-silent``
2239 ``abort-silent``
2240 Silently exit with code 252
2240 Silently exit with code 252
2241
2241
2242 ``fallback``
2242 ``fallback``
2243 Try running the fallback executable with the same parameters
2243 Try running the fallback executable with the same parameters
2244 (and trace the fallback reason, use `RUST_LOG=trace` to see).
2244 (and trace the fallback reason, use `RUST_LOG=trace` to see).
2245
2245
2246 ``share``
2246 ``share``
2247 ---------
2247 ---------
2248
2248
2249 ``safe-mismatch.source-safe``
2249 ``safe-mismatch.source-safe``
2250 Controls what happens when the shared repository does not use the
2250 Controls what happens when the shared repository does not use the
2251 share-safe mechanism but its source repository does.
2251 share-safe mechanism but its source repository does.
2252
2252
2253 Possible values are `abort` (default), `allow`, `upgrade-abort` and
2253 Possible values are `abort` (default), `allow`, `upgrade-abort` and
2254 `upgrade-allow`.
2254 `upgrade-allow`.
2255
2255
2256 ``abort``
2256 ``abort``
2257 Disallows running any command and aborts
2257 Disallows running any command and aborts
2258 ``allow``
2258 ``allow``
2259 Respects the feature presence in the share source
2259 Respects the feature presence in the share source
2260 ``upgrade-abort``
2260 ``upgrade-abort``
2261 Tries to upgrade the share to use share-safe; if it fails, aborts
2261 Tries to upgrade the share to use share-safe; if it fails, aborts
2262 ``upgrade-allow``
2262 ``upgrade-allow``
2263 Tries to upgrade the share; if it fails, continue by
2263 Tries to upgrade the share; if it fails, continue by
2264 respecting the share source setting
2264 respecting the share source setting
2265
2265
2266 Check :hg:`help config.format.use-share-safe` for details about the
2266 Check :hg:`help config.format.use-share-safe` for details about the
2267 share-safe feature.
2267 share-safe feature.
2268
2268
2269 ``safe-mismatch.source-safe:verbose-upgrade``
2269 ``safe-mismatch.source-safe:verbose-upgrade``
2270 Display a message when upgrading, (default: True)
2270 Display a message when upgrading, (default: True)
2271
2271
2272 ``safe-mismatch.source-safe.warn``
2272 ``safe-mismatch.source-safe.warn``
2273 Shows a warning on operations if the shared repository does not use
2273 Shows a warning on operations if the shared repository does not use
2274 share-safe, but the source repository does.
2274 share-safe, but the source repository does.
2275 (default: True)
2275 (default: True)
2276
2276
2277 ``safe-mismatch.source-not-safe``
2277 ``safe-mismatch.source-not-safe``
2278 Controls what happens when the shared repository uses the share-safe
2278 Controls what happens when the shared repository uses the share-safe
2279 mechanism but its source does not.
2279 mechanism but its source does not.
2280
2280
2281 Possible values are `abort` (default), `allow`, `downgrade-abort` and
2281 Possible values are `abort` (default), `allow`, `downgrade-abort` and
2282 `downgrade-allow`.
2282 `downgrade-allow`.
2283
2283
2284 ``abort``
2284 ``abort``
2285 Disallows running any command and aborts
2285 Disallows running any command and aborts
2286 ``allow``
2286 ``allow``
2287 Respects the feature presence in the share source
2287 Respects the feature presence in the share source
2288 ``downgrade-abort``
2288 ``downgrade-abort``
2289 Tries to downgrade the share to not use share-safe; if it fails, aborts
2289 Tries to downgrade the share to not use share-safe; if it fails, aborts
2290 ``downgrade-allow``
2290 ``downgrade-allow``
2291 Tries to downgrade the share to not use share-safe;
2291 Tries to downgrade the share to not use share-safe;
2292 if it fails, continue by respecting the shared source setting
2292 if it fails, continue by respecting the shared source setting
2293
2293
2294 Check :hg:`help config.format.use-share-safe` for details about the
2294 Check :hg:`help config.format.use-share-safe` for details about the
2295 share-safe feature.
2295 share-safe feature.
2296
2296
2297 ``safe-mismatch.source-not-safe:verbose-upgrade``
2297 ``safe-mismatch.source-not-safe:verbose-upgrade``
2298 Display a message when upgrading, (default: True)
2298 Display a message when upgrading, (default: True)
2299
2299
2300 ``safe-mismatch.source-not-safe.warn``
2300 ``safe-mismatch.source-not-safe.warn``
2301 Shows a warning on operations if the shared repository uses share-safe,
2301 Shows a warning on operations if the shared repository uses share-safe,
2302 but the source repository does not.
2302 but the source repository does not.
2303 (default: True)
2303 (default: True)
2304
2304
2305 ``storage``
2305 ``storage``
2306 -----------
2306 -----------
2307
2307
2308 Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this
2308 Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this
2309 category impact performance and repository size.
2309 category impact performance and repository size.
2310
2310
2311 ``revlog.issue6528.fix-incoming``
2311 ``revlog.issue6528.fix-incoming``
2312 Version 5.8 of Mercurial had a bug leading to altering the parent of file
2312 Version 5.8 of Mercurial had a bug leading to altering the parent of file
2313 revision with copy information (or any other metadata) on exchange. This
2313 revision with copy information (or any other metadata) on exchange. This
2314 leads to the copy metadata to be overlooked by various internal logic. The
2314 leads to the copy metadata to be overlooked by various internal logic. The
2315 issue was fixed in Mercurial 5.8.1.
2315 issue was fixed in Mercurial 5.8.1.
2316 (See https://bz.mercurial-scm.org/show_bug.cgi?id=6528 for details)
2316 (See https://bz.mercurial-scm.org/show_bug.cgi?id=6528 for details)
2317
2317
2318 As a result Mercurial is now checking and fixing incoming file revisions to
2318 As a result Mercurial is now checking and fixing incoming file revisions to
2319 make sure there parents are in the right order. This behavior can be
2319 make sure there parents are in the right order. This behavior can be
2320 disabled by setting this option to `no`. This apply to revisions added
2320 disabled by setting this option to `no`. This apply to revisions added
2321 through push, pull, clone and unbundle.
2321 through push, pull, clone and unbundle.
2322
2322
2323 To fix affected revisions that already exist within the repository, one can
2323 To fix affected revisions that already exist within the repository, one can
2324 use :hg:`debug-repair-issue-6528`.
2324 use :hg:`debug-repair-issue-6528`.
2325
2325
2326 .. container:: verbose
2326 .. container:: verbose
2327
2327
2328 ``revlog.delta-parent-search.candidate-group-chunk-size``
2328 ``revlog.delta-parent-search.candidate-group-chunk-size``
2329 Tune the number of delta bases the storage will consider in the
2329 Tune the number of delta bases the storage will consider in the
2330 same "round" of search. In some very rare cases, using a smaller value
2330 same "round" of search. In some very rare cases, using a smaller value
2331 might result in faster processing at the possible expense of storage
2331 might result in faster processing at the possible expense of storage
2332 space, while using larger values might result in slower processing at the
2332 space, while using larger values might result in slower processing at the
2333 possible benefit of storage space. A value of "0" means no limitation.
2333 possible benefit of storage space. A value of "0" means no limitation.
2334
2334
2335 default: no limitation
2335 default: no limitation
2336
2336
2337 This is unlikely that you'll have to tune this configuration. If you think
2337 This is unlikely that you'll have to tune this configuration. If you think
2338 you do, consider talking with the mercurial developer community about your
2338 you do, consider talking with the mercurial developer community about your
2339 repositories.
2339 repositories.
2340
2340
2341 ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice``
2341 ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice``
2342 When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as
2342 When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as
2343 a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved
2343 a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved
2344 revlog compression. This option is enabled by default.
2344 revlog compression. This option is enabled by default.
2345
2345
2346 Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for
2346 Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for
2347 repository with many merges.
2347 repository with many merges.
2348
2348
2349 ``revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap``
2349 ``revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap``
2350 Whether to use the Operating System "memory mapping" feature (when
2350 Whether to use the Operating System "memory mapping" feature (when
2351 possible) to access the persistent nodemap data. This improve performance
2351 possible) to access the persistent nodemap data. This improve performance
2352 and reduce memory pressure.
2352 and reduce memory pressure.
2353
2353
2354 Default to True.
2354 Default to True.
2355
2355
2356 For details on the "persistent-nodemap" feature, see:
2356 For details on the "persistent-nodemap" feature, see:
2357 :hg:`help config.format.use-persistent-nodemap`.
2357 :hg:`help config.format.use-persistent-nodemap`.
2358
2358
2359 ``revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path``
2359 ``revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path``
2360 Control the behavior of Merucrial when using a repository with "persistent"
2360 Control the behavior of Merucrial when using a repository with "persistent"
2361 nodemap with an installation of Mercurial without a fast implementation for
2361 nodemap with an installation of Mercurial without a fast implementation for
2362 the feature:
2362 the feature:
2363
2363
2364 ``allow``: Silently use the slower implementation to access the repository.
2364 ``allow``: Silently use the slower implementation to access the repository.
2365 ``warn``: Warn, but use the slower implementation to access the repository.
2365 ``warn``: Warn, but use the slower implementation to access the repository.
2366 ``abort``: Prevent access to such repositories. (This is the default)
2366 ``abort``: Prevent access to such repositories. (This is the default)
2367
2367
2368 For details on the "persistent-nodemap" feature, see:
2368 For details on the "persistent-nodemap" feature, see:
2369 :hg:`help config.format.use-persistent-nodemap`.
2369 :hg:`help config.format.use-persistent-nodemap`.
2370
2370
2371 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent``
2371 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent``
2372 Control the order in which delta parents are considered when adding new
2372 Control the order in which delta parents are considered when adding new
2373 revisions from an external source.
2373 revisions from an external source.
2374 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
2374 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
2375
2375
2376 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against other revisions. By
2376 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against other revisions. By
2377 default, Mercurial will try to reuse this delta first, therefore using the
2377 default, Mercurial will try to reuse this delta first, therefore using the
2378 same "delta parent" as the source. Directly using delta's from the source
2378 same "delta parent" as the source. Directly using delta's from the source
2379 reduces CPU usage and usually speeds up operation. However, in some case,
2379 reduces CPU usage and usually speeds up operation. However, in some case,
2380 the source might have sub-optimal delta bases and forcing their reevaluation
2380 the source might have sub-optimal delta bases and forcing their reevaluation
2381 is useful. For example, pushes from an old client could have sub-optimal
2381 is useful. For example, pushes from an old client could have sub-optimal
2382 delta's parent that the server want to optimize. (lack of general delta, bad
2382 delta's parent that the server want to optimize. (lack of general delta, bad
2383 parents, choice, lack of sparse-revlog, etc).
2383 parents, choice, lack of sparse-revlog, etc).
2384
2384
2385 This option is enabled by default. Turning it off will ensure bad delta
2385 This option is enabled by default. Turning it off will ensure bad delta
2386 parent choices from older client do not propagate to this repository, at
2386 parent choices from older client do not propagate to this repository, at
2387 the cost of a small increase in CPU consumption.
2387 the cost of a small increase in CPU consumption.
2388
2388
2389 Note: this option only control the order in which delta parents are
2389 Note: this option only control the order in which delta parents are
2390 considered. Even when disabled, the existing delta from the source will be
2390 considered. Even when disabled, the existing delta from the source will be
2391 reused if the same delta parent is selected.
2391 reused if the same delta parent is selected.
2392
2392
2393 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta``
2393 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta``
2394 Control the reuse of delta from external source.
2394 Control the reuse of delta from external source.
2395 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
2395 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
2396
2396
2397 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against another revision. By
2397 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against another revision. By
2398 default, Mercurial will not recompute the same delta again, trusting
2398 default, Mercurial will not recompute the same delta again, trusting
2399 externally provided deltas. There have been rare cases of small adjustment
2399 externally provided deltas. There have been rare cases of small adjustment
2400 to the diffing algorithm in the past. So in some rare case, recomputing
2400 to the diffing algorithm in the past. So in some rare case, recomputing
2401 delta provided by ancient clients can provides better results. Disabling
2401 delta provided by ancient clients can provides better results. Disabling
2402 this option means going through a full delta recomputation for all incoming
2402 this option means going through a full delta recomputation for all incoming
2403 revisions. It means a large increase in CPU usage and will slow operations
2403 revisions. It means a large increase in CPU usage and will slow operations
2404 down.
2404 down.
2405
2405
2406 This option is enabled by default. When disabled, it also disables the
2406 This option is enabled by default. When disabled, it also disables the
2407 related ``storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`` option.
2407 related ``storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`` option.
2408
2408
2409 ``revlog.zlib.level``
2409 ``revlog.zlib.level``
2410 Zlib compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
2410 Zlib compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
2411 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 9 (highest compression). Zlib
2411 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 9 (highest compression). Zlib
2412 default value is 6.
2412 default value is 6.
2413
2413
2414
2414
2415 ``revlog.zstd.level``
2415 ``revlog.zstd.level``
2416 zstd compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
2416 zstd compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
2417 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 22 (highest compression).
2417 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 22 (highest compression).
2418 (default 3)
2418 (default 3)
2419
2419
2420 ``server``
2420 ``server``
2421 ----------
2421 ----------
2422
2422
2423 Controls generic server settings.
2423 Controls generic server settings.
2424
2424
2425 ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat``
2425 ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat``
2426 Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist
2426 Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist
2427 for compatibility purpose (default to True)
2427 for compatibility purpose (default to True)
2428
2428
2429 If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark
2429 If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark
2430 movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and
2430 movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and
2431 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``.
2431 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``.
2432
2432
2433 ``compressionengines``
2433 ``compressionengines``
2434 List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
2434 List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
2435 to clients.
2435 to clients.
2436
2436
2437 The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
2437 The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
2438 having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
2438 having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
2439 here, it won't be advertised to clients.
2439 here, it won't be advertised to clients.
2440
2440
2441 If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
2441 If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
2442 :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
2442 :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
2443 default wire protocol priority.
2443 default wire protocol priority.
2444
2444
2445 Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
2445 Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
2446 has no effect for legacy clients.
2446 has no effect for legacy clients.
2447
2447
2448 ``uncompressed``
2448 ``uncompressed``
2449 Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
2449 Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
2450 uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
2450 uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
2451 data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
2451 data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
2452 server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
2452 server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
2453 WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
2453 WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
2454 regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
2454 regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
2455 about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
2455 about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
2456 extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
2456 extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
2457 the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
2457 the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
2458 (default: True)
2458 (default: True)
2459
2459
2460 ``uncompressedallowsecret``
2460 ``uncompressedallowsecret``
2461 Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret
2461 Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret
2462 changesets. (default: False)
2462 changesets. (default: False)
2463
2463
2464 ``preferuncompressed``
2464 ``preferuncompressed``
2465 When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
2465 When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
2466 protocol. (default: False)
2466 protocol. (default: False)
2467
2467
2468 ``disablefullbundle``
2468 ``disablefullbundle``
2469 When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones.
2469 When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones.
2470 If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles
2470 If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles
2471 are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed.
2471 are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed.
2472 (default: False)
2472 (default: False)
2473
2473
2474 ``streamunbundle``
2474 ``streamunbundle``
2475 When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly,
2475 When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly,
2476 otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option
2476 otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option
2477 effectively prevents concurrent pushes.
2477 effectively prevents concurrent pushes.
2478
2478
2479 ``pullbundle``
2479 ``pullbundle``
2480 When set, the server will check pullbundles.manifest for bundles
2480 When set, the server will check pullbundles.manifest for bundles
2481 covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching
2481 covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching
2482 entry will be streamed to the client.
2482 entry will be streamed to the client.
2483
2483
2484 For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression
2484 For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression
2485 for older clients.
2485 for older clients.
2486
2486
2487 ``concurrent-push-mode``
2487 ``concurrent-push-mode``
2488 Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients.
2488 Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients.
2489
2489
2490 - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository
2490 - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository
2491 while the push was preparing.
2491 while the push was preparing.
2492 - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also
2492 - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also
2493 affected while the push was preparing. (default since 5.4)
2493 affected while the push was preparing. (default since 5.4)
2494
2494
2495 'check-related' only takes effect for compatible clients (version
2495 'check-related' only takes effect for compatible clients (version
2496 4.3 and later). Older clients will use 'strict'.
2496 4.3 and later). Older clients will use 'strict'.
2497
2497
2498 ``validate``
2498 ``validate``
2499 Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
2499 Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
2500 checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
2500 checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
2501 present. (default: False)
2501 present. (default: False)
2502
2502
2503 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
2503 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
2504 Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
2504 Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
2505 many bytes. (default: 1024)
2505 many bytes. (default: 1024)
2506
2506
2507 ``bundle1``
2507 ``bundle1``
2508 Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
2508 Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
2509 exchange format. (default: True)
2509 exchange format. (default: True)
2510
2510
2511 ``bundle1gd``
2511 ``bundle1gd``
2512 Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
2512 Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
2513 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2513 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2514
2514
2515 ``bundle1.push``
2515 ``bundle1.push``
2516 Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2516 Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2517 format. (default: True)
2517 format. (default: True)
2518
2518
2519 ``bundle1gd.push``
2519 ``bundle1gd.push``
2520 Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
2520 Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
2521 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2521 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2522
2522
2523 ``bundle1.pull``
2523 ``bundle1.pull``
2524 Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2524 Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2525 format. (default: True)
2525 format. (default: True)
2526
2526
2527 ``bundle1gd.pull``
2527 ``bundle1gd.pull``
2528 Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
2528 Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
2529 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2529 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2530
2530
2531 Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
2531 Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
2532 consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
2532 consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
2533 repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
2533 repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
2534 format can consume a lot of CPU.
2534 format can consume a lot of CPU.
2535
2535
2536 ``bundle2.stream``
2536 ``bundle2.stream``
2537 Whether to allow clients to pull using the bundle2 streaming protocol.
2537 Whether to allow clients to pull using the bundle2 streaming protocol.
2538 (default: True)
2538 (default: True)
2539
2539
2540 ``zliblevel``
2540 ``zliblevel``
2541 Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
2541 Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
2542 for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
2542 for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
2543 commands that send repository history data).
2543 commands that send repository history data).
2544
2544
2545 The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
2545 The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
2546 likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
2546 likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
2547 maximum compression.
2547 maximum compression.
2548
2548
2549 Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
2549 Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
2550 bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
2550 bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
2551 but sends more bytes to clients.
2551 but sends more bytes to clients.
2552
2552
2553 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2553 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2554
2554
2555 ``zstdlevel``
2555 ``zstdlevel``
2556 Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
2556 Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
2557 for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
2557 for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
2558 ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
2558 ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
2559
2559
2560 The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
2560 The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
2561 delivering better compression ratios.
2561 delivering better compression ratios.
2562
2562
2563 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2563 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2564
2564
2565 See also ``server.zliblevel``.
2565 See also ``server.zliblevel``.
2566
2566
2567 ``view``
2567 ``view``
2568 Repository filter used when exchanging revisions with the peer.
2568 Repository filter used when exchanging revisions with the peer.
2569
2569
2570 The default view (``served``) excludes secret and hidden changesets.
2570 The default view (``served``) excludes secret and hidden changesets.
2571 Another useful value is ``immutable`` (no draft, secret or hidden
2571 Another useful value is ``immutable`` (no draft, secret or hidden
2572 changesets). (EXPERIMENTAL)
2572 changesets). (EXPERIMENTAL)
2573
2573
2574 ``smtp``
2574 ``smtp``
2575 --------
2575 --------
2576
2576
2577 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
2577 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
2578
2578
2579 ``host``
2579 ``host``
2580 Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
2580 Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
2581
2581
2582 ``port``
2582 ``port``
2583 Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
2583 Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
2584 ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
2584 ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
2585
2585
2586 ``tls``
2586 ``tls``
2587 Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
2587 Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
2588 smtps or none. (default: none)
2588 smtps or none. (default: none)
2589
2589
2590 ``username``
2590 ``username``
2591 Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
2591 Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
2592 (default: None)
2592 (default: None)
2593
2593
2594 ``password``
2594 ``password``
2595 Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
2595 Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
2596 specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
2596 specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
2597 password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
2597 password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
2598
2598
2599 ``local_hostname``
2599 ``local_hostname``
2600 Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
2600 Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
2601 itself to the MTA.
2601 itself to the MTA.
2602
2602
2603
2603
2604 ``subpaths``
2604 ``subpaths``
2605 ------------
2605 ------------
2606
2606
2607 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
2607 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
2608 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
2608 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
2609 rewrite rules of the form::
2609 rewrite rules of the form::
2610
2610
2611 <pattern> = <replacement>
2611 <pattern> = <replacement>
2612
2612
2613 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
2613 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
2614 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
2614 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
2615 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
2615 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
2616 ``replacements``. For instance::
2616 ``replacements``. For instance::
2617
2617
2618 http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
2618 http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
2619
2619
2620 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
2620 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
2621
2621
2622 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
2622 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
2623 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
2623 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
2624 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
2624 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
2625 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
2625 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
2626
2626
2627 ``subrepos``
2627 ``subrepos``
2628 ------------
2628 ------------
2629
2629
2630 This section contains options that control the behavior of the
2630 This section contains options that control the behavior of the
2631 subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`.
2631 subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`.
2632
2632
2633 Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to
2633 Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to
2634 prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git
2634 prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git
2635 subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion
2635 subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion
2636 subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default
2636 subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default
2637 out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using
2637 out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using
2638 the respective options below.
2638 the respective options below.
2639
2639
2640 ``allowed``
2640 ``allowed``
2641 Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2641 Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2642
2642
2643 When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`)
2643 When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`)
2644 will fail for all subrepository types.
2644 will fail for all subrepository types.
2645 (default: true)
2645 (default: true)
2646
2646
2647 ``hg:allowed``
2647 ``hg:allowed``
2648 Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working
2648 Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working
2649 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2649 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2650 is true.
2650 is true.
2651 (default: true)
2651 (default: true)
2652
2652
2653 ``git:allowed``
2653 ``git:allowed``
2654 Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2654 Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2655 This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true.
2655 This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true.
2656
2656
2657 See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos.
2657 See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos.
2658 (default: false)
2658 (default: false)
2659
2659
2660 ``svn:allowed``
2660 ``svn:allowed``
2661 Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working
2661 Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working
2662 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2662 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2663 is true.
2663 is true.
2664
2664
2665 See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos.
2665 See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos.
2666 (default: false)
2666 (default: false)
2667
2667
2668 ``templatealias``
2668 ``templatealias``
2669 -----------------
2669 -----------------
2670
2670
2671 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2671 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2672
2672
2673 ``templates``
2673 ``templates``
2674 -------------
2674 -------------
2675
2675
2676 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
2676 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
2677 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2677 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2678
2678
2679 ``trusted``
2679 ``trusted``
2680 -----------
2680 -----------
2681
2681
2682 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
2682 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
2683 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
2683 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
2684 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
2684 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
2685 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
2685 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
2686 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
2686 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
2687 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
2687 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
2688 section.
2688 section.
2689
2689
2690 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
2690 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
2691 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
2691 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
2692 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
2692 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
2693 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
2693 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
2694 user or service running Mercurial.
2694 user or service running Mercurial.
2695
2695
2696 ``users``
2696 ``users``
2697 Comma-separated list of trusted users.
2697 Comma-separated list of trusted users.
2698
2698
2699 ``groups``
2699 ``groups``
2700 Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
2700 Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
2701
2701
2702
2702
2703 ``ui``
2703 ``ui``
2704 ------
2704 ------
2705
2705
2706 User interface controls.
2706 User interface controls.
2707
2707
2708 ``archivemeta``
2708 ``archivemeta``
2709 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
2709 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
2710 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
2710 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
2711 by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
2711 by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
2712 (default: True)
2712 (default: True)
2713
2713
2714 ``askusername``
2714 ``askusername``
2715 Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
2715 Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
2716 neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
2716 neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
2717 be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
2717 be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
2718 default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
2718 default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
2719 (default: False)
2719 (default: False)
2720
2720
2721 ``clonebundles``
2721 ``clonebundles``
2722 Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
2722 Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
2723
2723
2724 When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
2724 When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
2725 bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
2725 bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
2726
2726
2727 This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
2727 This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
2728
2728
2729 (default: True)
2729 (default: True)
2730
2730
2731 ``clonebundlefallback``
2731 ``clonebundlefallback``
2732 Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
2732 Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
2733 should result in fallback to a regular clone.
2733 should result in fallback to a regular clone.
2734
2734
2735 This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
2735 This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
2736 bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
2736 bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
2737 start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
2737 start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
2738 clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
2738 clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
2739 since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
2739 since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
2740 pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
2740 pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
2741 clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
2741 clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
2742 fails.
2742 fails.
2743
2743
2744 (default: False)
2744 (default: False)
2745
2745
2746 ``clonebundleprefers``
2746 ``clonebundleprefers``
2747 Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
2747 Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
2748
2748
2749 Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
2749 Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
2750 bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
2750 bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
2751 type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
2751 type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
2752 bundle over another.
2752 bundle over another.
2753
2753
2754 The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
2754 The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
2755
2755
2756 BUNDLESPEC
2756 BUNDLESPEC
2757 A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
2757 A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
2758 e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
2758 e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
2759
2759
2760 COMPRESSION
2760 COMPRESSION
2761 The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
2761 The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
2762
2762
2763 Server operators may define custom keys.
2763 Server operators may define custom keys.
2764
2764
2765 Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
2765 Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
2766 ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
2766 ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
2767
2767
2768 By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
2768 By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
2769
2769
2770 ``color``
2770 ``color``
2771 When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or
2771 When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or
2772 "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it
2772 "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it
2773 seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details.
2773 seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details.
2774
2774
2775 ``commitsubrepos``
2775 ``commitsubrepos``
2776 Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
2776 Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
2777 parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
2777 parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
2778 changes, abort the commit.
2778 changes, abort the commit.
2779 (default: False)
2779 (default: False)
2780
2780
2781 ``debug``
2781 ``debug``
2782 Print debugging information. (default: False)
2782 Print debugging information. (default: False)
2783
2783
2784 ``editor``
2784 ``editor``
2785 The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
2785 The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
2786
2786
2787 ``fallbackencoding``
2787 ``fallbackencoding``
2788 Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
2788 Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
2789 UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
2789 UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
2790
2790
2791 ``graphnodetemplate``
2791 ``graphnodetemplate``
2792 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.graphnode`` instead.
2792 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.graphnode`` instead.
2793
2793
2794 ``ignore``
2794 ``ignore``
2795 A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
2795 A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
2796 in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
2796 in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
2797 are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
2797 are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
2798 so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
2798 so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
2799 setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
2799 setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
2800 of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
2800 of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
2801
2801
2802 ``interactive``
2802 ``interactive``
2803 Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
2803 Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
2804
2804
2805 ``interface``
2805 ``interface``
2806 Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
2806 Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
2807 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2807 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2808
2808
2809 ``interface.chunkselector``
2809 ``interface.chunkselector``
2810 Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
2810 Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
2811 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2811 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2812 This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
2812 This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
2813
2813
2814 ``large-file-limit``
2814 ``large-file-limit``
2815 Largest file size that gives no memory use warning.
2815 Largest file size that gives no memory use warning.
2816 Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check.
2816 Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check.
2817 Value is expressed in bytes by default, one can use standard units for
2817 Value is expressed in bytes by default, one can use standard units for
2818 convenience (e.g. 10MB, 0.1GB, etc) (default: 10MB)
2818 convenience (e.g. 10MB, 0.1GB, etc) (default: 10MB)
2819
2819
2820 ``logtemplate``
2820 ``logtemplate``
2821 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.log`` instead.
2821 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.log`` instead.
2822
2822
2823 ``merge``
2823 ``merge``
2824 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
2824 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
2825 For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
2825 For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
2826 For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2826 For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2827
2827
2828 ``mergemarkers``
2828 ``mergemarkers``
2829 Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` style
2829 Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` style
2830 uses the ``command-templates.mergemarker`` setting to style the labels.
2830 uses the ``command-templates.mergemarker`` setting to style the labels.
2831 The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
2831 The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
2832 One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
2832 One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
2833 (default: ``basic``)
2833 (default: ``basic``)
2834
2834
2835 ``mergemarkertemplate``
2835 ``mergemarkertemplate``
2836 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.mergemarker`` instead.
2836 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.mergemarker`` instead.
2837
2837
2838 ``message-output``
2838 ``message-output``
2839 Where to write status and error messages. (default: ``stdio``)
2839 Where to write status and error messages. (default: ``stdio``)
2840
2840
2841 ``channel``
2841 ``channel``
2842 Use separate channel for structured output. (Command-server only)
2842 Use separate channel for structured output. (Command-server only)
2843 ``stderr``
2843 ``stderr``
2844 Everything to stderr.
2844 Everything to stderr.
2845 ``stdio``
2845 ``stdio``
2846 Status to stdout, and error to stderr.
2846 Status to stdout, and error to stderr.
2847
2847
2848 ``origbackuppath``
2848 ``origbackuppath``
2849 The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
2849 The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
2850 not a directory, one will be created. If set, files stored in this
2850 not a directory, one will be created. If set, files stored in this
2851 directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig
2851 directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig
2852 suffix.
2852 suffix.
2853
2853
2854 ``paginate``
2854 ``paginate``
2855 Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager`
2855 Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager`
2856 for details.
2856 for details.
2857
2857
2858 ``patch``
2858 ``patch``
2859 An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
2859 An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
2860 will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
2860 will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
2861 internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
2861 internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
2862 Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
2862 Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
2863 argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
2863 argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
2864 current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
2864 current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
2865 from stdin.
2865 from stdin.
2866
2866
2867 It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
2867 It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
2868 arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
2868 arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
2869 will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
2869 will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
2870
2870
2871 ``portablefilenames``
2871 ``portablefilenames``
2872 Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
2872 Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
2873 (default: ``warn``)
2873 (default: ``warn``)
2874
2874
2875 ``warn``
2875 ``warn``
2876 Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
2876 Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
2877 filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
2877 filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
2878 Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
2878 Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
2879 characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
2879 characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
2880 file).
2880 file).
2881
2881
2882 ``ignore``
2882 ``ignore``
2883 Don't print a warning.
2883 Don't print a warning.
2884
2884
2885 ``abort``
2885 ``abort``
2886 The command is aborted.
2886 The command is aborted.
2887
2887
2888 ``true``
2888 ``true``
2889 Alias for ``warn``.
2889 Alias for ``warn``.
2890
2890
2891 ``false``
2891 ``false``
2892 Alias for ``ignore``.
2892 Alias for ``ignore``.
2893
2893
2894 .. container:: windows
2894 .. container:: windows
2895
2895
2896 On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
2896 On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
2897
2897
2898 ``pre-merge-tool-output-template``
2898 ``pre-merge-tool-output-template``
2899 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-template.pre-merge-tool-output`` instead.
2899 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-template.pre-merge-tool-output`` instead.
2900
2900
2901 ``quiet``
2901 ``quiet``
2902 Reduce the amount of output printed.
2902 Reduce the amount of output printed.
2903 (default: False)
2903 (default: False)
2904
2904
2905 ``relative-paths``
2905 ``relative-paths``
2906 Prefer relative paths in the UI.
2906 Prefer relative paths in the UI.
2907
2907
2908 ``remotecmd``
2908 ``remotecmd``
2909 Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
2909 Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
2910 (default: ``hg``)
2910 (default: ``hg``)
2911
2911
2912 ``report_untrusted``
2912 ``report_untrusted``
2913 Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
2913 Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
2914 trusted user or group.
2914 trusted user or group.
2915 (default: True)
2915 (default: True)
2916
2916
2917 ``slash``
2917 ``slash``
2918 (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.)
2918 (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.)
2919
2919
2920 Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
2920 Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
2921 only makes a difference on systems where the default path
2921 only makes a difference on systems where the default path
2922 separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
2922 separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
2923 backslash character (``\``)).
2923 backslash character (``\``)).
2924 (default: False)
2924 (default: False)
2925
2925
2926 ``statuscopies``
2926 ``statuscopies``
2927 Display copies in the status command.
2927 Display copies in the status command.
2928
2928
2929 ``ssh``
2929 ``ssh``
2930 Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
2930 Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
2931
2931
2932 ``ssherrorhint``
2932 ``ssherrorhint``
2933 A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g.
2933 A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g.
2934 ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``)
2934 ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``)
2935
2935
2936 ``strict``
2936 ``strict``
2937 Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
2937 Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
2938 abbreviations. (default: False)
2938 abbreviations. (default: False)
2939
2939
2940 ``style``
2940 ``style``
2941 Name of style to use for command output.
2941 Name of style to use for command output.
2942
2942
2943 ``supportcontact``
2943 ``supportcontact``
2944 A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
2944 A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
2945 large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
2945 large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
2946 reports should be addressed to your internal support.
2946 reports should be addressed to your internal support.
2947
2947
2948 ``textwidth``
2948 ``textwidth``
2949 Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
2949 Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
2950 ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
2950 ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
2951 width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
2951 width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
2952 A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
2952 A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
2953 used. (default: 78)
2953 used. (default: 78)
2954
2954
2955 ``timeout``
2955 ``timeout``
2956 The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
2956 The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
2957 means no timeout. (default: 600)
2957 means no timeout. (default: 600)
2958
2958
2959 ``timeout.warn``
2959 ``timeout.warn``
2960 Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative
2960 Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative
2961 value means no warning. (default: 0)
2961 value means no warning. (default: 0)
2962
2962
2963 ``traceback``
2963 ``traceback``
2964 Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
2964 Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
2965 occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
2965 occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
2966 on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
2966 on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
2967 IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
2967 IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
2968
2968
2969 ``tweakdefaults``
2969 ``tweakdefaults``
2970
2970
2971 By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release
2971 By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release
2972 to release, but over time the recommended config settings
2972 to release, but over time the recommended config settings
2973 shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to
2973 shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to
2974 Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no
2974 Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no
2975 effect if ``HGPLAIN`` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does
2975 effect if ``HGPLAIN`` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does
2976 not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False)
2976 not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False)
2977
2977
2978 It currently means::
2978 It currently means::
2979
2979
2980 .. tweakdefaultsmarker
2980 .. tweakdefaultsmarker
2981
2981
2982 ``username``
2982 ``username``
2983 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
2983 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
2984 Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
2984 Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
2985 <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the
2985 <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the
2986 username are expanded.
2986 username are expanded.
2987
2987
2988 (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
2988 (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
2989 hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
2989 hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
2990 system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
2990 system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
2991 hgrc file)
2991 hgrc file)
2992
2992
2993 ``verbose``
2993 ``verbose``
2994 Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
2994 Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
2995
2995
2996
2996
2997 ``usage``
2997 ``usage``
2998 ---------
2998 ---------
2999
2999
3000 ``repository-role``
3000 ``repository-role``
3001 What this repository is used for.
3001 What this repository is used for.
3002
3002
3003 This is used to adjust behavior and performance to best fit the repository purpose.
3003 This is used to adjust behavior and performance to best fit the repository purpose.
3004
3004
3005 Currently recognised values are:
3005 Currently recognised values are:
3006 - default: an all purpose repository
3006 - default: an all purpose repository
3007
3007
3008 ``resources``
3009 How aggressive Mercurial can be with resource usage:
3010
3011 Currently recognised values are:
3012 - default: the default value currently is equivalent to medium,
3013 - high: allows for higher cpu, memory and disk-space usage to improve
3014 performance of some operations.
3015 - medium: aims at a moderate resource usage,
3016 - low: reduces resources usage when possible, decreasing overall
3017 performance.
3018
3019 For finer configuration, see also `usage.resources.cpu`,
3020 `usage.resources.disk` and `usage.resources.memory`.
3021
3022 ``resources.cpu``
3023 How aggressive Mercurial can be in terms of cpu usage:
3024
3025 Currently recognised values are:
3026 - default: the default value, inherits the value from `usage.resources`,
3027 - high: allows for more aggressive cpu usage, improving storage quality and
3028 the performance of some operations at the expense of machine load
3029 - medium: aims at a moderate cpu usage,
3030 - low: reduces cpu usage when possible, potentially at the expense of
3031 slower operations, increased storage and exchange payload.
3032
3033 ``resources.disk``
3034 How aggressive Mercurial can be in terms of disk usage:
3035
3036 Currently recognised values are:
3037 - default: the default value, inherits the value from `usage.resources`,
3038 - high: allows for more disk space usage where it can improve performance,
3039 - medium: aims at a moderate disk usage,
3040 - low: reduces disk usage when possible, decreasing performance in some
3041 occasion.
3042
3043 ``resources.memory``
3044 How aggressive Mercurial can be in terms of memory usage:
3045
3046 Currently recognised values are:
3047 - default: the default value, inherits the value from `usage.resources`,
3048 - high: allows for more aggressive memory usage to improve overall
3049 performance,
3050 - medium: aims at a moderate memory usage,
3051 - low: reduces memory usage when possible at the cost of overall
3052 performance.
3053
3008
3054
3009 ``command-templates``
3055 ``command-templates``
3010 ---------------------
3056 ---------------------
3011
3057
3012 Templates used for customizing the output of commands.
3058 Templates used for customizing the output of commands.
3013
3059
3014 ``graphnode``
3060 ``graphnode``
3015 The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
3061 The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
3016 (default: ``{graphnode}``)
3062 (default: ``{graphnode}``)
3017
3063
3018 ``log``
3064 ``log``
3019 Template string for commands that print changesets.
3065 Template string for commands that print changesets.
3020
3066
3021 ``mergemarker``
3067 ``mergemarker``
3022 The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
3068 The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
3023 marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
3069 marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
3024 format.
3070 format.
3025
3071
3026 Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
3072 Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
3027 the first line of the commit description.
3073 the first line of the commit description.
3028
3074
3029 If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
3075 If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
3030 authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
3076 authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
3031 managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
3077 managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
3032 specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
3078 specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
3033 environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
3079 environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
3034 markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
3080 markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
3035 serious problems may occur.
3081 serious problems may occur.
3036
3082
3037 Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
3083 Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
3038
3084
3039 ``oneline-summary``
3085 ``oneline-summary``
3040 A template used by `hg rebase` and other commands for showing a one-line
3086 A template used by `hg rebase` and other commands for showing a one-line
3041 summary of a commit. If the template configured here is longer than one
3087 summary of a commit. If the template configured here is longer than one
3042 line, then only the first line is used.
3088 line, then only the first line is used.
3043
3089
3044 The template can be overridden per command by defining a template in
3090 The template can be overridden per command by defining a template in
3045 `oneline-summary.<command>`, where `<command>` can be e.g. "rebase".
3091 `oneline-summary.<command>`, where `<command>` can be e.g. "rebase".
3046
3092
3047 ``pre-merge-tool-output``
3093 ``pre-merge-tool-output``
3048 A template that is printed before executing an external merge tool. This can
3094 A template that is printed before executing an external merge tool. This can
3049 be used to print out additional context that might be useful to have during
3095 be used to print out additional context that might be useful to have during
3050 the conflict resolution, such as the description of the various commits
3096 the conflict resolution, such as the description of the various commits
3051 involved or bookmarks/tags.
3097 involved or bookmarks/tags.
3052
3098
3053 Additional information is available in the ``local`, ``base``, and ``other``
3099 Additional information is available in the ``local`, ``base``, and ``other``
3054 dicts. For example: ``{local.label}``, ``{base.name}``, or
3100 dicts. For example: ``{local.label}``, ``{base.name}``, or
3055 ``{other.islink}``.
3101 ``{other.islink}``.
3056
3102
3057
3103
3058 ``web``
3104 ``web``
3059 -------
3105 -------
3060
3106
3061 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
3107 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
3062 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
3108 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
3063 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
3109 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
3064 and WSGI).
3110 and WSGI).
3065
3111
3066 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
3112 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
3067 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
3113 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
3068 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
3114 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
3069 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
3115 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
3070 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
3116 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
3071 checks.
3117 checks.
3072
3118
3073 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
3119 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
3074 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
3120 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
3075 command line::
3121 command line::
3076
3122
3077 $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
3123 $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
3078
3124
3079 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
3125 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
3080 that this should not be used for public servers.
3126 that this should not be used for public servers.
3081
3127
3082 The full set of options is:
3128 The full set of options is:
3083
3129
3084 ``accesslog``
3130 ``accesslog``
3085 Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
3131 Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
3086
3132
3087 ``address``
3133 ``address``
3088 Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
3134 Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
3089
3135
3090 ``allow-archive``
3136 ``allow-archive``
3091 List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
3137 List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
3092 (default: empty)
3138 (default: empty)
3093
3139
3094 ``allowbz2``
3140 ``allowbz2``
3095 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
3141 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
3096 revisions.
3142 revisions.
3097 (default: False)
3143 (default: False)
3098
3144
3099 ``allowgz``
3145 ``allowgz``
3100 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
3146 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
3101 revisions.
3147 revisions.
3102 (default: False)
3148 (default: False)
3103
3149
3104 ``allow-pull``
3150 ``allow-pull``
3105 Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
3151 Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
3106
3152
3107 ``allow-push``
3153 ``allow-push``
3108 Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
3154 Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
3109 pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
3155 pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
3110 user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
3156 user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
3111 remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
3157 remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
3112 user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
3158 user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
3113 allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list.
3159 allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list.
3114
3160
3115 ``allow_read``
3161 ``allow_read``
3116 If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
3162 If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
3117 the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
3163 the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
3118 repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
3164 repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
3119 user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
3165 user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
3120 denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
3166 denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
3121 is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
3167 is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
3122 special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
3168 special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
3123 is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
3169 is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
3124 examined after the deny_read list.
3170 examined after the deny_read list.
3125
3171
3126 ``allowzip``
3172 ``allowzip``
3127 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
3173 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
3128 revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
3174 revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
3129 (default: False)
3175 (default: False)
3130
3176
3131 ``archivesubrepos``
3177 ``archivesubrepos``
3132 Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
3178 Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
3133 (default: False)
3179 (default: False)
3134
3180
3135 ``baseurl``
3181 ``baseurl``
3136 Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
3182 Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
3137 third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
3183 third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
3138 URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
3184 URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
3139
3185
3140 ``cacerts``
3186 ``cacerts``
3141 Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
3187 Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
3142 authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
3188 authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
3143 constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
3189 constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
3144 client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
3190 client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
3145 with these certificates.
3191 with these certificates.
3146
3192
3147 To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
3193 To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
3148 command line.
3194 command line.
3149
3195
3150 You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
3196 You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
3151 one. On most Linux systems this will be
3197 one. On most Linux systems this will be
3152 ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
3198 ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
3153 generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
3199 generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
3154
3200
3155 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
3201 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
3156 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
3202 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
3157 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
3203 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
3158 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
3204 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
3159 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
3205 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
3160 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
3206 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
3161
3207
3162 ``cache``
3208 ``cache``
3163 Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
3209 Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
3164
3210
3165 ``certificate``
3211 ``certificate``
3166 Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
3212 Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
3167
3213
3168 ``collapse``
3214 ``collapse``
3169 With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
3215 With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
3170 a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
3216 a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
3171 ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
3217 ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
3172 the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
3218 the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
3173 lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
3219 lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
3174 collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
3220 collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
3175 into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
3221 into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
3176
3222
3177 ``comparisoncontext``
3223 ``comparisoncontext``
3178 Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
3224 Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
3179 negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
3225 negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
3180
3226
3181 This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
3227 This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
3182 ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
3228 ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
3183
3229
3184 ``contact``
3230 ``contact``
3185 Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
3231 Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
3186 (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
3232 (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
3187
3233
3188 ``csp``
3234 ``csp``
3189 Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
3235 Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
3190
3236
3191 The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
3237 The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
3192 by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
3238 by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
3193 ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
3239 ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
3194 one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
3240 one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
3195 ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
3241 ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
3196
3242
3197 Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
3243 Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
3198 data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
3244 data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
3199 "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
3245 "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
3200 threat model.
3246 threat model.
3201
3247
3202 ``deny_push``
3248 ``deny_push``
3203 Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
3249 Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
3204 push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
3250 push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
3205 denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
3251 denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
3206 any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
3252 any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
3207 contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list.
3253 contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list.
3208
3254
3209 ``deny_read``
3255 ``deny_read``
3210 Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
3256 Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
3211 not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
3257 not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
3212 authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
3258 authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
3213 the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
3259 the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
3214 are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
3260 are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
3215 the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
3261 the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
3216 content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
3262 content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
3217 deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
3263 deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
3218 permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
3264 permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
3219 served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
3265 served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
3220 the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
3266 the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
3221 priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
3267 priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
3222 list.
3268 list.
3223
3269
3224 ``descend``
3270 ``descend``
3225 hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
3271 hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
3226 directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
3272 directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
3227 available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
3273 available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
3228
3274
3229 ``description``
3275 ``description``
3230 Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
3276 Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
3231 (default: "unknown")
3277 (default: "unknown")
3232
3278
3233 ``encoding``
3279 ``encoding``
3234 Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
3280 Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
3235 Example: "UTF-8".
3281 Example: "UTF-8".
3236
3282
3237 ``errorlog``
3283 ``errorlog``
3238 Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
3284 Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
3239
3285
3240 ``guessmime``
3286 ``guessmime``
3241 Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
3287 Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
3242 Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
3288 Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
3243 extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
3289 extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
3244 allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
3290 allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
3245 repositories. (default: False)
3291 repositories. (default: False)
3246
3292
3247 ``hidden``
3293 ``hidden``
3248 Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
3294 Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
3249 (default: False)
3295 (default: False)
3250
3296
3251 ``ipv6``
3297 ``ipv6``
3252 Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
3298 Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
3253
3299
3254 ``labels``
3300 ``labels``
3255 List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
3301 List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
3256
3302
3257 Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
3303 Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
3258 output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
3304 output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
3259 by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
3305 by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
3260 if a specific label is present.
3306 if a specific label is present.
3261
3307
3262 ``logoimg``
3308 ``logoimg``
3263 File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
3309 File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
3264 The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
3310 The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
3265 the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
3311 the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
3266 If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
3312 If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
3267
3313
3268 ``logourl``
3314 ``logourl``
3269 Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
3315 Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
3270 will be used.
3316 will be used.
3271
3317
3272 ``maxchanges``
3318 ``maxchanges``
3273 Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
3319 Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
3274
3320
3275 ``maxfiles``
3321 ``maxfiles``
3276 Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
3322 Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
3277
3323
3278 ``maxshortchanges``
3324 ``maxshortchanges``
3279 Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
3325 Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
3280 pages. (default: 60)
3326 pages. (default: 60)
3281
3327
3282 ``name``
3328 ``name``
3283 Repository name to use in the web interface.
3329 Repository name to use in the web interface.
3284 (default: current working directory)
3330 (default: current working directory)
3285
3331
3286 ``port``
3332 ``port``
3287 Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
3333 Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
3288
3334
3289 ``prefix``
3335 ``prefix``
3290 Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
3336 Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
3291
3337
3292 ``push_ssl``
3338 ``push_ssl``
3293 Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
3339 Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
3294 prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
3340 prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
3295
3341
3296 ``refreshinterval``
3342 ``refreshinterval``
3297 How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
3343 How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
3298 repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
3344 repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
3299 to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
3345 to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
3300 required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
3346 required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
3301
3347
3302 Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
3348 Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
3303 (default: 20)
3349 (default: 20)
3304
3350
3305 ``server-header``
3351 ``server-header``
3306 Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header.
3352 Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header.
3307
3353
3308 ``static``
3354 ``static``
3309 Directory where static files are served from.
3355 Directory where static files are served from.
3310
3356
3311 ``staticurl``
3357 ``staticurl``
3312 Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
3358 Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
3313 hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
3359 hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
3314 this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
3360 this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
3315 Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
3361 Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
3316
3362
3317 ``stripes``
3363 ``stripes``
3318 How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
3364 How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
3319 Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
3365 Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
3320
3366
3321 ``style``
3367 ``style``
3322 Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
3368 Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
3323 subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
3369 subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
3324 Example: ``monoblue``.
3370 Example: ``monoblue``.
3325
3371
3326 ``templates``
3372 ``templates``
3327 Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
3373 Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
3328 can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
3374 can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
3329
3375
3330 ``websub``
3376 ``websub``
3331 ----------
3377 ----------
3332
3378
3333 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
3379 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
3334 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
3380 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
3335 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
3381 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
3336
3382
3337 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
3383 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
3338 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
3384 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
3339 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
3385 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
3340 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
3386 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
3341
3387
3342 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
3388 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
3343 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
3389 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
3344 HTML (see the examples below).
3390 HTML (see the examples below).
3345
3391
3346 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
3392 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
3347 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
3393 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
3348 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
3394 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
3349 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
3395 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
3350
3396
3351 patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
3397 patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
3352
3398
3353 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
3399 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
3354 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
3400 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
3355
3401
3356 Examples::
3402 Examples::
3357
3403
3358 [websub]
3404 [websub]
3359 issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
3405 issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
3360 italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
3406 italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
3361 bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
3407 bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
3362
3408
3363 ``worker``
3409 ``worker``
3364 ----------
3410 ----------
3365
3411
3366 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
3412 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
3367 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
3413 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
3368 helps performance.
3414 helps performance.
3369
3415
3370 ``enabled``
3416 ``enabled``
3371 Whether to enable workers code to be used.
3417 Whether to enable workers code to be used.
3372 (default: true)
3418 (default: true)
3373
3419
3374 ``numcpus``
3420 ``numcpus``
3375 Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
3421 Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
3376 negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
3422 negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
3377 (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
3423 (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
3378
3424
3379 ``backgroundclose``
3425 ``backgroundclose``
3380 Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
3426 Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
3381 operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
3427 operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
3382 handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
3428 handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
3383 on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
3429 on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
3384 (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
3430 (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
3385
3431
3386 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
3432 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
3387 Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
3433 Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
3388 Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
3434 Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
3389 threads.
3435 threads.
3390 (default: 2048)
3436 (default: 2048)
3391
3437
3392 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
3438 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
3393 The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
3439 The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
3394 background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
3440 background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
3395 enabled.
3441 enabled.
3396 (default: 384)
3442 (default: 384)
3397
3443
3398 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
3444 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
3399 Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
3445 Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
3400 ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
3446 ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
3401 (default: 4)
3447 (default: 4)
@@ -1,2327 +1,2358 b''
1 # scmutil.py - Mercurial core utility functions
1 # scmutil.py - Mercurial core utility functions
2 #
2 #
3 # Copyright Olivia Mackall <olivia@selenic.com>
3 # Copyright Olivia Mackall <olivia@selenic.com>
4 #
4 #
5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
7
7
8
8
9 import binascii
9 import binascii
10 import errno
10 import errno
11 import glob
11 import glob
12 import os
12 import os
13 import posixpath
13 import posixpath
14 import re
14 import re
15 import subprocess
15 import subprocess
16 import weakref
16 import weakref
17
17
18 from .i18n import _
18 from .i18n import _
19 from .node import (
19 from .node import (
20 bin,
20 bin,
21 hex,
21 hex,
22 nullrev,
22 nullrev,
23 short,
23 short,
24 wdirrev,
24 wdirrev,
25 )
25 )
26 from .thirdparty import attr
26 from .thirdparty import attr
27 from . import (
27 from . import (
28 copies as copiesmod,
28 copies as copiesmod,
29 encoding,
29 encoding,
30 error,
30 error,
31 match as matchmod,
31 match as matchmod,
32 obsolete,
32 obsolete,
33 obsutil,
33 obsutil,
34 pathutil,
34 pathutil,
35 phases,
35 phases,
36 policy,
36 policy,
37 pycompat,
37 pycompat,
38 requirements as requirementsmod,
38 requirements as requirementsmod,
39 revsetlang,
39 revsetlang,
40 similar,
40 similar,
41 smartset,
41 smartset,
42 url,
42 url,
43 util,
43 util,
44 vfs,
44 vfs,
45 )
45 )
46
46
47 from .utils import (
47 from .utils import (
48 hashutil,
48 hashutil,
49 procutil,
49 procutil,
50 stringutil,
50 stringutil,
51 )
51 )
52
52
53 if pycompat.iswindows:
53 if pycompat.iswindows:
54 from . import scmwindows as scmplatform
54 from . import scmwindows as scmplatform
55 else:
55 else:
56 from . import scmposix as scmplatform
56 from . import scmposix as scmplatform
57
57
58 parsers = policy.importmod('parsers')
58 parsers = policy.importmod('parsers')
59 rustrevlog = policy.importrust('revlog')
59 rustrevlog = policy.importrust('revlog')
60
60
61 termsize = scmplatform.termsize
61 termsize = scmplatform.termsize
62
62
63
63
64 @attr.s(slots=True, repr=False)
64 @attr.s(slots=True, repr=False)
65 class status:
65 class status:
66 """Struct with a list of files per status.
66 """Struct with a list of files per status.
67
67
68 The 'deleted', 'unknown' and 'ignored' properties are only
68 The 'deleted', 'unknown' and 'ignored' properties are only
69 relevant to the working copy.
69 relevant to the working copy.
70 """
70 """
71
71
72 modified = attr.ib(default=attr.Factory(list))
72 modified = attr.ib(default=attr.Factory(list))
73 added = attr.ib(default=attr.Factory(list))
73 added = attr.ib(default=attr.Factory(list))
74 removed = attr.ib(default=attr.Factory(list))
74 removed = attr.ib(default=attr.Factory(list))
75 deleted = attr.ib(default=attr.Factory(list))
75 deleted = attr.ib(default=attr.Factory(list))
76 unknown = attr.ib(default=attr.Factory(list))
76 unknown = attr.ib(default=attr.Factory(list))
77 ignored = attr.ib(default=attr.Factory(list))
77 ignored = attr.ib(default=attr.Factory(list))
78 clean = attr.ib(default=attr.Factory(list))
78 clean = attr.ib(default=attr.Factory(list))
79
79
80 def __iter__(self):
80 def __iter__(self):
81 yield self.modified
81 yield self.modified
82 yield self.added
82 yield self.added
83 yield self.removed
83 yield self.removed
84 yield self.deleted
84 yield self.deleted
85 yield self.unknown
85 yield self.unknown
86 yield self.ignored
86 yield self.ignored
87 yield self.clean
87 yield self.clean
88
88
89 def __repr__(self):
89 def __repr__(self):
90 return (
90 return (
91 r'<status modified=%s, added=%s, removed=%s, deleted=%s, '
91 r'<status modified=%s, added=%s, removed=%s, deleted=%s, '
92 r'unknown=%s, ignored=%s, clean=%s>'
92 r'unknown=%s, ignored=%s, clean=%s>'
93 ) % tuple(pycompat.sysstr(stringutil.pprint(v)) for v in self)
93 ) % tuple(pycompat.sysstr(stringutil.pprint(v)) for v in self)
94
94
95
95
96 def itersubrepos(ctx1, ctx2):
96 def itersubrepos(ctx1, ctx2):
97 """find subrepos in ctx1 or ctx2"""
97 """find subrepos in ctx1 or ctx2"""
98 # Create a (subpath, ctx) mapping where we prefer subpaths from
98 # Create a (subpath, ctx) mapping where we prefer subpaths from
99 # ctx1. The subpaths from ctx2 are important when the .hgsub file
99 # ctx1. The subpaths from ctx2 are important when the .hgsub file
100 # has been modified (in ctx2) but not yet committed (in ctx1).
100 # has been modified (in ctx2) but not yet committed (in ctx1).
101 subpaths = dict.fromkeys(ctx2.substate, ctx2)
101 subpaths = dict.fromkeys(ctx2.substate, ctx2)
102 subpaths.update(dict.fromkeys(ctx1.substate, ctx1))
102 subpaths.update(dict.fromkeys(ctx1.substate, ctx1))
103
103
104 missing = set()
104 missing = set()
105
105
106 for subpath in ctx2.substate:
106 for subpath in ctx2.substate:
107 if subpath not in ctx1.substate:
107 if subpath not in ctx1.substate:
108 del subpaths[subpath]
108 del subpaths[subpath]
109 missing.add(subpath)
109 missing.add(subpath)
110
110
111 for subpath, ctx in sorted(subpaths.items()):
111 for subpath, ctx in sorted(subpaths.items()):
112 yield subpath, ctx.sub(subpath)
112 yield subpath, ctx.sub(subpath)
113
113
114 # Yield an empty subrepo based on ctx1 for anything only in ctx2. That way,
114 # Yield an empty subrepo based on ctx1 for anything only in ctx2. That way,
115 # status and diff will have an accurate result when it does
115 # status and diff will have an accurate result when it does
116 # 'sub.{status|diff}(rev2)'. Otherwise, the ctx2 subrepo is compared
116 # 'sub.{status|diff}(rev2)'. Otherwise, the ctx2 subrepo is compared
117 # against itself.
117 # against itself.
118 for subpath in missing:
118 for subpath in missing:
119 yield subpath, ctx2.nullsub(subpath, ctx1)
119 yield subpath, ctx2.nullsub(subpath, ctx1)
120
120
121
121
122 def nochangesfound(ui, repo, excluded=None):
122 def nochangesfound(ui, repo, excluded=None):
123 """Report no changes for push/pull, excluded is None or a list of
123 """Report no changes for push/pull, excluded is None or a list of
124 nodes excluded from the push/pull.
124 nodes excluded from the push/pull.
125 """
125 """
126 secretlist = []
126 secretlist = []
127 if excluded:
127 if excluded:
128 for n in excluded:
128 for n in excluded:
129 ctx = repo[n]
129 ctx = repo[n]
130 if ctx.phase() >= phases.secret and not ctx.extinct():
130 if ctx.phase() >= phases.secret and not ctx.extinct():
131 secretlist.append(n)
131 secretlist.append(n)
132
132
133 if secretlist:
133 if secretlist:
134 ui.status(
134 ui.status(
135 _(b"no changes found (ignored %d secret changesets)\n")
135 _(b"no changes found (ignored %d secret changesets)\n")
136 % len(secretlist)
136 % len(secretlist)
137 )
137 )
138 else:
138 else:
139 ui.status(_(b"no changes found\n"))
139 ui.status(_(b"no changes found\n"))
140
140
141
141
142 def callcatch(ui, func):
142 def callcatch(ui, func):
143 """call func() with global exception handling
143 """call func() with global exception handling
144
144
145 return func() if no exception happens. otherwise do some error handling
145 return func() if no exception happens. otherwise do some error handling
146 and return an exit code accordingly. does not handle all exceptions.
146 and return an exit code accordingly. does not handle all exceptions.
147 """
147 """
148 coarse_exit_code = -1
148 coarse_exit_code = -1
149 detailed_exit_code = -1
149 detailed_exit_code = -1
150 try:
150 try:
151 try:
151 try:
152 return func()
152 return func()
153 except: # re-raises
153 except: # re-raises
154 ui.traceback()
154 ui.traceback()
155 raise
155 raise
156 # Global exception handling, alphabetically
156 # Global exception handling, alphabetically
157 # Mercurial-specific first, followed by built-in and library exceptions
157 # Mercurial-specific first, followed by built-in and library exceptions
158 except error.LockHeld as inst:
158 except error.LockHeld as inst:
159 detailed_exit_code = 20
159 detailed_exit_code = 20
160 if inst.errno == errno.ETIMEDOUT:
160 if inst.errno == errno.ETIMEDOUT:
161 reason = _(b'timed out waiting for lock held by %r') % (
161 reason = _(b'timed out waiting for lock held by %r') % (
162 pycompat.bytestr(inst.locker)
162 pycompat.bytestr(inst.locker)
163 )
163 )
164 else:
164 else:
165 reason = _(b'lock held by %r') % inst.locker
165 reason = _(b'lock held by %r') % inst.locker
166 ui.error(
166 ui.error(
167 _(b"abort: %s: %s\n")
167 _(b"abort: %s: %s\n")
168 % (inst.desc or stringutil.forcebytestr(inst.filename), reason)
168 % (inst.desc or stringutil.forcebytestr(inst.filename), reason)
169 )
169 )
170 if not inst.locker:
170 if not inst.locker:
171 ui.error(_(b"(lock might be very busy)\n"))
171 ui.error(_(b"(lock might be very busy)\n"))
172 except error.LockUnavailable as inst:
172 except error.LockUnavailable as inst:
173 detailed_exit_code = 20
173 detailed_exit_code = 20
174 ui.error(
174 ui.error(
175 _(b"abort: could not lock %s: %s\n")
175 _(b"abort: could not lock %s: %s\n")
176 % (
176 % (
177 inst.desc or stringutil.forcebytestr(inst.filename),
177 inst.desc or stringutil.forcebytestr(inst.filename),
178 encoding.strtolocal(inst.strerror),
178 encoding.strtolocal(inst.strerror),
179 )
179 )
180 )
180 )
181 except error.RepoError as inst:
181 except error.RepoError as inst:
182 if isinstance(inst, error.RepoLookupError):
182 if isinstance(inst, error.RepoLookupError):
183 detailed_exit_code = 10
183 detailed_exit_code = 10
184 ui.error(_(b"abort: %s\n") % inst)
184 ui.error(_(b"abort: %s\n") % inst)
185 if inst.hint:
185 if inst.hint:
186 ui.error(_(b"(%s)\n") % inst.hint)
186 ui.error(_(b"(%s)\n") % inst.hint)
187 except error.ResponseError as inst:
187 except error.ResponseError as inst:
188 ui.error(_(b"abort: %s") % inst.args[0])
188 ui.error(_(b"abort: %s") % inst.args[0])
189 msg = inst.args[1]
189 msg = inst.args[1]
190 if isinstance(msg, type(u'')):
190 if isinstance(msg, type(u'')):
191 msg = pycompat.sysbytes(msg)
191 msg = pycompat.sysbytes(msg)
192 if msg is None:
192 if msg is None:
193 ui.error(b"\n")
193 ui.error(b"\n")
194 elif not isinstance(msg, bytes):
194 elif not isinstance(msg, bytes):
195 ui.error(b" %r\n" % (msg,))
195 ui.error(b" %r\n" % (msg,))
196 elif not msg:
196 elif not msg:
197 ui.error(_(b" empty string\n"))
197 ui.error(_(b" empty string\n"))
198 else:
198 else:
199 ui.error(b"\n%r\n" % pycompat.bytestr(stringutil.ellipsis(msg)))
199 ui.error(b"\n%r\n" % pycompat.bytestr(stringutil.ellipsis(msg)))
200 except error.CensoredNodeError as inst:
200 except error.CensoredNodeError as inst:
201 ui.error(_(b"abort: file censored %s\n") % inst)
201 ui.error(_(b"abort: file censored %s\n") % inst)
202 except error.WdirUnsupported:
202 except error.WdirUnsupported:
203 ui.error(_(b"abort: working directory revision cannot be specified\n"))
203 ui.error(_(b"abort: working directory revision cannot be specified\n"))
204 except error.Error as inst:
204 except error.Error as inst:
205 if inst.detailed_exit_code is not None:
205 if inst.detailed_exit_code is not None:
206 detailed_exit_code = inst.detailed_exit_code
206 detailed_exit_code = inst.detailed_exit_code
207 if inst.coarse_exit_code is not None:
207 if inst.coarse_exit_code is not None:
208 coarse_exit_code = inst.coarse_exit_code
208 coarse_exit_code = inst.coarse_exit_code
209 ui.error(inst.format())
209 ui.error(inst.format())
210 except error.WorkerError as inst:
210 except error.WorkerError as inst:
211 # Don't print a message -- the worker already should have
211 # Don't print a message -- the worker already should have
212 return inst.status_code
212 return inst.status_code
213 except ImportError as inst:
213 except ImportError as inst:
214 ui.error(_(b"abort: %s\n") % stringutil.forcebytestr(inst))
214 ui.error(_(b"abort: %s\n") % stringutil.forcebytestr(inst))
215 m = stringutil.forcebytestr(inst).split()[-1]
215 m = stringutil.forcebytestr(inst).split()[-1]
216 if m in b"mpatch bdiff".split():
216 if m in b"mpatch bdiff".split():
217 ui.error(_(b"(did you forget to compile extensions?)\n"))
217 ui.error(_(b"(did you forget to compile extensions?)\n"))
218 elif m in b"zlib".split():
218 elif m in b"zlib".split():
219 ui.error(_(b"(is your Python install correct?)\n"))
219 ui.error(_(b"(is your Python install correct?)\n"))
220 except util.urlerr.httperror as inst:
220 except util.urlerr.httperror as inst:
221 detailed_exit_code = 100
221 detailed_exit_code = 100
222 ui.error(_(b"abort: %s\n") % stringutil.forcebytestr(inst))
222 ui.error(_(b"abort: %s\n") % stringutil.forcebytestr(inst))
223 except util.urlerr.urlerror as inst:
223 except util.urlerr.urlerror as inst:
224 detailed_exit_code = 100
224 detailed_exit_code = 100
225 try: # usually it is in the form (errno, strerror)
225 try: # usually it is in the form (errno, strerror)
226 reason = inst.reason.args[1]
226 reason = inst.reason.args[1]
227 except (AttributeError, IndexError):
227 except (AttributeError, IndexError):
228 # it might be anything, for example a string
228 # it might be anything, for example a string
229 reason = inst.reason
229 reason = inst.reason
230 if isinstance(reason, str):
230 if isinstance(reason, str):
231 # SSLError of Python 2.7.9 contains a unicode
231 # SSLError of Python 2.7.9 contains a unicode
232 reason = encoding.unitolocal(reason)
232 reason = encoding.unitolocal(reason)
233 ui.error(_(b"abort: error: %s\n") % stringutil.forcebytestr(reason))
233 ui.error(_(b"abort: error: %s\n") % stringutil.forcebytestr(reason))
234 except (IOError, OSError) as inst:
234 except (IOError, OSError) as inst:
235 if hasattr(inst, "args") and inst.args and inst.args[0] == errno.EPIPE:
235 if hasattr(inst, "args") and inst.args and inst.args[0] == errno.EPIPE:
236 pass
236 pass
237 elif getattr(inst, "strerror", None): # common IOError or OSError
237 elif getattr(inst, "strerror", None): # common IOError or OSError
238 if getattr(inst, "filename", None) is not None:
238 if getattr(inst, "filename", None) is not None:
239 ui.error(
239 ui.error(
240 _(b"abort: %s: '%s'\n")
240 _(b"abort: %s: '%s'\n")
241 % (
241 % (
242 encoding.strtolocal(inst.strerror),
242 encoding.strtolocal(inst.strerror),
243 stringutil.forcebytestr(inst.filename),
243 stringutil.forcebytestr(inst.filename),
244 )
244 )
245 )
245 )
246 else:
246 else:
247 ui.error(_(b"abort: %s\n") % encoding.strtolocal(inst.strerror))
247 ui.error(_(b"abort: %s\n") % encoding.strtolocal(inst.strerror))
248 else: # suspicious IOError
248 else: # suspicious IOError
249 raise
249 raise
250 except MemoryError:
250 except MemoryError:
251 ui.error(_(b"abort: out of memory\n"))
251 ui.error(_(b"abort: out of memory\n"))
252 except SystemExit as inst:
252 except SystemExit as inst:
253 # Commands shouldn't sys.exit directly, but give a return code.
253 # Commands shouldn't sys.exit directly, but give a return code.
254 # Just in case catch this and and pass exit code to caller.
254 # Just in case catch this and and pass exit code to caller.
255 detailed_exit_code = 254
255 detailed_exit_code = 254
256 coarse_exit_code = inst.code
256 coarse_exit_code = inst.code
257
257
258 if ui.configbool(b'ui', b'detailed-exit-code'):
258 if ui.configbool(b'ui', b'detailed-exit-code'):
259 return detailed_exit_code
259 return detailed_exit_code
260 else:
260 else:
261 return coarse_exit_code
261 return coarse_exit_code
262
262
263
263
264 def checknewlabel(repo, lbl, kind):
264 def checknewlabel(repo, lbl, kind):
265 # Do not use the "kind" parameter in ui output.
265 # Do not use the "kind" parameter in ui output.
266 # It makes strings difficult to translate.
266 # It makes strings difficult to translate.
267 if lbl in [b'tip', b'.', b'null']:
267 if lbl in [b'tip', b'.', b'null']:
268 raise error.InputError(_(b"the name '%s' is reserved") % lbl)
268 raise error.InputError(_(b"the name '%s' is reserved") % lbl)
269 for c in (b':', b'\0', b'\n', b'\r'):
269 for c in (b':', b'\0', b'\n', b'\r'):
270 if c in lbl:
270 if c in lbl:
271 raise error.InputError(
271 raise error.InputError(
272 _(b"%r cannot be used in a name") % pycompat.bytestr(c)
272 _(b"%r cannot be used in a name") % pycompat.bytestr(c)
273 )
273 )
274 try:
274 try:
275 int(lbl)
275 int(lbl)
276 if b'_' in lbl:
276 if b'_' in lbl:
277 # If label contains underscores, Python might consider it an
277 # If label contains underscores, Python might consider it an
278 # integer (with "_" as visual separators), but we do not.
278 # integer (with "_" as visual separators), but we do not.
279 # See PEP 515 - Underscores in Numeric Literals.
279 # See PEP 515 - Underscores in Numeric Literals.
280 raise ValueError
280 raise ValueError
281 raise error.InputError(_(b"cannot use an integer as a name"))
281 raise error.InputError(_(b"cannot use an integer as a name"))
282 except ValueError:
282 except ValueError:
283 pass
283 pass
284 if lbl.strip() != lbl:
284 if lbl.strip() != lbl:
285 raise error.InputError(
285 raise error.InputError(
286 _(b"leading or trailing whitespace in name %r") % lbl
286 _(b"leading or trailing whitespace in name %r") % lbl
287 )
287 )
288
288
289
289
290 def checkfilename(f):
290 def checkfilename(f):
291 '''Check that the filename f is an acceptable filename for a tracked file'''
291 '''Check that the filename f is an acceptable filename for a tracked file'''
292 if b'\r' in f or b'\n' in f:
292 if b'\r' in f or b'\n' in f:
293 raise error.InputError(
293 raise error.InputError(
294 _(b"'\\n' and '\\r' disallowed in filenames: %r")
294 _(b"'\\n' and '\\r' disallowed in filenames: %r")
295 % pycompat.bytestr(f)
295 % pycompat.bytestr(f)
296 )
296 )
297
297
298
298
299 def checkportable(ui, f):
299 def checkportable(ui, f):
300 '''Check if filename f is portable and warn or abort depending on config'''
300 '''Check if filename f is portable and warn or abort depending on config'''
301 checkfilename(f)
301 checkfilename(f)
302 abort, warn = checkportabilityalert(ui)
302 abort, warn = checkportabilityalert(ui)
303 if abort or warn:
303 if abort or warn:
304 msg = util.checkwinfilename(f)
304 msg = util.checkwinfilename(f)
305 if msg:
305 if msg:
306 msg = b"%s: %s" % (msg, procutil.shellquote(f))
306 msg = b"%s: %s" % (msg, procutil.shellquote(f))
307 if abort:
307 if abort:
308 raise error.InputError(msg)
308 raise error.InputError(msg)
309 ui.warn(_(b"warning: %s\n") % msg)
309 ui.warn(_(b"warning: %s\n") % msg)
310
310
311
311
312 def checkportabilityalert(ui):
312 def checkportabilityalert(ui):
313 """check if the user's config requests nothing, a warning, or abort for
313 """check if the user's config requests nothing, a warning, or abort for
314 non-portable filenames"""
314 non-portable filenames"""
315 val = ui.config(b'ui', b'portablefilenames')
315 val = ui.config(b'ui', b'portablefilenames')
316 lval = val.lower()
316 lval = val.lower()
317 bval = stringutil.parsebool(val)
317 bval = stringutil.parsebool(val)
318 abort = pycompat.iswindows or lval == b'abort'
318 abort = pycompat.iswindows or lval == b'abort'
319 warn = bval or lval == b'warn'
319 warn = bval or lval == b'warn'
320 if bval is None and not (warn or abort or lval == b'ignore'):
320 if bval is None and not (warn or abort or lval == b'ignore'):
321 raise error.ConfigError(
321 raise error.ConfigError(
322 _(b"ui.portablefilenames value is invalid ('%s')") % val
322 _(b"ui.portablefilenames value is invalid ('%s')") % val
323 )
323 )
324 return abort, warn
324 return abort, warn
325
325
326
326
327 class casecollisionauditor:
327 class casecollisionauditor:
328 def __init__(self, ui, abort, dirstate):
328 def __init__(self, ui, abort, dirstate):
329 self._ui = ui
329 self._ui = ui
330 self._abort = abort
330 self._abort = abort
331 allfiles = b'\0'.join(dirstate)
331 allfiles = b'\0'.join(dirstate)
332 self._loweredfiles = set(encoding.lower(allfiles).split(b'\0'))
332 self._loweredfiles = set(encoding.lower(allfiles).split(b'\0'))
333 self._dirstate = dirstate
333 self._dirstate = dirstate
334 # The purpose of _newfiles is so that we don't complain about
334 # The purpose of _newfiles is so that we don't complain about
335 # case collisions if someone were to call this object with the
335 # case collisions if someone were to call this object with the
336 # same filename twice.
336 # same filename twice.
337 self._newfiles = set()
337 self._newfiles = set()
338
338
339 def __call__(self, f):
339 def __call__(self, f):
340 if f in self._newfiles:
340 if f in self._newfiles:
341 return
341 return
342 fl = encoding.lower(f)
342 fl = encoding.lower(f)
343 if fl in self._loweredfiles and f not in self._dirstate:
343 if fl in self._loweredfiles and f not in self._dirstate:
344 msg = _(b'possible case-folding collision for %s') % f
344 msg = _(b'possible case-folding collision for %s') % f
345 if self._abort:
345 if self._abort:
346 raise error.StateError(msg)
346 raise error.StateError(msg)
347 self._ui.warn(_(b"warning: %s\n") % msg)
347 self._ui.warn(_(b"warning: %s\n") % msg)
348 self._loweredfiles.add(fl)
348 self._loweredfiles.add(fl)
349 self._newfiles.add(f)
349 self._newfiles.add(f)
350
350
351
351
352 def filteredhash(repo, maxrev, needobsolete=False):
352 def filteredhash(repo, maxrev, needobsolete=False):
353 """build hash of filtered revisions in the current repoview.
353 """build hash of filtered revisions in the current repoview.
354
354
355 Multiple caches perform up-to-date validation by checking that the
355 Multiple caches perform up-to-date validation by checking that the
356 tiprev and tipnode stored in the cache file match the current repository.
356 tiprev and tipnode stored in the cache file match the current repository.
357 However, this is not sufficient for validating repoviews because the set
357 However, this is not sufficient for validating repoviews because the set
358 of revisions in the view may change without the repository tiprev and
358 of revisions in the view may change without the repository tiprev and
359 tipnode changing.
359 tipnode changing.
360
360
361 This function hashes all the revs filtered from the view (and, optionally,
361 This function hashes all the revs filtered from the view (and, optionally,
362 all obsolete revs) up to maxrev and returns that SHA-1 digest.
362 all obsolete revs) up to maxrev and returns that SHA-1 digest.
363 """
363 """
364 cl = repo.changelog
364 cl = repo.changelog
365 if needobsolete:
365 if needobsolete:
366 obsrevs = obsolete.getrevs(repo, b'obsolete')
366 obsrevs = obsolete.getrevs(repo, b'obsolete')
367 if not cl.filteredrevs and not obsrevs:
367 if not cl.filteredrevs and not obsrevs:
368 return None
368 return None
369 key = (maxrev, hash(cl.filteredrevs), hash(obsrevs))
369 key = (maxrev, hash(cl.filteredrevs), hash(obsrevs))
370 else:
370 else:
371 if not cl.filteredrevs:
371 if not cl.filteredrevs:
372 return None
372 return None
373 key = maxrev
373 key = maxrev
374 obsrevs = frozenset()
374 obsrevs = frozenset()
375
375
376 result = cl._filteredrevs_hashcache.get(key)
376 result = cl._filteredrevs_hashcache.get(key)
377 if not result:
377 if not result:
378 revs = sorted(r for r in cl.filteredrevs | obsrevs if r <= maxrev)
378 revs = sorted(r for r in cl.filteredrevs | obsrevs if r <= maxrev)
379 if revs:
379 if revs:
380 s = hashutil.sha1()
380 s = hashutil.sha1()
381 for rev in revs:
381 for rev in revs:
382 s.update(b'%d;' % rev)
382 s.update(b'%d;' % rev)
383 result = s.digest()
383 result = s.digest()
384 cl._filteredrevs_hashcache[key] = result
384 cl._filteredrevs_hashcache[key] = result
385 return result
385 return result
386
386
387
387
388 def walkrepos(path, followsym=False, seen_dirs=None, recurse=False):
388 def walkrepos(path, followsym=False, seen_dirs=None, recurse=False):
389 """yield every hg repository under path, always recursively.
389 """yield every hg repository under path, always recursively.
390 The recurse flag will only control recursion into repo working dirs"""
390 The recurse flag will only control recursion into repo working dirs"""
391
391
392 def errhandler(err):
392 def errhandler(err):
393 if err.filename == path:
393 if err.filename == path:
394 raise err
394 raise err
395
395
396 samestat = getattr(os.path, 'samestat', None)
396 samestat = getattr(os.path, 'samestat', None)
397 if followsym and samestat is not None:
397 if followsym and samestat is not None:
398
398
399 def adddir(dirlst, dirname):
399 def adddir(dirlst, dirname):
400 dirstat = os.stat(dirname)
400 dirstat = os.stat(dirname)
401 match = any(samestat(dirstat, lstdirstat) for lstdirstat in dirlst)
401 match = any(samestat(dirstat, lstdirstat) for lstdirstat in dirlst)
402 if not match:
402 if not match:
403 dirlst.append(dirstat)
403 dirlst.append(dirstat)
404 return not match
404 return not match
405
405
406 else:
406 else:
407 followsym = False
407 followsym = False
408
408
409 if (seen_dirs is None) and followsym:
409 if (seen_dirs is None) and followsym:
410 seen_dirs = []
410 seen_dirs = []
411 adddir(seen_dirs, path)
411 adddir(seen_dirs, path)
412 for root, dirs, files in os.walk(path, topdown=True, onerror=errhandler):
412 for root, dirs, files in os.walk(path, topdown=True, onerror=errhandler):
413 dirs.sort()
413 dirs.sort()
414 if b'.hg' in dirs:
414 if b'.hg' in dirs:
415 yield root # found a repository
415 yield root # found a repository
416 qroot = os.path.join(root, b'.hg', b'patches')
416 qroot = os.path.join(root, b'.hg', b'patches')
417 if os.path.isdir(os.path.join(qroot, b'.hg')):
417 if os.path.isdir(os.path.join(qroot, b'.hg')):
418 yield qroot # we have a patch queue repo here
418 yield qroot # we have a patch queue repo here
419 if recurse:
419 if recurse:
420 # avoid recursing inside the .hg directory
420 # avoid recursing inside the .hg directory
421 dirs.remove(b'.hg')
421 dirs.remove(b'.hg')
422 else:
422 else:
423 dirs[:] = [] # don't descend further
423 dirs[:] = [] # don't descend further
424 elif followsym:
424 elif followsym:
425 newdirs = []
425 newdirs = []
426 for d in dirs:
426 for d in dirs:
427 fname = os.path.join(root, d)
427 fname = os.path.join(root, d)
428 if adddir(seen_dirs, fname):
428 if adddir(seen_dirs, fname):
429 if os.path.islink(fname):
429 if os.path.islink(fname):
430 for hgname in walkrepos(fname, True, seen_dirs):
430 for hgname in walkrepos(fname, True, seen_dirs):
431 yield hgname
431 yield hgname
432 else:
432 else:
433 newdirs.append(d)
433 newdirs.append(d)
434 dirs[:] = newdirs
434 dirs[:] = newdirs
435
435
436
436
437 def binnode(ctx):
437 def binnode(ctx):
438 """Return binary node id for a given basectx"""
438 """Return binary node id for a given basectx"""
439 node = ctx.node()
439 node = ctx.node()
440 if node is None:
440 if node is None:
441 return ctx.repo().nodeconstants.wdirid
441 return ctx.repo().nodeconstants.wdirid
442 return node
442 return node
443
443
444
444
445 def intrev(ctx):
445 def intrev(ctx):
446 """Return integer for a given basectx that can be used in comparison or
446 """Return integer for a given basectx that can be used in comparison or
447 arithmetic operation"""
447 arithmetic operation"""
448 rev = ctx.rev()
448 rev = ctx.rev()
449 if rev is None:
449 if rev is None:
450 return wdirrev
450 return wdirrev
451 return rev
451 return rev
452
452
453
453
454 def formatchangeid(ctx):
454 def formatchangeid(ctx):
455 """Format changectx as '{rev}:{node|formatnode}', which is the default
455 """Format changectx as '{rev}:{node|formatnode}', which is the default
456 template provided by logcmdutil.changesettemplater"""
456 template provided by logcmdutil.changesettemplater"""
457 repo = ctx.repo()
457 repo = ctx.repo()
458 return formatrevnode(repo.ui, intrev(ctx), binnode(ctx))
458 return formatrevnode(repo.ui, intrev(ctx), binnode(ctx))
459
459
460
460
461 def formatrevnode(ui, rev, node):
461 def formatrevnode(ui, rev, node):
462 """Format given revision and node depending on the current verbosity"""
462 """Format given revision and node depending on the current verbosity"""
463 if ui.debugflag:
463 if ui.debugflag:
464 hexfunc = hex
464 hexfunc = hex
465 else:
465 else:
466 hexfunc = short
466 hexfunc = short
467 return b'%d:%s' % (rev, hexfunc(node))
467 return b'%d:%s' % (rev, hexfunc(node))
468
468
469
469
470 def resolvehexnodeidprefix(repo, prefix):
470 def resolvehexnodeidprefix(repo, prefix):
471 if prefix.startswith(b'x'):
471 if prefix.startswith(b'x'):
472 prefix = prefix[1:]
472 prefix = prefix[1:]
473 try:
473 try:
474 # Uses unfiltered repo because it's faster when prefix is ambiguous/
474 # Uses unfiltered repo because it's faster when prefix is ambiguous/
475 # This matches the shortesthexnodeidprefix() function below.
475 # This matches the shortesthexnodeidprefix() function below.
476 node = repo.unfiltered().changelog._partialmatch(prefix)
476 node = repo.unfiltered().changelog._partialmatch(prefix)
477 except error.AmbiguousPrefixLookupError:
477 except error.AmbiguousPrefixLookupError:
478 revset = repo.ui.config(
478 revset = repo.ui.config(
479 b'experimental', b'revisions.disambiguatewithin'
479 b'experimental', b'revisions.disambiguatewithin'
480 )
480 )
481 if revset:
481 if revset:
482 # Clear config to avoid infinite recursion
482 # Clear config to avoid infinite recursion
483 configoverrides = {
483 configoverrides = {
484 (b'experimental', b'revisions.disambiguatewithin'): None
484 (b'experimental', b'revisions.disambiguatewithin'): None
485 }
485 }
486 with repo.ui.configoverride(configoverrides):
486 with repo.ui.configoverride(configoverrides):
487 revs = repo.anyrevs([revset], user=True)
487 revs = repo.anyrevs([revset], user=True)
488 matches = []
488 matches = []
489 for rev in revs:
489 for rev in revs:
490 node = repo.changelog.node(rev)
490 node = repo.changelog.node(rev)
491 if hex(node).startswith(prefix):
491 if hex(node).startswith(prefix):
492 matches.append(node)
492 matches.append(node)
493 if len(matches) == 1:
493 if len(matches) == 1:
494 return matches[0]
494 return matches[0]
495 raise
495 raise
496 if node is None:
496 if node is None:
497 return
497 return
498 repo.changelog.rev(node) # make sure node isn't filtered
498 repo.changelog.rev(node) # make sure node isn't filtered
499 return node
499 return node
500
500
501
501
502 def mayberevnum(repo, prefix):
502 def mayberevnum(repo, prefix):
503 """Checks if the given prefix may be mistaken for a revision number"""
503 """Checks if the given prefix may be mistaken for a revision number"""
504 try:
504 try:
505 i = int(prefix)
505 i = int(prefix)
506 # if we are a pure int, then starting with zero will not be
506 # if we are a pure int, then starting with zero will not be
507 # confused as a rev; or, obviously, if the int is larger
507 # confused as a rev; or, obviously, if the int is larger
508 # than the value of the tip rev. We still need to disambiguate if
508 # than the value of the tip rev. We still need to disambiguate if
509 # prefix == '0', since that *is* a valid revnum.
509 # prefix == '0', since that *is* a valid revnum.
510 if (prefix != b'0' and prefix[0:1] == b'0') or i >= len(repo):
510 if (prefix != b'0' and prefix[0:1] == b'0') or i >= len(repo):
511 return False
511 return False
512 return True
512 return True
513 except ValueError:
513 except ValueError:
514 return False
514 return False
515
515
516
516
517 def shortesthexnodeidprefix(repo, node, minlength=1, cache=None):
517 def shortesthexnodeidprefix(repo, node, minlength=1, cache=None):
518 """Find the shortest unambiguous prefix that matches hexnode.
518 """Find the shortest unambiguous prefix that matches hexnode.
519
519
520 If "cache" is not None, it must be a dictionary that can be used for
520 If "cache" is not None, it must be a dictionary that can be used for
521 caching between calls to this method.
521 caching between calls to this method.
522 """
522 """
523 # _partialmatch() of filtered changelog could take O(len(repo)) time,
523 # _partialmatch() of filtered changelog could take O(len(repo)) time,
524 # which would be unacceptably slow. so we look for hash collision in
524 # which would be unacceptably slow. so we look for hash collision in
525 # unfiltered space, which means some hashes may be slightly longer.
525 # unfiltered space, which means some hashes may be slightly longer.
526
526
527 minlength = max(minlength, 1)
527 minlength = max(minlength, 1)
528
528
529 def disambiguate(prefix):
529 def disambiguate(prefix):
530 """Disambiguate against revnums."""
530 """Disambiguate against revnums."""
531 if repo.ui.configbool(b'experimental', b'revisions.prefixhexnode'):
531 if repo.ui.configbool(b'experimental', b'revisions.prefixhexnode'):
532 if mayberevnum(repo, prefix):
532 if mayberevnum(repo, prefix):
533 return b'x' + prefix
533 return b'x' + prefix
534 else:
534 else:
535 return prefix
535 return prefix
536
536
537 hexnode = hex(node)
537 hexnode = hex(node)
538 for length in range(len(prefix), len(hexnode) + 1):
538 for length in range(len(prefix), len(hexnode) + 1):
539 prefix = hexnode[:length]
539 prefix = hexnode[:length]
540 if not mayberevnum(repo, prefix):
540 if not mayberevnum(repo, prefix):
541 return prefix
541 return prefix
542
542
543 cl = repo.unfiltered().changelog
543 cl = repo.unfiltered().changelog
544 revset = repo.ui.config(b'experimental', b'revisions.disambiguatewithin')
544 revset = repo.ui.config(b'experimental', b'revisions.disambiguatewithin')
545 if revset:
545 if revset:
546 revs = None
546 revs = None
547 if cache is not None:
547 if cache is not None:
548 revs = cache.get(b'disambiguationrevset')
548 revs = cache.get(b'disambiguationrevset')
549 if revs is None:
549 if revs is None:
550 revs = repo.anyrevs([revset], user=True)
550 revs = repo.anyrevs([revset], user=True)
551 if cache is not None:
551 if cache is not None:
552 cache[b'disambiguationrevset'] = revs
552 cache[b'disambiguationrevset'] = revs
553 if cl.rev(node) in revs:
553 if cl.rev(node) in revs:
554 hexnode = hex(node)
554 hexnode = hex(node)
555 nodetree = None
555 nodetree = None
556 if cache is not None:
556 if cache is not None:
557 nodetree = cache.get(b'disambiguationnodetree')
557 nodetree = cache.get(b'disambiguationnodetree')
558 is_invalidated = getattr(nodetree, 'is_invalidated', lambda: False)
558 is_invalidated = getattr(nodetree, 'is_invalidated', lambda: False)
559 if is_invalidated():
559 if is_invalidated():
560 nodetree = None
560 nodetree = None
561 if not nodetree:
561 if not nodetree:
562 if hasattr(parsers, 'nodetree') and isinstance(
562 if hasattr(parsers, 'nodetree') and isinstance(
563 cl.index, parsers.index
563 cl.index, parsers.index
564 ):
564 ):
565 index = cl.index
565 index = cl.index
566 nodetree = parsers.nodetree(index, len(revs))
566 nodetree = parsers.nodetree(index, len(revs))
567 elif getattr(cl.index, 'is_rust', False):
567 elif getattr(cl.index, 'is_rust', False):
568 nodetree = rustrevlog.NodeTree(cl.index)
568 nodetree = rustrevlog.NodeTree(cl.index)
569
569
570 if nodetree is not None:
570 if nodetree is not None:
571 for r in revs:
571 for r in revs:
572 nodetree.insert(r)
572 nodetree.insert(r)
573 if cache is not None:
573 if cache is not None:
574 cache[b'disambiguationnodetree'] = nodetree
574 cache[b'disambiguationnodetree'] = nodetree
575 length = max(nodetree.shortest(node), minlength)
575 length = max(nodetree.shortest(node), minlength)
576 prefix = hexnode[:length]
576 prefix = hexnode[:length]
577 return disambiguate(prefix)
577 return disambiguate(prefix)
578 for length in range(minlength, len(hexnode) + 1):
578 for length in range(minlength, len(hexnode) + 1):
579 matches = []
579 matches = []
580 prefix = hexnode[:length]
580 prefix = hexnode[:length]
581 for rev in revs:
581 for rev in revs:
582 otherhexnode = repo[rev].hex()
582 otherhexnode = repo[rev].hex()
583 if prefix == otherhexnode[:length]:
583 if prefix == otherhexnode[:length]:
584 matches.append(otherhexnode)
584 matches.append(otherhexnode)
585 if len(matches) == 1:
585 if len(matches) == 1:
586 return disambiguate(prefix)
586 return disambiguate(prefix)
587
587
588 try:
588 try:
589 return disambiguate(cl.shortest(node, minlength))
589 return disambiguate(cl.shortest(node, minlength))
590 except error.LookupError:
590 except error.LookupError:
591 raise error.RepoLookupError()
591 raise error.RepoLookupError()
592
592
593
593
594 def isrevsymbol(repo, symbol):
594 def isrevsymbol(repo, symbol):
595 """Checks if a symbol exists in the repo.
595 """Checks if a symbol exists in the repo.
596
596
597 See revsymbol() for details. Raises error.AmbiguousPrefixLookupError if the
597 See revsymbol() for details. Raises error.AmbiguousPrefixLookupError if the
598 symbol is an ambiguous nodeid prefix.
598 symbol is an ambiguous nodeid prefix.
599 """
599 """
600 try:
600 try:
601 revsymbol(repo, symbol)
601 revsymbol(repo, symbol)
602 return True
602 return True
603 except error.RepoLookupError:
603 except error.RepoLookupError:
604 return False
604 return False
605
605
606
606
607 def revsymbol(repo, symbol):
607 def revsymbol(repo, symbol):
608 """Returns a context given a single revision symbol (as string).
608 """Returns a context given a single revision symbol (as string).
609
609
610 This is similar to revsingle(), but accepts only a single revision symbol,
610 This is similar to revsingle(), but accepts only a single revision symbol,
611 i.e. things like ".", "tip", "1234", "deadbeef", "my-bookmark" work, but
611 i.e. things like ".", "tip", "1234", "deadbeef", "my-bookmark" work, but
612 not "max(public())".
612 not "max(public())".
613 """
613 """
614 if not isinstance(symbol, bytes):
614 if not isinstance(symbol, bytes):
615 msg = (
615 msg = (
616 b"symbol (%s of type %s) was not a string, did you mean "
616 b"symbol (%s of type %s) was not a string, did you mean "
617 b"repo[symbol]?" % (symbol, type(symbol))
617 b"repo[symbol]?" % (symbol, type(symbol))
618 )
618 )
619 raise error.ProgrammingError(msg)
619 raise error.ProgrammingError(msg)
620 try:
620 try:
621 if symbol in (b'.', b'tip', b'null'):
621 if symbol in (b'.', b'tip', b'null'):
622 return repo[symbol]
622 return repo[symbol]
623
623
624 try:
624 try:
625 r = int(symbol)
625 r = int(symbol)
626 if b'%d' % r != symbol:
626 if b'%d' % r != symbol:
627 raise ValueError
627 raise ValueError
628 l = len(repo.changelog)
628 l = len(repo.changelog)
629 if r < 0:
629 if r < 0:
630 r += l
630 r += l
631 if r < 0 or r >= l and r != wdirrev:
631 if r < 0 or r >= l and r != wdirrev:
632 raise ValueError
632 raise ValueError
633 return repo[r]
633 return repo[r]
634 except error.FilteredIndexError:
634 except error.FilteredIndexError:
635 raise
635 raise
636 except (ValueError, OverflowError, IndexError):
636 except (ValueError, OverflowError, IndexError):
637 pass
637 pass
638
638
639 if len(symbol) == 2 * repo.nodeconstants.nodelen:
639 if len(symbol) == 2 * repo.nodeconstants.nodelen:
640 try:
640 try:
641 node = bin(symbol)
641 node = bin(symbol)
642 rev = repo.changelog.rev(node)
642 rev = repo.changelog.rev(node)
643 return repo[rev]
643 return repo[rev]
644 except error.FilteredLookupError:
644 except error.FilteredLookupError:
645 raise
645 raise
646 except (binascii.Error, LookupError):
646 except (binascii.Error, LookupError):
647 pass
647 pass
648
648
649 # look up bookmarks through the name interface
649 # look up bookmarks through the name interface
650 try:
650 try:
651 node = repo.names.singlenode(repo, symbol)
651 node = repo.names.singlenode(repo, symbol)
652 rev = repo.changelog.rev(node)
652 rev = repo.changelog.rev(node)
653 return repo[rev]
653 return repo[rev]
654 except KeyError:
654 except KeyError:
655 pass
655 pass
656
656
657 node = resolvehexnodeidprefix(repo, symbol)
657 node = resolvehexnodeidprefix(repo, symbol)
658 if node is not None:
658 if node is not None:
659 rev = repo.changelog.rev(node)
659 rev = repo.changelog.rev(node)
660 return repo[rev]
660 return repo[rev]
661
661
662 raise error.RepoLookupError(_(b"unknown revision '%s'") % symbol)
662 raise error.RepoLookupError(_(b"unknown revision '%s'") % symbol)
663
663
664 except error.WdirUnsupported:
664 except error.WdirUnsupported:
665 return repo[None]
665 return repo[None]
666 except (
666 except (
667 error.FilteredIndexError,
667 error.FilteredIndexError,
668 error.FilteredLookupError,
668 error.FilteredLookupError,
669 error.FilteredRepoLookupError,
669 error.FilteredRepoLookupError,
670 ):
670 ):
671 raise _filterederror(repo, symbol)
671 raise _filterederror(repo, symbol)
672
672
673
673
674 def _filterederror(repo, changeid):
674 def _filterederror(repo, changeid):
675 """build an exception to be raised about a filtered changeid
675 """build an exception to be raised about a filtered changeid
676
676
677 This is extracted in a function to help extensions (eg: evolve) to
677 This is extracted in a function to help extensions (eg: evolve) to
678 experiment with various message variants."""
678 experiment with various message variants."""
679 if repo.filtername.startswith(b'visible'):
679 if repo.filtername.startswith(b'visible'):
680
680
681 # Check if the changeset is obsolete
681 # Check if the changeset is obsolete
682 unfilteredrepo = repo.unfiltered()
682 unfilteredrepo = repo.unfiltered()
683 ctx = revsymbol(unfilteredrepo, changeid)
683 ctx = revsymbol(unfilteredrepo, changeid)
684
684
685 # If the changeset is obsolete, enrich the message with the reason
685 # If the changeset is obsolete, enrich the message with the reason
686 # that made this changeset not visible
686 # that made this changeset not visible
687 if ctx.obsolete():
687 if ctx.obsolete():
688 msg = obsutil._getfilteredreason(repo, changeid, ctx)
688 msg = obsutil._getfilteredreason(repo, changeid, ctx)
689 else:
689 else:
690 msg = _(b"hidden revision '%s'") % changeid
690 msg = _(b"hidden revision '%s'") % changeid
691
691
692 hint = _(b'use --hidden to access hidden revisions')
692 hint = _(b'use --hidden to access hidden revisions')
693
693
694 return error.FilteredRepoLookupError(msg, hint=hint)
694 return error.FilteredRepoLookupError(msg, hint=hint)
695 msg = _(b"filtered revision '%s' (not in '%s' subset)")
695 msg = _(b"filtered revision '%s' (not in '%s' subset)")
696 msg %= (changeid, repo.filtername)
696 msg %= (changeid, repo.filtername)
697 return error.FilteredRepoLookupError(msg)
697 return error.FilteredRepoLookupError(msg)
698
698
699
699
700 def revsingle(repo, revspec, default=b'.', localalias=None):
700 def revsingle(repo, revspec, default=b'.', localalias=None):
701 if not revspec and revspec != 0:
701 if not revspec and revspec != 0:
702 return repo[default]
702 return repo[default]
703
703
704 l = revrange(repo, [revspec], localalias=localalias)
704 l = revrange(repo, [revspec], localalias=localalias)
705 if not l:
705 if not l:
706 raise error.InputError(_(b'empty revision set'))
706 raise error.InputError(_(b'empty revision set'))
707 return repo[l.last()]
707 return repo[l.last()]
708
708
709
709
710 def _pairspec(revspec):
710 def _pairspec(revspec):
711 tree = revsetlang.parse(revspec)
711 tree = revsetlang.parse(revspec)
712 return tree and tree[0] in (
712 return tree and tree[0] in (
713 b'range',
713 b'range',
714 b'rangepre',
714 b'rangepre',
715 b'rangepost',
715 b'rangepost',
716 b'rangeall',
716 b'rangeall',
717 )
717 )
718
718
719
719
720 def revpair(repo, revs):
720 def revpair(repo, revs):
721 if not revs:
721 if not revs:
722 return repo[b'.'], repo[None]
722 return repo[b'.'], repo[None]
723
723
724 l = revrange(repo, revs)
724 l = revrange(repo, revs)
725
725
726 if not l:
726 if not l:
727 raise error.InputError(_(b'empty revision range'))
727 raise error.InputError(_(b'empty revision range'))
728
728
729 first = l.first()
729 first = l.first()
730 second = l.last()
730 second = l.last()
731
731
732 if (
732 if (
733 first == second
733 first == second
734 and len(revs) >= 2
734 and len(revs) >= 2
735 and not all(revrange(repo, [r]) for r in revs)
735 and not all(revrange(repo, [r]) for r in revs)
736 ):
736 ):
737 raise error.InputError(_(b'empty revision on one side of range'))
737 raise error.InputError(_(b'empty revision on one side of range'))
738
738
739 # if top-level is range expression, the result must always be a pair
739 # if top-level is range expression, the result must always be a pair
740 if first == second and len(revs) == 1 and not _pairspec(revs[0]):
740 if first == second and len(revs) == 1 and not _pairspec(revs[0]):
741 return repo[first], repo[None]
741 return repo[first], repo[None]
742
742
743 return repo[first], repo[second]
743 return repo[first], repo[second]
744
744
745
745
746 def revrange(repo, specs, localalias=None):
746 def revrange(repo, specs, localalias=None):
747 """Execute 1 to many revsets and return the union.
747 """Execute 1 to many revsets and return the union.
748
748
749 This is the preferred mechanism for executing revsets using user-specified
749 This is the preferred mechanism for executing revsets using user-specified
750 config options, such as revset aliases.
750 config options, such as revset aliases.
751
751
752 The revsets specified by ``specs`` will be executed via a chained ``OR``
752 The revsets specified by ``specs`` will be executed via a chained ``OR``
753 expression. If ``specs`` is empty, an empty result is returned.
753 expression. If ``specs`` is empty, an empty result is returned.
754
754
755 ``specs`` can contain integers, in which case they are assumed to be
755 ``specs`` can contain integers, in which case they are assumed to be
756 revision numbers.
756 revision numbers.
757
757
758 It is assumed the revsets are already formatted. If you have arguments
758 It is assumed the revsets are already formatted. If you have arguments
759 that need to be expanded in the revset, call ``revsetlang.formatspec()``
759 that need to be expanded in the revset, call ``revsetlang.formatspec()``
760 and pass the result as an element of ``specs``.
760 and pass the result as an element of ``specs``.
761
761
762 Specifying a single revset is allowed.
762 Specifying a single revset is allowed.
763
763
764 Returns a ``smartset.abstractsmartset`` which is a list-like interface over
764 Returns a ``smartset.abstractsmartset`` which is a list-like interface over
765 integer revisions.
765 integer revisions.
766 """
766 """
767 allspecs = []
767 allspecs = []
768 for spec in specs:
768 for spec in specs:
769 if isinstance(spec, int):
769 if isinstance(spec, int):
770 spec = revsetlang.formatspec(b'%d', spec)
770 spec = revsetlang.formatspec(b'%d', spec)
771 allspecs.append(spec)
771 allspecs.append(spec)
772 return repo.anyrevs(allspecs, user=True, localalias=localalias)
772 return repo.anyrevs(allspecs, user=True, localalias=localalias)
773
773
774
774
775 def increasingwindows(windowsize=8, sizelimit=512):
775 def increasingwindows(windowsize=8, sizelimit=512):
776 while True:
776 while True:
777 yield windowsize
777 yield windowsize
778 if windowsize < sizelimit:
778 if windowsize < sizelimit:
779 windowsize *= 2
779 windowsize *= 2
780
780
781
781
782 def walkchangerevs(repo, revs, makefilematcher, prepare):
782 def walkchangerevs(repo, revs, makefilematcher, prepare):
783 """Iterate over files and the revs in a "windowed" way.
783 """Iterate over files and the revs in a "windowed" way.
784
784
785 Callers most commonly need to iterate backwards over the history
785 Callers most commonly need to iterate backwards over the history
786 in which they are interested. Doing so has awful (quadratic-looking)
786 in which they are interested. Doing so has awful (quadratic-looking)
787 performance, so we use iterators in a "windowed" way.
787 performance, so we use iterators in a "windowed" way.
788
788
789 We walk a window of revisions in the desired order. Within the
789 We walk a window of revisions in the desired order. Within the
790 window, we first walk forwards to gather data, then in the desired
790 window, we first walk forwards to gather data, then in the desired
791 order (usually backwards) to display it.
791 order (usually backwards) to display it.
792
792
793 This function returns an iterator yielding contexts. Before
793 This function returns an iterator yielding contexts. Before
794 yielding each context, the iterator will first call the prepare
794 yielding each context, the iterator will first call the prepare
795 function on each context in the window in forward order."""
795 function on each context in the window in forward order."""
796
796
797 if not revs:
797 if not revs:
798 return []
798 return []
799 change = repo.__getitem__
799 change = repo.__getitem__
800
800
801 def iterate():
801 def iterate():
802 it = iter(revs)
802 it = iter(revs)
803 stopiteration = False
803 stopiteration = False
804 for windowsize in increasingwindows():
804 for windowsize in increasingwindows():
805 nrevs = []
805 nrevs = []
806 for i in range(windowsize):
806 for i in range(windowsize):
807 rev = next(it, None)
807 rev = next(it, None)
808 if rev is None:
808 if rev is None:
809 stopiteration = True
809 stopiteration = True
810 break
810 break
811 nrevs.append(rev)
811 nrevs.append(rev)
812 for rev in sorted(nrevs):
812 for rev in sorted(nrevs):
813 ctx = change(rev)
813 ctx = change(rev)
814 prepare(ctx, makefilematcher(ctx))
814 prepare(ctx, makefilematcher(ctx))
815 for rev in nrevs:
815 for rev in nrevs:
816 yield change(rev)
816 yield change(rev)
817
817
818 if stopiteration:
818 if stopiteration:
819 break
819 break
820
820
821 return iterate()
821 return iterate()
822
822
823
823
824 def meaningfulparents(repo, ctx):
824 def meaningfulparents(repo, ctx):
825 """Return list of meaningful (or all if debug) parentrevs for rev.
825 """Return list of meaningful (or all if debug) parentrevs for rev.
826
826
827 For merges (two non-nullrev revisions) both parents are meaningful.
827 For merges (two non-nullrev revisions) both parents are meaningful.
828 Otherwise the first parent revision is considered meaningful if it
828 Otherwise the first parent revision is considered meaningful if it
829 is not the preceding revision.
829 is not the preceding revision.
830 """
830 """
831 parents = ctx.parents()
831 parents = ctx.parents()
832 if len(parents) > 1:
832 if len(parents) > 1:
833 return parents
833 return parents
834 if repo.ui.debugflag:
834 if repo.ui.debugflag:
835 return [parents[0], repo[nullrev]]
835 return [parents[0], repo[nullrev]]
836 if parents[0].rev() >= intrev(ctx) - 1:
836 if parents[0].rev() >= intrev(ctx) - 1:
837 return []
837 return []
838 return parents
838 return parents
839
839
840
840
841 def getuipathfn(repo, legacyrelativevalue=False, forcerelativevalue=None):
841 def getuipathfn(repo, legacyrelativevalue=False, forcerelativevalue=None):
842 """Return a function that produced paths for presenting to the user.
842 """Return a function that produced paths for presenting to the user.
843
843
844 The returned function takes a repo-relative path and produces a path
844 The returned function takes a repo-relative path and produces a path
845 that can be presented in the UI.
845 that can be presented in the UI.
846
846
847 Depending on the value of ui.relative-paths, either a repo-relative or
847 Depending on the value of ui.relative-paths, either a repo-relative or
848 cwd-relative path will be produced.
848 cwd-relative path will be produced.
849
849
850 legacyrelativevalue is the value to use if ui.relative-paths=legacy
850 legacyrelativevalue is the value to use if ui.relative-paths=legacy
851
851
852 If forcerelativevalue is not None, then that value will be used regardless
852 If forcerelativevalue is not None, then that value will be used regardless
853 of what ui.relative-paths is set to.
853 of what ui.relative-paths is set to.
854 """
854 """
855 if forcerelativevalue is not None:
855 if forcerelativevalue is not None:
856 relative = forcerelativevalue
856 relative = forcerelativevalue
857 else:
857 else:
858 config = repo.ui.config(b'ui', b'relative-paths')
858 config = repo.ui.config(b'ui', b'relative-paths')
859 if config == b'legacy':
859 if config == b'legacy':
860 relative = legacyrelativevalue
860 relative = legacyrelativevalue
861 else:
861 else:
862 relative = stringutil.parsebool(config)
862 relative = stringutil.parsebool(config)
863 if relative is None:
863 if relative is None:
864 raise error.ConfigError(
864 raise error.ConfigError(
865 _(b"ui.relative-paths is not a boolean ('%s')") % config
865 _(b"ui.relative-paths is not a boolean ('%s')") % config
866 )
866 )
867
867
868 if relative:
868 if relative:
869 cwd = repo.getcwd()
869 cwd = repo.getcwd()
870 if cwd != b'':
870 if cwd != b'':
871 # this branch would work even if cwd == b'' (ie cwd = repo
871 # this branch would work even if cwd == b'' (ie cwd = repo
872 # root), but its generality makes the returned function slower
872 # root), but its generality makes the returned function slower
873 pathto = repo.pathto
873 pathto = repo.pathto
874 return lambda f: pathto(f, cwd)
874 return lambda f: pathto(f, cwd)
875 if repo.ui.configbool(b'ui', b'slash'):
875 if repo.ui.configbool(b'ui', b'slash'):
876 return lambda f: f
876 return lambda f: f
877 else:
877 else:
878 return util.localpath
878 return util.localpath
879
879
880
880
881 def subdiruipathfn(subpath, uipathfn):
881 def subdiruipathfn(subpath, uipathfn):
882 '''Create a new uipathfn that treats the file as relative to subpath.'''
882 '''Create a new uipathfn that treats the file as relative to subpath.'''
883 return lambda f: uipathfn(posixpath.join(subpath, f))
883 return lambda f: uipathfn(posixpath.join(subpath, f))
884
884
885
885
886 def anypats(pats, opts):
886 def anypats(pats, opts):
887 """Checks if any patterns, including --include and --exclude were given.
887 """Checks if any patterns, including --include and --exclude were given.
888
888
889 Some commands (e.g. addremove) use this condition for deciding whether to
889 Some commands (e.g. addremove) use this condition for deciding whether to
890 print absolute or relative paths.
890 print absolute or relative paths.
891 """
891 """
892 return bool(pats or opts.get(b'include') or opts.get(b'exclude'))
892 return bool(pats or opts.get(b'include') or opts.get(b'exclude'))
893
893
894
894
895 def expandpats(pats):
895 def expandpats(pats):
896 """Expand bare globs when running on windows.
896 """Expand bare globs when running on windows.
897 On posix we assume it already has already been done by sh."""
897 On posix we assume it already has already been done by sh."""
898 if not util.expandglobs:
898 if not util.expandglobs:
899 return list(pats)
899 return list(pats)
900 ret = []
900 ret = []
901 for kindpat in pats:
901 for kindpat in pats:
902 kind, pat = matchmod._patsplit(kindpat, None)
902 kind, pat = matchmod._patsplit(kindpat, None)
903 if kind is None:
903 if kind is None:
904 try:
904 try:
905 globbed = glob.glob(pat)
905 globbed = glob.glob(pat)
906 except re.error:
906 except re.error:
907 globbed = [pat]
907 globbed = [pat]
908 if globbed:
908 if globbed:
909 ret.extend(globbed)
909 ret.extend(globbed)
910 continue
910 continue
911 ret.append(kindpat)
911 ret.append(kindpat)
912 return ret
912 return ret
913
913
914
914
915 def matchandpats(
915 def matchandpats(
916 ctx, pats=(), opts=None, globbed=False, default=b'relpath', badfn=None
916 ctx, pats=(), opts=None, globbed=False, default=b'relpath', badfn=None
917 ):
917 ):
918 """Return a matcher and the patterns that were used.
918 """Return a matcher and the patterns that were used.
919 The matcher will warn about bad matches, unless an alternate badfn callback
919 The matcher will warn about bad matches, unless an alternate badfn callback
920 is provided."""
920 is provided."""
921 if opts is None:
921 if opts is None:
922 opts = {}
922 opts = {}
923 if not globbed and default == b'relpath':
923 if not globbed and default == b'relpath':
924 pats = expandpats(pats or [])
924 pats = expandpats(pats or [])
925
925
926 uipathfn = getuipathfn(ctx.repo(), legacyrelativevalue=True)
926 uipathfn = getuipathfn(ctx.repo(), legacyrelativevalue=True)
927
927
928 def bad(f, msg):
928 def bad(f, msg):
929 ctx.repo().ui.warn(b"%s: %s\n" % (uipathfn(f), msg))
929 ctx.repo().ui.warn(b"%s: %s\n" % (uipathfn(f), msg))
930
930
931 if badfn is None:
931 if badfn is None:
932 badfn = bad
932 badfn = bad
933
933
934 m = ctx.match(
934 m = ctx.match(
935 pats,
935 pats,
936 opts.get(b'include'),
936 opts.get(b'include'),
937 opts.get(b'exclude'),
937 opts.get(b'exclude'),
938 default,
938 default,
939 listsubrepos=opts.get(b'subrepos'),
939 listsubrepos=opts.get(b'subrepos'),
940 badfn=badfn,
940 badfn=badfn,
941 )
941 )
942
942
943 if m.always():
943 if m.always():
944 pats = []
944 pats = []
945 return m, pats
945 return m, pats
946
946
947
947
948 def match(
948 def match(
949 ctx, pats=(), opts=None, globbed=False, default=b'relpath', badfn=None
949 ctx, pats=(), opts=None, globbed=False, default=b'relpath', badfn=None
950 ):
950 ):
951 '''Return a matcher that will warn about bad matches.'''
951 '''Return a matcher that will warn about bad matches.'''
952 return matchandpats(ctx, pats, opts, globbed, default, badfn=badfn)[0]
952 return matchandpats(ctx, pats, opts, globbed, default, badfn=badfn)[0]
953
953
954
954
955 def matchall(repo):
955 def matchall(repo):
956 '''Return a matcher that will efficiently match everything.'''
956 '''Return a matcher that will efficiently match everything.'''
957 return matchmod.always()
957 return matchmod.always()
958
958
959
959
960 def matchfiles(repo, files, badfn=None):
960 def matchfiles(repo, files, badfn=None):
961 '''Return a matcher that will efficiently match exactly these files.'''
961 '''Return a matcher that will efficiently match exactly these files.'''
962 return matchmod.exact(files, badfn=badfn)
962 return matchmod.exact(files, badfn=badfn)
963
963
964
964
965 def parsefollowlinespattern(repo, rev, pat, msg):
965 def parsefollowlinespattern(repo, rev, pat, msg):
966 """Return a file name from `pat` pattern suitable for usage in followlines
966 """Return a file name from `pat` pattern suitable for usage in followlines
967 logic.
967 logic.
968 """
968 """
969 if not matchmod.patkind(pat):
969 if not matchmod.patkind(pat):
970 return pathutil.canonpath(repo.root, repo.getcwd(), pat)
970 return pathutil.canonpath(repo.root, repo.getcwd(), pat)
971 else:
971 else:
972 ctx = repo[rev]
972 ctx = repo[rev]
973 m = matchmod.match(repo.root, repo.getcwd(), [pat], ctx=ctx)
973 m = matchmod.match(repo.root, repo.getcwd(), [pat], ctx=ctx)
974 files = [f for f in ctx if m(f)]
974 files = [f for f in ctx if m(f)]
975 if len(files) != 1:
975 if len(files) != 1:
976 raise error.ParseError(msg)
976 raise error.ParseError(msg)
977 return files[0]
977 return files[0]
978
978
979
979
980 def getorigvfs(ui, repo):
980 def getorigvfs(ui, repo):
981 """return a vfs suitable to save 'orig' file
981 """return a vfs suitable to save 'orig' file
982
982
983 return None if no special directory is configured"""
983 return None if no special directory is configured"""
984 origbackuppath = ui.config(b'ui', b'origbackuppath')
984 origbackuppath = ui.config(b'ui', b'origbackuppath')
985 if not origbackuppath:
985 if not origbackuppath:
986 return None
986 return None
987 return vfs.vfs(repo.wvfs.join(origbackuppath))
987 return vfs.vfs(repo.wvfs.join(origbackuppath))
988
988
989
989
990 def backuppath(ui, repo, filepath):
990 def backuppath(ui, repo, filepath):
991 """customize where working copy backup files (.orig files) are created
991 """customize where working copy backup files (.orig files) are created
992
992
993 Fetch user defined path from config file: [ui] origbackuppath = <path>
993 Fetch user defined path from config file: [ui] origbackuppath = <path>
994 Fall back to default (filepath with .orig suffix) if not specified
994 Fall back to default (filepath with .orig suffix) if not specified
995
995
996 filepath is repo-relative
996 filepath is repo-relative
997
997
998 Returns an absolute path
998 Returns an absolute path
999 """
999 """
1000 origvfs = getorigvfs(ui, repo)
1000 origvfs = getorigvfs(ui, repo)
1001 if origvfs is None:
1001 if origvfs is None:
1002 return repo.wjoin(filepath + b".orig")
1002 return repo.wjoin(filepath + b".orig")
1003
1003
1004 origbackupdir = origvfs.dirname(filepath)
1004 origbackupdir = origvfs.dirname(filepath)
1005 if not origvfs.isdir(origbackupdir) or origvfs.islink(origbackupdir):
1005 if not origvfs.isdir(origbackupdir) or origvfs.islink(origbackupdir):
1006 ui.note(_(b'creating directory: %s\n') % origvfs.join(origbackupdir))
1006 ui.note(_(b'creating directory: %s\n') % origvfs.join(origbackupdir))
1007
1007
1008 # Remove any files that conflict with the backup file's path
1008 # Remove any files that conflict with the backup file's path
1009 for f in reversed(list(pathutil.finddirs(filepath))):
1009 for f in reversed(list(pathutil.finddirs(filepath))):
1010 if origvfs.isfileorlink(f):
1010 if origvfs.isfileorlink(f):
1011 ui.note(_(b'removing conflicting file: %s\n') % origvfs.join(f))
1011 ui.note(_(b'removing conflicting file: %s\n') % origvfs.join(f))
1012 origvfs.unlink(f)
1012 origvfs.unlink(f)
1013 break
1013 break
1014
1014
1015 origvfs.makedirs(origbackupdir)
1015 origvfs.makedirs(origbackupdir)
1016
1016
1017 if origvfs.isdir(filepath) and not origvfs.islink(filepath):
1017 if origvfs.isdir(filepath) and not origvfs.islink(filepath):
1018 ui.note(
1018 ui.note(
1019 _(b'removing conflicting directory: %s\n') % origvfs.join(filepath)
1019 _(b'removing conflicting directory: %s\n') % origvfs.join(filepath)
1020 )
1020 )
1021 origvfs.rmtree(filepath, forcibly=True)
1021 origvfs.rmtree(filepath, forcibly=True)
1022
1022
1023 return origvfs.join(filepath)
1023 return origvfs.join(filepath)
1024
1024
1025
1025
1026 class _containsnode:
1026 class _containsnode:
1027 """proxy __contains__(node) to container.__contains__ which accepts revs"""
1027 """proxy __contains__(node) to container.__contains__ which accepts revs"""
1028
1028
1029 def __init__(self, repo, revcontainer):
1029 def __init__(self, repo, revcontainer):
1030 self._torev = repo.changelog.rev
1030 self._torev = repo.changelog.rev
1031 self._revcontains = revcontainer.__contains__
1031 self._revcontains = revcontainer.__contains__
1032
1032
1033 def __contains__(self, node):
1033 def __contains__(self, node):
1034 return self._revcontains(self._torev(node))
1034 return self._revcontains(self._torev(node))
1035
1035
1036
1036
1037 def cleanupnodes(
1037 def cleanupnodes(
1038 repo,
1038 repo,
1039 replacements,
1039 replacements,
1040 operation,
1040 operation,
1041 moves=None,
1041 moves=None,
1042 metadata=None,
1042 metadata=None,
1043 fixphase=False,
1043 fixphase=False,
1044 targetphase=None,
1044 targetphase=None,
1045 backup=True,
1045 backup=True,
1046 ):
1046 ):
1047 """do common cleanups when old nodes are replaced by new nodes
1047 """do common cleanups when old nodes are replaced by new nodes
1048
1048
1049 That includes writing obsmarkers or stripping nodes, and moving bookmarks.
1049 That includes writing obsmarkers or stripping nodes, and moving bookmarks.
1050 (we might also want to move working directory parent in the future)
1050 (we might also want to move working directory parent in the future)
1051
1051
1052 By default, bookmark moves are calculated automatically from 'replacements',
1052 By default, bookmark moves are calculated automatically from 'replacements',
1053 but 'moves' can be used to override that. Also, 'moves' may include
1053 but 'moves' can be used to override that. Also, 'moves' may include
1054 additional bookmark moves that should not have associated obsmarkers.
1054 additional bookmark moves that should not have associated obsmarkers.
1055
1055
1056 replacements is {oldnode: [newnode]} or a iterable of nodes if they do not
1056 replacements is {oldnode: [newnode]} or a iterable of nodes if they do not
1057 have replacements. operation is a string, like "rebase".
1057 have replacements. operation is a string, like "rebase".
1058
1058
1059 metadata is dictionary containing metadata to be stored in obsmarker if
1059 metadata is dictionary containing metadata to be stored in obsmarker if
1060 obsolescence is enabled.
1060 obsolescence is enabled.
1061 """
1061 """
1062 assert fixphase or targetphase is None
1062 assert fixphase or targetphase is None
1063 if not replacements and not moves:
1063 if not replacements and not moves:
1064 return
1064 return
1065
1065
1066 # translate mapping's other forms
1066 # translate mapping's other forms
1067 if not hasattr(replacements, 'items'):
1067 if not hasattr(replacements, 'items'):
1068 replacements = {(n,): () for n in replacements}
1068 replacements = {(n,): () for n in replacements}
1069 else:
1069 else:
1070 # upgrading non tuple "source" to tuple ones for BC
1070 # upgrading non tuple "source" to tuple ones for BC
1071 repls = {}
1071 repls = {}
1072 for key, value in replacements.items():
1072 for key, value in replacements.items():
1073 if not isinstance(key, tuple):
1073 if not isinstance(key, tuple):
1074 key = (key,)
1074 key = (key,)
1075 repls[key] = value
1075 repls[key] = value
1076 replacements = repls
1076 replacements = repls
1077
1077
1078 # Unfiltered repo is needed since nodes in replacements might be hidden.
1078 # Unfiltered repo is needed since nodes in replacements might be hidden.
1079 unfi = repo.unfiltered()
1079 unfi = repo.unfiltered()
1080
1080
1081 # Calculate bookmark movements
1081 # Calculate bookmark movements
1082 if moves is None:
1082 if moves is None:
1083 moves = {}
1083 moves = {}
1084 for oldnodes, newnodes in replacements.items():
1084 for oldnodes, newnodes in replacements.items():
1085 for oldnode in oldnodes:
1085 for oldnode in oldnodes:
1086 if oldnode in moves:
1086 if oldnode in moves:
1087 continue
1087 continue
1088 if len(newnodes) > 1:
1088 if len(newnodes) > 1:
1089 # usually a split, take the one with biggest rev number
1089 # usually a split, take the one with biggest rev number
1090 newnode = next(unfi.set(b'max(%ln)', newnodes)).node()
1090 newnode = next(unfi.set(b'max(%ln)', newnodes)).node()
1091 elif len(newnodes) == 0:
1091 elif len(newnodes) == 0:
1092 # move bookmark backwards
1092 # move bookmark backwards
1093 allreplaced = []
1093 allreplaced = []
1094 for rep in replacements:
1094 for rep in replacements:
1095 allreplaced.extend(rep)
1095 allreplaced.extend(rep)
1096 roots = list(
1096 roots = list(
1097 unfi.set(b'max((::%n) - %ln)', oldnode, allreplaced)
1097 unfi.set(b'max((::%n) - %ln)', oldnode, allreplaced)
1098 )
1098 )
1099 if roots:
1099 if roots:
1100 newnode = roots[0].node()
1100 newnode = roots[0].node()
1101 else:
1101 else:
1102 newnode = repo.nullid
1102 newnode = repo.nullid
1103 else:
1103 else:
1104 newnode = newnodes[0]
1104 newnode = newnodes[0]
1105 moves[oldnode] = newnode
1105 moves[oldnode] = newnode
1106
1106
1107 allnewnodes = [n for ns in replacements.values() for n in ns]
1107 allnewnodes = [n for ns in replacements.values() for n in ns]
1108 toretract = {}
1108 toretract = {}
1109 toadvance = {}
1109 toadvance = {}
1110 if fixphase:
1110 if fixphase:
1111 precursors = {}
1111 precursors = {}
1112 for oldnodes, newnodes in replacements.items():
1112 for oldnodes, newnodes in replacements.items():
1113 for oldnode in oldnodes:
1113 for oldnode in oldnodes:
1114 for newnode in newnodes:
1114 for newnode in newnodes:
1115 precursors.setdefault(newnode, []).append(oldnode)
1115 precursors.setdefault(newnode, []).append(oldnode)
1116
1116
1117 allnewnodes.sort(key=lambda n: unfi[n].rev())
1117 allnewnodes.sort(key=lambda n: unfi[n].rev())
1118 newphases = {}
1118 newphases = {}
1119
1119
1120 def phase(ctx):
1120 def phase(ctx):
1121 return newphases.get(ctx.node(), ctx.phase())
1121 return newphases.get(ctx.node(), ctx.phase())
1122
1122
1123 for newnode in allnewnodes:
1123 for newnode in allnewnodes:
1124 ctx = unfi[newnode]
1124 ctx = unfi[newnode]
1125 parentphase = max(phase(p) for p in ctx.parents())
1125 parentphase = max(phase(p) for p in ctx.parents())
1126 if targetphase is None:
1126 if targetphase is None:
1127 oldphase = max(
1127 oldphase = max(
1128 unfi[oldnode].phase() for oldnode in precursors[newnode]
1128 unfi[oldnode].phase() for oldnode in precursors[newnode]
1129 )
1129 )
1130 newphase = max(oldphase, parentphase)
1130 newphase = max(oldphase, parentphase)
1131 else:
1131 else:
1132 newphase = max(targetphase, parentphase)
1132 newphase = max(targetphase, parentphase)
1133 newphases[newnode] = newphase
1133 newphases[newnode] = newphase
1134 if newphase > ctx.phase():
1134 if newphase > ctx.phase():
1135 toretract.setdefault(newphase, []).append(newnode)
1135 toretract.setdefault(newphase, []).append(newnode)
1136 elif newphase < ctx.phase():
1136 elif newphase < ctx.phase():
1137 toadvance.setdefault(newphase, []).append(newnode)
1137 toadvance.setdefault(newphase, []).append(newnode)
1138
1138
1139 with repo.transaction(b'cleanup') as tr:
1139 with repo.transaction(b'cleanup') as tr:
1140 # Move bookmarks
1140 # Move bookmarks
1141 bmarks = repo._bookmarks
1141 bmarks = repo._bookmarks
1142 bmarkchanges = []
1142 bmarkchanges = []
1143 for oldnode, newnode in moves.items():
1143 for oldnode, newnode in moves.items():
1144 oldbmarks = repo.nodebookmarks(oldnode)
1144 oldbmarks = repo.nodebookmarks(oldnode)
1145 if not oldbmarks:
1145 if not oldbmarks:
1146 continue
1146 continue
1147 from . import bookmarks # avoid import cycle
1147 from . import bookmarks # avoid import cycle
1148
1148
1149 repo.ui.debug(
1149 repo.ui.debug(
1150 b'moving bookmarks %r from %s to %s\n'
1150 b'moving bookmarks %r from %s to %s\n'
1151 % (
1151 % (
1152 pycompat.rapply(pycompat.maybebytestr, oldbmarks),
1152 pycompat.rapply(pycompat.maybebytestr, oldbmarks),
1153 hex(oldnode),
1153 hex(oldnode),
1154 hex(newnode),
1154 hex(newnode),
1155 )
1155 )
1156 )
1156 )
1157 # Delete divergent bookmarks being parents of related newnodes
1157 # Delete divergent bookmarks being parents of related newnodes
1158 deleterevs = repo.revs(
1158 deleterevs = repo.revs(
1159 b'parents(roots(%ln & (::%n))) - parents(%n)',
1159 b'parents(roots(%ln & (::%n))) - parents(%n)',
1160 allnewnodes,
1160 allnewnodes,
1161 newnode,
1161 newnode,
1162 oldnode,
1162 oldnode,
1163 )
1163 )
1164 deletenodes = _containsnode(repo, deleterevs)
1164 deletenodes = _containsnode(repo, deleterevs)
1165 for name in oldbmarks:
1165 for name in oldbmarks:
1166 bmarkchanges.append((name, newnode))
1166 bmarkchanges.append((name, newnode))
1167 for b in bookmarks.divergent2delete(repo, deletenodes, name):
1167 for b in bookmarks.divergent2delete(repo, deletenodes, name):
1168 bmarkchanges.append((b, None))
1168 bmarkchanges.append((b, None))
1169
1169
1170 if bmarkchanges:
1170 if bmarkchanges:
1171 bmarks.applychanges(repo, tr, bmarkchanges)
1171 bmarks.applychanges(repo, tr, bmarkchanges)
1172
1172
1173 for phase, nodes in toretract.items():
1173 for phase, nodes in toretract.items():
1174 phases.retractboundary(repo, tr, phase, nodes)
1174 phases.retractboundary(repo, tr, phase, nodes)
1175 for phase, nodes in toadvance.items():
1175 for phase, nodes in toadvance.items():
1176 phases.advanceboundary(repo, tr, phase, nodes)
1176 phases.advanceboundary(repo, tr, phase, nodes)
1177
1177
1178 mayusearchived = repo.ui.config(b'experimental', b'cleanup-as-archived')
1178 mayusearchived = repo.ui.config(b'experimental', b'cleanup-as-archived')
1179 # Obsolete or strip nodes
1179 # Obsolete or strip nodes
1180 if obsolete.isenabled(repo, obsolete.createmarkersopt):
1180 if obsolete.isenabled(repo, obsolete.createmarkersopt):
1181 # If a node is already obsoleted, and we want to obsolete it
1181 # If a node is already obsoleted, and we want to obsolete it
1182 # without a successor, skip that obssolete request since it's
1182 # without a successor, skip that obssolete request since it's
1183 # unnecessary. That's the "if s or not isobs(n)" check below.
1183 # unnecessary. That's the "if s or not isobs(n)" check below.
1184 # Also sort the node in topology order, that might be useful for
1184 # Also sort the node in topology order, that might be useful for
1185 # some obsstore logic.
1185 # some obsstore logic.
1186 # NOTE: the sorting might belong to createmarkers.
1186 # NOTE: the sorting might belong to createmarkers.
1187 torev = unfi.changelog.rev
1187 torev = unfi.changelog.rev
1188 sortfunc = lambda ns: torev(ns[0][0])
1188 sortfunc = lambda ns: torev(ns[0][0])
1189 rels = []
1189 rels = []
1190 for ns, s in sorted(replacements.items(), key=sortfunc):
1190 for ns, s in sorted(replacements.items(), key=sortfunc):
1191 rel = (tuple(unfi[n] for n in ns), tuple(unfi[m] for m in s))
1191 rel = (tuple(unfi[n] for n in ns), tuple(unfi[m] for m in s))
1192 rels.append(rel)
1192 rels.append(rel)
1193 if rels:
1193 if rels:
1194 obsolete.createmarkers(
1194 obsolete.createmarkers(
1195 repo, rels, operation=operation, metadata=metadata
1195 repo, rels, operation=operation, metadata=metadata
1196 )
1196 )
1197 elif phases.supportarchived(repo) and mayusearchived:
1197 elif phases.supportarchived(repo) and mayusearchived:
1198 # this assume we do not have "unstable" nodes above the cleaned ones
1198 # this assume we do not have "unstable" nodes above the cleaned ones
1199 allreplaced = set()
1199 allreplaced = set()
1200 for ns in replacements.keys():
1200 for ns in replacements.keys():
1201 allreplaced.update(ns)
1201 allreplaced.update(ns)
1202 if backup:
1202 if backup:
1203 from . import repair # avoid import cycle
1203 from . import repair # avoid import cycle
1204
1204
1205 node = min(allreplaced, key=repo.changelog.rev)
1205 node = min(allreplaced, key=repo.changelog.rev)
1206 repair.backupbundle(
1206 repair.backupbundle(
1207 repo, allreplaced, allreplaced, node, operation
1207 repo, allreplaced, allreplaced, node, operation
1208 )
1208 )
1209 phases.retractboundary(repo, tr, phases.archived, allreplaced)
1209 phases.retractboundary(repo, tr, phases.archived, allreplaced)
1210 else:
1210 else:
1211 from . import repair # avoid import cycle
1211 from . import repair # avoid import cycle
1212
1212
1213 tostrip = list(n for ns in replacements for n in ns)
1213 tostrip = list(n for ns in replacements for n in ns)
1214 if tostrip:
1214 if tostrip:
1215 repair.delayedstrip(
1215 repair.delayedstrip(
1216 repo.ui, repo, tostrip, operation, backup=backup
1216 repo.ui, repo, tostrip, operation, backup=backup
1217 )
1217 )
1218
1218
1219
1219
1220 def addremove(repo, matcher, prefix, uipathfn, opts=None, open_tr=None):
1220 def addremove(repo, matcher, prefix, uipathfn, opts=None, open_tr=None):
1221 if opts is None:
1221 if opts is None:
1222 opts = {}
1222 opts = {}
1223 m = matcher
1223 m = matcher
1224 dry_run = opts.get(b'dry_run')
1224 dry_run = opts.get(b'dry_run')
1225 try:
1225 try:
1226 similarity = float(opts.get(b'similarity') or 0)
1226 similarity = float(opts.get(b'similarity') or 0)
1227 except ValueError:
1227 except ValueError:
1228 raise error.InputError(_(b'similarity must be a number'))
1228 raise error.InputError(_(b'similarity must be a number'))
1229 if similarity < 0 or similarity > 100:
1229 if similarity < 0 or similarity > 100:
1230 raise error.InputError(_(b'similarity must be between 0 and 100'))
1230 raise error.InputError(_(b'similarity must be between 0 and 100'))
1231 similarity /= 100.0
1231 similarity /= 100.0
1232
1232
1233 ret = 0
1233 ret = 0
1234
1234
1235 wctx = repo[None]
1235 wctx = repo[None]
1236 for subpath in sorted(wctx.substate):
1236 for subpath in sorted(wctx.substate):
1237 submatch = matchmod.subdirmatcher(subpath, m)
1237 submatch = matchmod.subdirmatcher(subpath, m)
1238 if opts.get(b'subrepos') or m.exact(subpath) or any(submatch.files()):
1238 if opts.get(b'subrepos') or m.exact(subpath) or any(submatch.files()):
1239 sub = wctx.sub(subpath)
1239 sub = wctx.sub(subpath)
1240 subprefix = repo.wvfs.reljoin(prefix, subpath)
1240 subprefix = repo.wvfs.reljoin(prefix, subpath)
1241 subuipathfn = subdiruipathfn(subpath, uipathfn)
1241 subuipathfn = subdiruipathfn(subpath, uipathfn)
1242 try:
1242 try:
1243 if sub.addremove(submatch, subprefix, subuipathfn, opts):
1243 if sub.addremove(submatch, subprefix, subuipathfn, opts):
1244 ret = 1
1244 ret = 1
1245 except error.LookupError:
1245 except error.LookupError:
1246 repo.ui.status(
1246 repo.ui.status(
1247 _(b"skipping missing subrepository: %s\n")
1247 _(b"skipping missing subrepository: %s\n")
1248 % uipathfn(subpath)
1248 % uipathfn(subpath)
1249 )
1249 )
1250
1250
1251 rejected = []
1251 rejected = []
1252
1252
1253 def badfn(f, msg):
1253 def badfn(f, msg):
1254 if f in m.files():
1254 if f in m.files():
1255 m.bad(f, msg)
1255 m.bad(f, msg)
1256 rejected.append(f)
1256 rejected.append(f)
1257
1257
1258 badmatch = matchmod.badmatch(m, badfn)
1258 badmatch = matchmod.badmatch(m, badfn)
1259 added, unknown, deleted, removed, forgotten = _interestingfiles(
1259 added, unknown, deleted, removed, forgotten = _interestingfiles(
1260 repo, badmatch
1260 repo, badmatch
1261 )
1261 )
1262
1262
1263 unknownset = set(unknown + forgotten)
1263 unknownset = set(unknown + forgotten)
1264 toprint = unknownset.copy()
1264 toprint = unknownset.copy()
1265 toprint.update(deleted)
1265 toprint.update(deleted)
1266 for abs in sorted(toprint):
1266 for abs in sorted(toprint):
1267 if repo.ui.verbose or not m.exact(abs):
1267 if repo.ui.verbose or not m.exact(abs):
1268 if abs in unknownset:
1268 if abs in unknownset:
1269 status = _(b'adding %s\n') % uipathfn(abs)
1269 status = _(b'adding %s\n') % uipathfn(abs)
1270 label = b'ui.addremove.added'
1270 label = b'ui.addremove.added'
1271 else:
1271 else:
1272 status = _(b'removing %s\n') % uipathfn(abs)
1272 status = _(b'removing %s\n') % uipathfn(abs)
1273 label = b'ui.addremove.removed'
1273 label = b'ui.addremove.removed'
1274 repo.ui.status(status, label=label)
1274 repo.ui.status(status, label=label)
1275
1275
1276 renames = _findrenames(
1276 renames = _findrenames(
1277 repo, m, added + unknown, removed + deleted, similarity, uipathfn
1277 repo, m, added + unknown, removed + deleted, similarity, uipathfn
1278 )
1278 )
1279
1279
1280 if not dry_run and (unknown or forgotten or deleted or renames):
1280 if not dry_run and (unknown or forgotten or deleted or renames):
1281 if open_tr is not None:
1281 if open_tr is not None:
1282 open_tr()
1282 open_tr()
1283 _markchanges(repo, unknown + forgotten, deleted, renames)
1283 _markchanges(repo, unknown + forgotten, deleted, renames)
1284
1284
1285 for f in rejected:
1285 for f in rejected:
1286 if f in m.files():
1286 if f in m.files():
1287 return 1
1287 return 1
1288 return ret
1288 return ret
1289
1289
1290
1290
1291 def marktouched(repo, files, similarity=0.0):
1291 def marktouched(repo, files, similarity=0.0):
1292 """Assert that files have somehow been operated upon. files are relative to
1292 """Assert that files have somehow been operated upon. files are relative to
1293 the repo root."""
1293 the repo root."""
1294 m = matchfiles(repo, files, badfn=lambda x, y: rejected.append(x))
1294 m = matchfiles(repo, files, badfn=lambda x, y: rejected.append(x))
1295 rejected = []
1295 rejected = []
1296
1296
1297 added, unknown, deleted, removed, forgotten = _interestingfiles(repo, m)
1297 added, unknown, deleted, removed, forgotten = _interestingfiles(repo, m)
1298
1298
1299 if repo.ui.verbose:
1299 if repo.ui.verbose:
1300 unknownset = set(unknown + forgotten)
1300 unknownset = set(unknown + forgotten)
1301 toprint = unknownset.copy()
1301 toprint = unknownset.copy()
1302 toprint.update(deleted)
1302 toprint.update(deleted)
1303 for abs in sorted(toprint):
1303 for abs in sorted(toprint):
1304 if abs in unknownset:
1304 if abs in unknownset:
1305 status = _(b'adding %s\n') % abs
1305 status = _(b'adding %s\n') % abs
1306 else:
1306 else:
1307 status = _(b'removing %s\n') % abs
1307 status = _(b'removing %s\n') % abs
1308 repo.ui.status(status)
1308 repo.ui.status(status)
1309
1309
1310 # TODO: We should probably have the caller pass in uipathfn and apply it to
1310 # TODO: We should probably have the caller pass in uipathfn and apply it to
1311 # the messages above too. legacyrelativevalue=True is consistent with how
1311 # the messages above too. legacyrelativevalue=True is consistent with how
1312 # it used to work.
1312 # it used to work.
1313 uipathfn = getuipathfn(repo, legacyrelativevalue=True)
1313 uipathfn = getuipathfn(repo, legacyrelativevalue=True)
1314 renames = _findrenames(
1314 renames = _findrenames(
1315 repo, m, added + unknown, removed + deleted, similarity, uipathfn
1315 repo, m, added + unknown, removed + deleted, similarity, uipathfn
1316 )
1316 )
1317
1317
1318 _markchanges(repo, unknown + forgotten, deleted, renames)
1318 _markchanges(repo, unknown + forgotten, deleted, renames)
1319
1319
1320 for f in rejected:
1320 for f in rejected:
1321 if f in m.files():
1321 if f in m.files():
1322 return 1
1322 return 1
1323 return 0
1323 return 0
1324
1324
1325
1325
1326 def _interestingfiles(repo, matcher):
1326 def _interestingfiles(repo, matcher):
1327 """Walk dirstate with matcher, looking for files that addremove would care
1327 """Walk dirstate with matcher, looking for files that addremove would care
1328 about.
1328 about.
1329
1329
1330 This is different from dirstate.status because it doesn't care about
1330 This is different from dirstate.status because it doesn't care about
1331 whether files are modified or clean."""
1331 whether files are modified or clean."""
1332 added, unknown, deleted, removed, forgotten = [], [], [], [], []
1332 added, unknown, deleted, removed, forgotten = [], [], [], [], []
1333 audit_path = pathutil.pathauditor(repo.root, cached=True)
1333 audit_path = pathutil.pathauditor(repo.root, cached=True)
1334
1334
1335 ctx = repo[None]
1335 ctx = repo[None]
1336 dirstate = repo.dirstate
1336 dirstate = repo.dirstate
1337 matcher = repo.narrowmatch(matcher, includeexact=True)
1337 matcher = repo.narrowmatch(matcher, includeexact=True)
1338 walkresults = dirstate.walk(
1338 walkresults = dirstate.walk(
1339 matcher,
1339 matcher,
1340 subrepos=sorted(ctx.substate),
1340 subrepos=sorted(ctx.substate),
1341 unknown=True,
1341 unknown=True,
1342 ignored=False,
1342 ignored=False,
1343 full=False,
1343 full=False,
1344 )
1344 )
1345 for abs, st in walkresults.items():
1345 for abs, st in walkresults.items():
1346 entry = dirstate.get_entry(abs)
1346 entry = dirstate.get_entry(abs)
1347 if (not entry.any_tracked) and audit_path.check(abs):
1347 if (not entry.any_tracked) and audit_path.check(abs):
1348 unknown.append(abs)
1348 unknown.append(abs)
1349 elif (not entry.removed) and not st:
1349 elif (not entry.removed) and not st:
1350 deleted.append(abs)
1350 deleted.append(abs)
1351 elif entry.removed and st:
1351 elif entry.removed and st:
1352 forgotten.append(abs)
1352 forgotten.append(abs)
1353 # for finding renames
1353 # for finding renames
1354 elif entry.removed and not st:
1354 elif entry.removed and not st:
1355 removed.append(abs)
1355 removed.append(abs)
1356 elif entry.added:
1356 elif entry.added:
1357 added.append(abs)
1357 added.append(abs)
1358
1358
1359 return added, unknown, deleted, removed, forgotten
1359 return added, unknown, deleted, removed, forgotten
1360
1360
1361
1361
1362 def _findrenames(repo, matcher, added, removed, similarity, uipathfn):
1362 def _findrenames(repo, matcher, added, removed, similarity, uipathfn):
1363 '''Find renames from removed files to added ones.'''
1363 '''Find renames from removed files to added ones.'''
1364 renames = {}
1364 renames = {}
1365 if similarity > 0:
1365 if similarity > 0:
1366 for old, new, score in similar.findrenames(
1366 for old, new, score in similar.findrenames(
1367 repo, added, removed, similarity
1367 repo, added, removed, similarity
1368 ):
1368 ):
1369 if (
1369 if (
1370 repo.ui.verbose
1370 repo.ui.verbose
1371 or not matcher.exact(old)
1371 or not matcher.exact(old)
1372 or not matcher.exact(new)
1372 or not matcher.exact(new)
1373 ):
1373 ):
1374 repo.ui.status(
1374 repo.ui.status(
1375 _(
1375 _(
1376 b'recording removal of %s as rename to %s '
1376 b'recording removal of %s as rename to %s '
1377 b'(%d%% similar)\n'
1377 b'(%d%% similar)\n'
1378 )
1378 )
1379 % (uipathfn(old), uipathfn(new), score * 100)
1379 % (uipathfn(old), uipathfn(new), score * 100)
1380 )
1380 )
1381 renames[new] = old
1381 renames[new] = old
1382 return renames
1382 return renames
1383
1383
1384
1384
1385 def _markchanges(repo, unknown, deleted, renames):
1385 def _markchanges(repo, unknown, deleted, renames):
1386 """Marks the files in unknown as added, the files in deleted as removed,
1386 """Marks the files in unknown as added, the files in deleted as removed,
1387 and the files in renames as copied."""
1387 and the files in renames as copied."""
1388 wctx = repo[None]
1388 wctx = repo[None]
1389 with repo.wlock():
1389 with repo.wlock():
1390 wctx.forget(deleted)
1390 wctx.forget(deleted)
1391 wctx.add(unknown)
1391 wctx.add(unknown)
1392 for new, old in renames.items():
1392 for new, old in renames.items():
1393 wctx.copy(old, new)
1393 wctx.copy(old, new)
1394
1394
1395
1395
1396 def getrenamedfn(repo, endrev=None):
1396 def getrenamedfn(repo, endrev=None):
1397 if copiesmod.usechangesetcentricalgo(repo):
1397 if copiesmod.usechangesetcentricalgo(repo):
1398
1398
1399 def getrenamed(fn, rev):
1399 def getrenamed(fn, rev):
1400 ctx = repo[rev]
1400 ctx = repo[rev]
1401 p1copies = ctx.p1copies()
1401 p1copies = ctx.p1copies()
1402 if fn in p1copies:
1402 if fn in p1copies:
1403 return p1copies[fn]
1403 return p1copies[fn]
1404 p2copies = ctx.p2copies()
1404 p2copies = ctx.p2copies()
1405 if fn in p2copies:
1405 if fn in p2copies:
1406 return p2copies[fn]
1406 return p2copies[fn]
1407 return None
1407 return None
1408
1408
1409 return getrenamed
1409 return getrenamed
1410
1410
1411 rcache = {}
1411 rcache = {}
1412 if endrev is None:
1412 if endrev is None:
1413 endrev = len(repo)
1413 endrev = len(repo)
1414
1414
1415 def getrenamed(fn, rev):
1415 def getrenamed(fn, rev):
1416 """looks up all renames for a file (up to endrev) the first
1416 """looks up all renames for a file (up to endrev) the first
1417 time the file is given. It indexes on the changerev and only
1417 time the file is given. It indexes on the changerev and only
1418 parses the manifest if linkrev != changerev.
1418 parses the manifest if linkrev != changerev.
1419 Returns rename info for fn at changerev rev."""
1419 Returns rename info for fn at changerev rev."""
1420 if fn not in rcache:
1420 if fn not in rcache:
1421 rcache[fn] = {}
1421 rcache[fn] = {}
1422 fl = repo.file(fn)
1422 fl = repo.file(fn)
1423 for i in fl:
1423 for i in fl:
1424 lr = fl.linkrev(i)
1424 lr = fl.linkrev(i)
1425 renamed = fl.renamed(fl.node(i))
1425 renamed = fl.renamed(fl.node(i))
1426 rcache[fn][lr] = renamed and renamed[0]
1426 rcache[fn][lr] = renamed and renamed[0]
1427 if lr >= endrev:
1427 if lr >= endrev:
1428 break
1428 break
1429 if rev in rcache[fn]:
1429 if rev in rcache[fn]:
1430 return rcache[fn][rev]
1430 return rcache[fn][rev]
1431
1431
1432 # If linkrev != rev (i.e. rev not found in rcache) fallback to
1432 # If linkrev != rev (i.e. rev not found in rcache) fallback to
1433 # filectx logic.
1433 # filectx logic.
1434 try:
1434 try:
1435 return repo[rev][fn].copysource()
1435 return repo[rev][fn].copysource()
1436 except error.LookupError:
1436 except error.LookupError:
1437 return None
1437 return None
1438
1438
1439 return getrenamed
1439 return getrenamed
1440
1440
1441
1441
1442 def getcopiesfn(repo, endrev=None):
1442 def getcopiesfn(repo, endrev=None):
1443 if copiesmod.usechangesetcentricalgo(repo):
1443 if copiesmod.usechangesetcentricalgo(repo):
1444
1444
1445 def copiesfn(ctx):
1445 def copiesfn(ctx):
1446 if ctx.p2copies():
1446 if ctx.p2copies():
1447 allcopies = ctx.p1copies().copy()
1447 allcopies = ctx.p1copies().copy()
1448 # There should be no overlap
1448 # There should be no overlap
1449 allcopies.update(ctx.p2copies())
1449 allcopies.update(ctx.p2copies())
1450 return sorted(allcopies.items())
1450 return sorted(allcopies.items())
1451 else:
1451 else:
1452 return sorted(ctx.p1copies().items())
1452 return sorted(ctx.p1copies().items())
1453
1453
1454 else:
1454 else:
1455 getrenamed = getrenamedfn(repo, endrev)
1455 getrenamed = getrenamedfn(repo, endrev)
1456
1456
1457 def copiesfn(ctx):
1457 def copiesfn(ctx):
1458 copies = []
1458 copies = []
1459 for fn in ctx.files():
1459 for fn in ctx.files():
1460 rename = getrenamed(fn, ctx.rev())
1460 rename = getrenamed(fn, ctx.rev())
1461 if rename:
1461 if rename:
1462 copies.append((fn, rename))
1462 copies.append((fn, rename))
1463 return copies
1463 return copies
1464
1464
1465 return copiesfn
1465 return copiesfn
1466
1466
1467
1467
1468 def dirstatecopy(ui, repo, wctx, src, dst, dryrun=False, cwd=None):
1468 def dirstatecopy(ui, repo, wctx, src, dst, dryrun=False, cwd=None):
1469 """Update the dirstate to reflect the intent of copying src to dst. For
1469 """Update the dirstate to reflect the intent of copying src to dst. For
1470 different reasons it might not end with dst being marked as copied from src.
1470 different reasons it might not end with dst being marked as copied from src.
1471 """
1471 """
1472 origsrc = repo.dirstate.copied(src) or src
1472 origsrc = repo.dirstate.copied(src) or src
1473 if dst == origsrc: # copying back a copy?
1473 if dst == origsrc: # copying back a copy?
1474 entry = repo.dirstate.get_entry(dst)
1474 entry = repo.dirstate.get_entry(dst)
1475 if (entry.added or not entry.tracked) and not dryrun:
1475 if (entry.added or not entry.tracked) and not dryrun:
1476 repo.dirstate.set_tracked(dst)
1476 repo.dirstate.set_tracked(dst)
1477 else:
1477 else:
1478 if repo.dirstate.get_entry(origsrc).added and origsrc == src:
1478 if repo.dirstate.get_entry(origsrc).added and origsrc == src:
1479 if not ui.quiet:
1479 if not ui.quiet:
1480 ui.warn(
1480 ui.warn(
1481 _(
1481 _(
1482 b"%s has not been committed yet, so no copy "
1482 b"%s has not been committed yet, so no copy "
1483 b"data will be stored for %s.\n"
1483 b"data will be stored for %s.\n"
1484 )
1484 )
1485 % (repo.pathto(origsrc, cwd), repo.pathto(dst, cwd))
1485 % (repo.pathto(origsrc, cwd), repo.pathto(dst, cwd))
1486 )
1486 )
1487 if not repo.dirstate.get_entry(dst).tracked and not dryrun:
1487 if not repo.dirstate.get_entry(dst).tracked and not dryrun:
1488 wctx.add([dst])
1488 wctx.add([dst])
1489 elif not dryrun:
1489 elif not dryrun:
1490 wctx.copy(origsrc, dst)
1490 wctx.copy(origsrc, dst)
1491
1491
1492
1492
1493 def movedirstate(repo, newctx, match=None):
1493 def movedirstate(repo, newctx, match=None):
1494 """Move the dirstate to newctx and adjust it as necessary.
1494 """Move the dirstate to newctx and adjust it as necessary.
1495
1495
1496 A matcher can be provided as an optimization. It is probably a bug to pass
1496 A matcher can be provided as an optimization. It is probably a bug to pass
1497 a matcher that doesn't match all the differences between the parent of the
1497 a matcher that doesn't match all the differences between the parent of the
1498 working copy and newctx.
1498 working copy and newctx.
1499 """
1499 """
1500 oldctx = repo[b'.']
1500 oldctx = repo[b'.']
1501 ds = repo.dirstate
1501 ds = repo.dirstate
1502 copies = dict(ds.copies())
1502 copies = dict(ds.copies())
1503 ds.setparents(newctx.node(), repo.nullid)
1503 ds.setparents(newctx.node(), repo.nullid)
1504 s = newctx.status(oldctx, match=match)
1504 s = newctx.status(oldctx, match=match)
1505
1505
1506 for f in s.modified:
1506 for f in s.modified:
1507 ds.update_file_p1(f, p1_tracked=True)
1507 ds.update_file_p1(f, p1_tracked=True)
1508
1508
1509 for f in s.added:
1509 for f in s.added:
1510 ds.update_file_p1(f, p1_tracked=False)
1510 ds.update_file_p1(f, p1_tracked=False)
1511
1511
1512 for f in s.removed:
1512 for f in s.removed:
1513 ds.update_file_p1(f, p1_tracked=True)
1513 ds.update_file_p1(f, p1_tracked=True)
1514
1514
1515 # Merge old parent and old working dir copies
1515 # Merge old parent and old working dir copies
1516 oldcopies = copiesmod.pathcopies(newctx, oldctx, match)
1516 oldcopies = copiesmod.pathcopies(newctx, oldctx, match)
1517 oldcopies.update(copies)
1517 oldcopies.update(copies)
1518 copies = {dst: oldcopies.get(src, src) for dst, src in oldcopies.items()}
1518 copies = {dst: oldcopies.get(src, src) for dst, src in oldcopies.items()}
1519 # Adjust the dirstate copies
1519 # Adjust the dirstate copies
1520 for dst, src in copies.items():
1520 for dst, src in copies.items():
1521 if src not in newctx or dst in newctx or not ds.get_entry(dst).added:
1521 if src not in newctx or dst in newctx or not ds.get_entry(dst).added:
1522 src = None
1522 src = None
1523 ds.copy(src, dst)
1523 ds.copy(src, dst)
1524 repo._quick_access_changeid_invalidate()
1524 repo._quick_access_changeid_invalidate()
1525
1525
1526
1526
1527 def filterrequirements(requirements):
1527 def filterrequirements(requirements):
1528 """filters the requirements into two sets:
1528 """filters the requirements into two sets:
1529
1529
1530 wcreq: requirements which should be written in .hg/requires
1530 wcreq: requirements which should be written in .hg/requires
1531 storereq: which should be written in .hg/store/requires
1531 storereq: which should be written in .hg/store/requires
1532
1532
1533 Returns (wcreq, storereq)
1533 Returns (wcreq, storereq)
1534 """
1534 """
1535 if requirementsmod.SHARESAFE_REQUIREMENT in requirements:
1535 if requirementsmod.SHARESAFE_REQUIREMENT in requirements:
1536 wc, store = set(), set()
1536 wc, store = set(), set()
1537 for r in requirements:
1537 for r in requirements:
1538 if r in requirementsmod.WORKING_DIR_REQUIREMENTS:
1538 if r in requirementsmod.WORKING_DIR_REQUIREMENTS:
1539 wc.add(r)
1539 wc.add(r)
1540 else:
1540 else:
1541 store.add(r)
1541 store.add(r)
1542 return wc, store
1542 return wc, store
1543 return requirements, None
1543 return requirements, None
1544
1544
1545
1545
1546 def istreemanifest(repo):
1546 def istreemanifest(repo):
1547 """returns whether the repository is using treemanifest or not"""
1547 """returns whether the repository is using treemanifest or not"""
1548 return requirementsmod.TREEMANIFEST_REQUIREMENT in repo.requirements
1548 return requirementsmod.TREEMANIFEST_REQUIREMENT in repo.requirements
1549
1549
1550
1550
1551 def writereporequirements(repo, requirements=None):
1551 def writereporequirements(repo, requirements=None):
1552 """writes requirements for the repo
1552 """writes requirements for the repo
1553
1553
1554 Requirements are written to .hg/requires and .hg/store/requires based
1554 Requirements are written to .hg/requires and .hg/store/requires based
1555 on whether share-safe mode is enabled and which requirements are wdir
1555 on whether share-safe mode is enabled and which requirements are wdir
1556 requirements and which are store requirements
1556 requirements and which are store requirements
1557 """
1557 """
1558 if requirements:
1558 if requirements:
1559 repo.requirements = requirements
1559 repo.requirements = requirements
1560 wcreq, storereq = filterrequirements(repo.requirements)
1560 wcreq, storereq = filterrequirements(repo.requirements)
1561 if wcreq is not None:
1561 if wcreq is not None:
1562 writerequires(repo.vfs, wcreq)
1562 writerequires(repo.vfs, wcreq)
1563 if storereq is not None:
1563 if storereq is not None:
1564 writerequires(repo.svfs, storereq)
1564 writerequires(repo.svfs, storereq)
1565 elif repo.ui.configbool(b'format', b'usestore'):
1565 elif repo.ui.configbool(b'format', b'usestore'):
1566 # only remove store requires if we are using store
1566 # only remove store requires if we are using store
1567 repo.svfs.tryunlink(b'requires')
1567 repo.svfs.tryunlink(b'requires')
1568
1568
1569
1569
1570 def writerequires(opener, requirements):
1570 def writerequires(opener, requirements):
1571 with opener(b'requires', b'w', atomictemp=True) as fp:
1571 with opener(b'requires', b'w', atomictemp=True) as fp:
1572 for r in sorted(requirements):
1572 for r in sorted(requirements):
1573 fp.write(b"%s\n" % r)
1573 fp.write(b"%s\n" % r)
1574
1574
1575
1575
1576 class filecachesubentry:
1576 class filecachesubentry:
1577 def __init__(self, path, stat):
1577 def __init__(self, path, stat):
1578 self.path = path
1578 self.path = path
1579 self.cachestat = None
1579 self.cachestat = None
1580 self._cacheable = None
1580 self._cacheable = None
1581
1581
1582 if stat:
1582 if stat:
1583 self.cachestat = filecachesubentry.stat(self.path)
1583 self.cachestat = filecachesubentry.stat(self.path)
1584
1584
1585 if self.cachestat:
1585 if self.cachestat:
1586 self._cacheable = self.cachestat.cacheable()
1586 self._cacheable = self.cachestat.cacheable()
1587 else:
1587 else:
1588 # None means we don't know yet
1588 # None means we don't know yet
1589 self._cacheable = None
1589 self._cacheable = None
1590
1590
1591 def refresh(self):
1591 def refresh(self):
1592 if self.cacheable():
1592 if self.cacheable():
1593 self.cachestat = filecachesubentry.stat(self.path)
1593 self.cachestat = filecachesubentry.stat(self.path)
1594
1594
1595 def cacheable(self):
1595 def cacheable(self):
1596 if self._cacheable is not None:
1596 if self._cacheable is not None:
1597 return self._cacheable
1597 return self._cacheable
1598
1598
1599 # we don't know yet, assume it is for now
1599 # we don't know yet, assume it is for now
1600 return True
1600 return True
1601
1601
1602 def changed(self):
1602 def changed(self):
1603 # no point in going further if we can't cache it
1603 # no point in going further if we can't cache it
1604 if not self.cacheable():
1604 if not self.cacheable():
1605 return True
1605 return True
1606
1606
1607 newstat = filecachesubentry.stat(self.path)
1607 newstat = filecachesubentry.stat(self.path)
1608
1608
1609 # we may not know if it's cacheable yet, check again now
1609 # we may not know if it's cacheable yet, check again now
1610 if newstat and self._cacheable is None:
1610 if newstat and self._cacheable is None:
1611 self._cacheable = newstat.cacheable()
1611 self._cacheable = newstat.cacheable()
1612
1612
1613 # check again
1613 # check again
1614 if not self._cacheable:
1614 if not self._cacheable:
1615 return True
1615 return True
1616
1616
1617 if self.cachestat != newstat:
1617 if self.cachestat != newstat:
1618 self.cachestat = newstat
1618 self.cachestat = newstat
1619 return True
1619 return True
1620 else:
1620 else:
1621 return False
1621 return False
1622
1622
1623 @staticmethod
1623 @staticmethod
1624 def stat(path):
1624 def stat(path):
1625 try:
1625 try:
1626 return util.cachestat(path)
1626 return util.cachestat(path)
1627 except FileNotFoundError:
1627 except FileNotFoundError:
1628 pass
1628 pass
1629
1629
1630
1630
1631 class filecacheentry:
1631 class filecacheentry:
1632 def __init__(self, paths, stat=True):
1632 def __init__(self, paths, stat=True):
1633 self._entries = []
1633 self._entries = []
1634 for path in paths:
1634 for path in paths:
1635 self._entries.append(filecachesubentry(path, stat))
1635 self._entries.append(filecachesubentry(path, stat))
1636
1636
1637 def changed(self):
1637 def changed(self):
1638 '''true if any entry has changed'''
1638 '''true if any entry has changed'''
1639 for entry in self._entries:
1639 for entry in self._entries:
1640 if entry.changed():
1640 if entry.changed():
1641 return True
1641 return True
1642 return False
1642 return False
1643
1643
1644 def refresh(self):
1644 def refresh(self):
1645 for entry in self._entries:
1645 for entry in self._entries:
1646 entry.refresh()
1646 entry.refresh()
1647
1647
1648
1648
1649 class filecache:
1649 class filecache:
1650 """A property like decorator that tracks files under .hg/ for updates.
1650 """A property like decorator that tracks files under .hg/ for updates.
1651
1651
1652 On first access, the files defined as arguments are stat()ed and the
1652 On first access, the files defined as arguments are stat()ed and the
1653 results cached. The decorated function is called. The results are stashed
1653 results cached. The decorated function is called. The results are stashed
1654 away in a ``_filecache`` dict on the object whose method is decorated.
1654 away in a ``_filecache`` dict on the object whose method is decorated.
1655
1655
1656 On subsequent access, the cached result is used as it is set to the
1656 On subsequent access, the cached result is used as it is set to the
1657 instance dictionary.
1657 instance dictionary.
1658
1658
1659 On external property set/delete operations, the caller must update the
1659 On external property set/delete operations, the caller must update the
1660 corresponding _filecache entry appropriately. Use __class__.<attr>.set()
1660 corresponding _filecache entry appropriately. Use __class__.<attr>.set()
1661 instead of directly setting <attr>.
1661 instead of directly setting <attr>.
1662
1662
1663 When using the property API, the cached data is always used if available.
1663 When using the property API, the cached data is always used if available.
1664 No stat() is performed to check if the file has changed.
1664 No stat() is performed to check if the file has changed.
1665
1665
1666 Others can muck about with the state of the ``_filecache`` dict. e.g. they
1666 Others can muck about with the state of the ``_filecache`` dict. e.g. they
1667 can populate an entry before the property's getter is called. In this case,
1667 can populate an entry before the property's getter is called. In this case,
1668 entries in ``_filecache`` will be used during property operations,
1668 entries in ``_filecache`` will be used during property operations,
1669 if available. If the underlying file changes, it is up to external callers
1669 if available. If the underlying file changes, it is up to external callers
1670 to reflect this by e.g. calling ``delattr(obj, attr)`` to remove the cached
1670 to reflect this by e.g. calling ``delattr(obj, attr)`` to remove the cached
1671 method result as well as possibly calling ``del obj._filecache[attr]`` to
1671 method result as well as possibly calling ``del obj._filecache[attr]`` to
1672 remove the ``filecacheentry``.
1672 remove the ``filecacheentry``.
1673 """
1673 """
1674
1674
1675 def __init__(self, *paths):
1675 def __init__(self, *paths):
1676 self.paths = paths
1676 self.paths = paths
1677
1677
1678 def tracked_paths(self, obj):
1678 def tracked_paths(self, obj):
1679 return [self.join(obj, path) for path in self.paths]
1679 return [self.join(obj, path) for path in self.paths]
1680
1680
1681 def join(self, obj, fname):
1681 def join(self, obj, fname):
1682 """Used to compute the runtime path of a cached file.
1682 """Used to compute the runtime path of a cached file.
1683
1683
1684 Users should subclass filecache and provide their own version of this
1684 Users should subclass filecache and provide their own version of this
1685 function to call the appropriate join function on 'obj' (an instance
1685 function to call the appropriate join function on 'obj' (an instance
1686 of the class that its member function was decorated).
1686 of the class that its member function was decorated).
1687 """
1687 """
1688 raise NotImplementedError
1688 raise NotImplementedError
1689
1689
1690 def __call__(self, func):
1690 def __call__(self, func):
1691 self.func = func
1691 self.func = func
1692 self.sname = func.__name__
1692 self.sname = func.__name__
1693 # XXX We should be using a unicode string instead of bytes for the main
1693 # XXX We should be using a unicode string instead of bytes for the main
1694 # name (and the _filecache key). The fact we use bytes is a remains
1694 # name (and the _filecache key). The fact we use bytes is a remains
1695 # from Python2, since the name is derived from an attribute name a
1695 # from Python2, since the name is derived from an attribute name a
1696 # `str` is a better fit now that we support Python3 only
1696 # `str` is a better fit now that we support Python3 only
1697 self.name = pycompat.sysbytes(self.sname)
1697 self.name = pycompat.sysbytes(self.sname)
1698 return self
1698 return self
1699
1699
1700 def __get__(self, obj, type=None):
1700 def __get__(self, obj, type=None):
1701 # if accessed on the class, return the descriptor itself.
1701 # if accessed on the class, return the descriptor itself.
1702 if obj is None:
1702 if obj is None:
1703 return self
1703 return self
1704
1704
1705 assert self.sname not in obj.__dict__
1705 assert self.sname not in obj.__dict__
1706
1706
1707 entry = obj._filecache.get(self.name)
1707 entry = obj._filecache.get(self.name)
1708
1708
1709 if entry:
1709 if entry:
1710 if entry.changed():
1710 if entry.changed():
1711 entry.obj = self.func(obj)
1711 entry.obj = self.func(obj)
1712 else:
1712 else:
1713 paths = self.tracked_paths(obj)
1713 paths = self.tracked_paths(obj)
1714
1714
1715 # We stat -before- creating the object so our cache doesn't lie if
1715 # We stat -before- creating the object so our cache doesn't lie if
1716 # a writer modified between the time we read and stat
1716 # a writer modified between the time we read and stat
1717 entry = filecacheentry(paths, True)
1717 entry = filecacheentry(paths, True)
1718 entry.obj = self.func(obj)
1718 entry.obj = self.func(obj)
1719
1719
1720 obj._filecache[self.name] = entry
1720 obj._filecache[self.name] = entry
1721
1721
1722 obj.__dict__[self.sname] = entry.obj
1722 obj.__dict__[self.sname] = entry.obj
1723 return entry.obj
1723 return entry.obj
1724
1724
1725 # don't implement __set__(), which would make __dict__ lookup as slow as
1725 # don't implement __set__(), which would make __dict__ lookup as slow as
1726 # function call.
1726 # function call.
1727
1727
1728 def set(self, obj, value):
1728 def set(self, obj, value):
1729 if self.name not in obj._filecache:
1729 if self.name not in obj._filecache:
1730 # we add an entry for the missing value because X in __dict__
1730 # we add an entry for the missing value because X in __dict__
1731 # implies X in _filecache
1731 # implies X in _filecache
1732 paths = self.tracked_paths(obj)
1732 paths = self.tracked_paths(obj)
1733 ce = filecacheentry(paths, False)
1733 ce = filecacheentry(paths, False)
1734 obj._filecache[self.name] = ce
1734 obj._filecache[self.name] = ce
1735 else:
1735 else:
1736 ce = obj._filecache[self.name]
1736 ce = obj._filecache[self.name]
1737
1737
1738 ce.obj = value # update cached copy
1738 ce.obj = value # update cached copy
1739 obj.__dict__[self.sname] = value # update copy returned by obj.x
1739 obj.__dict__[self.sname] = value # update copy returned by obj.x
1740
1740
1741
1741
1742 def extdatasource(repo, source):
1742 def extdatasource(repo, source):
1743 """Gather a map of rev -> value dict from the specified source
1743 """Gather a map of rev -> value dict from the specified source
1744
1744
1745 A source spec is treated as a URL, with a special case shell: type
1745 A source spec is treated as a URL, with a special case shell: type
1746 for parsing the output from a shell command.
1746 for parsing the output from a shell command.
1747
1747
1748 The data is parsed as a series of newline-separated records where
1748 The data is parsed as a series of newline-separated records where
1749 each record is a revision specifier optionally followed by a space
1749 each record is a revision specifier optionally followed by a space
1750 and a freeform string value. If the revision is known locally, it
1750 and a freeform string value. If the revision is known locally, it
1751 is converted to a rev, otherwise the record is skipped.
1751 is converted to a rev, otherwise the record is skipped.
1752
1752
1753 Note that both key and value are treated as UTF-8 and converted to
1753 Note that both key and value are treated as UTF-8 and converted to
1754 the local encoding. This allows uniformity between local and
1754 the local encoding. This allows uniformity between local and
1755 remote data sources.
1755 remote data sources.
1756 """
1756 """
1757
1757
1758 spec = repo.ui.config(b"extdata", source)
1758 spec = repo.ui.config(b"extdata", source)
1759 if not spec:
1759 if not spec:
1760 raise error.Abort(_(b"unknown extdata source '%s'") % source)
1760 raise error.Abort(_(b"unknown extdata source '%s'") % source)
1761
1761
1762 data = {}
1762 data = {}
1763 src = proc = None
1763 src = proc = None
1764 try:
1764 try:
1765 if spec.startswith(b"shell:"):
1765 if spec.startswith(b"shell:"):
1766 # external commands should be run relative to the repo root
1766 # external commands should be run relative to the repo root
1767 cmd = spec[6:]
1767 cmd = spec[6:]
1768 proc = subprocess.Popen(
1768 proc = subprocess.Popen(
1769 procutil.tonativestr(cmd),
1769 procutil.tonativestr(cmd),
1770 shell=True,
1770 shell=True,
1771 bufsize=-1,
1771 bufsize=-1,
1772 close_fds=procutil.closefds,
1772 close_fds=procutil.closefds,
1773 stdout=subprocess.PIPE,
1773 stdout=subprocess.PIPE,
1774 cwd=procutil.tonativestr(repo.root),
1774 cwd=procutil.tonativestr(repo.root),
1775 )
1775 )
1776 src = proc.stdout
1776 src = proc.stdout
1777 else:
1777 else:
1778 # treat as a URL or file
1778 # treat as a URL or file
1779 src = url.open(repo.ui, spec)
1779 src = url.open(repo.ui, spec)
1780 for l in src:
1780 for l in src:
1781 if b" " in l:
1781 if b" " in l:
1782 k, v = l.strip().split(b" ", 1)
1782 k, v = l.strip().split(b" ", 1)
1783 else:
1783 else:
1784 k, v = l.strip(), b""
1784 k, v = l.strip(), b""
1785
1785
1786 k = encoding.tolocal(k)
1786 k = encoding.tolocal(k)
1787 try:
1787 try:
1788 data[revsingle(repo, k).rev()] = encoding.tolocal(v)
1788 data[revsingle(repo, k).rev()] = encoding.tolocal(v)
1789 except (error.LookupError, error.RepoLookupError, error.InputError):
1789 except (error.LookupError, error.RepoLookupError, error.InputError):
1790 pass # we ignore data for nodes that don't exist locally
1790 pass # we ignore data for nodes that don't exist locally
1791 finally:
1791 finally:
1792 if proc:
1792 if proc:
1793 try:
1793 try:
1794 proc.communicate()
1794 proc.communicate()
1795 except ValueError:
1795 except ValueError:
1796 # This happens if we started iterating src and then
1796 # This happens if we started iterating src and then
1797 # get a parse error on a line. It should be safe to ignore.
1797 # get a parse error on a line. It should be safe to ignore.
1798 pass
1798 pass
1799 if src:
1799 if src:
1800 src.close()
1800 src.close()
1801 if proc and proc.returncode != 0:
1801 if proc and proc.returncode != 0:
1802 raise error.Abort(
1802 raise error.Abort(
1803 _(b"extdata command '%s' failed: %s")
1803 _(b"extdata command '%s' failed: %s")
1804 % (cmd, procutil.explainexit(proc.returncode))
1804 % (cmd, procutil.explainexit(proc.returncode))
1805 )
1805 )
1806
1806
1807 return data
1807 return data
1808
1808
1809
1809
1810 class progress:
1810 class progress:
1811 def __init__(self, ui, updatebar, topic, unit=b"", total=None):
1811 def __init__(self, ui, updatebar, topic, unit=b"", total=None):
1812 self.ui = ui
1812 self.ui = ui
1813 self.pos = 0
1813 self.pos = 0
1814 self.topic = topic
1814 self.topic = topic
1815 self.unit = unit
1815 self.unit = unit
1816 self.total = total
1816 self.total = total
1817 self.debug = ui.configbool(b'progress', b'debug')
1817 self.debug = ui.configbool(b'progress', b'debug')
1818 self._updatebar = updatebar
1818 self._updatebar = updatebar
1819
1819
1820 def __enter__(self):
1820 def __enter__(self):
1821 return self
1821 return self
1822
1822
1823 def __exit__(self, exc_type, exc_value, exc_tb):
1823 def __exit__(self, exc_type, exc_value, exc_tb):
1824 self.complete()
1824 self.complete()
1825
1825
1826 def update(self, pos, item=b"", total=None):
1826 def update(self, pos, item=b"", total=None):
1827 assert pos is not None
1827 assert pos is not None
1828 if total:
1828 if total:
1829 self.total = total
1829 self.total = total
1830 self.pos = pos
1830 self.pos = pos
1831 self._updatebar(self.topic, self.pos, item, self.unit, self.total)
1831 self._updatebar(self.topic, self.pos, item, self.unit, self.total)
1832 if self.debug:
1832 if self.debug:
1833 self._printdebug(item)
1833 self._printdebug(item)
1834
1834
1835 def increment(self, step=1, item=b"", total=None):
1835 def increment(self, step=1, item=b"", total=None):
1836 self.update(self.pos + step, item, total)
1836 self.update(self.pos + step, item, total)
1837
1837
1838 def complete(self):
1838 def complete(self):
1839 self.pos = None
1839 self.pos = None
1840 self.unit = b""
1840 self.unit = b""
1841 self.total = None
1841 self.total = None
1842 self._updatebar(self.topic, self.pos, b"", self.unit, self.total)
1842 self._updatebar(self.topic, self.pos, b"", self.unit, self.total)
1843
1843
1844 def _printdebug(self, item):
1844 def _printdebug(self, item):
1845 unit = b''
1845 unit = b''
1846 if self.unit:
1846 if self.unit:
1847 unit = b' ' + self.unit
1847 unit = b' ' + self.unit
1848 if item:
1848 if item:
1849 item = b' ' + item
1849 item = b' ' + item
1850
1850
1851 if self.total:
1851 if self.total:
1852 pct = 100.0 * self.pos / self.total
1852 pct = 100.0 * self.pos / self.total
1853 self.ui.debug(
1853 self.ui.debug(
1854 b'%s:%s %d/%d%s (%4.2f%%)\n'
1854 b'%s:%s %d/%d%s (%4.2f%%)\n'
1855 % (self.topic, item, self.pos, self.total, unit, pct)
1855 % (self.topic, item, self.pos, self.total, unit, pct)
1856 )
1856 )
1857 else:
1857 else:
1858 self.ui.debug(b'%s:%s %d%s\n' % (self.topic, item, self.pos, unit))
1858 self.ui.debug(b'%s:%s %d%s\n' % (self.topic, item, self.pos, unit))
1859
1859
1860
1860
1861 def gdinitconfig(ui):
1861 def gdinitconfig(ui):
1862 """helper function to know if a repo should be created as general delta"""
1862 """helper function to know if a repo should be created as general delta"""
1863 # experimental config: format.generaldelta
1863 # experimental config: format.generaldelta
1864 return ui.configbool(b'format', b'generaldelta') or ui.configbool(
1864 return ui.configbool(b'format', b'generaldelta') or ui.configbool(
1865 b'format', b'usegeneraldelta'
1865 b'format', b'usegeneraldelta'
1866 )
1866 )
1867
1867
1868
1868
1869 def gddeltaconfig(ui):
1869 def gddeltaconfig(ui):
1870 """helper function to know if incoming deltas should be optimized
1870 """helper function to know if incoming deltas should be optimized
1871
1871
1872 The `format.generaldelta` config is an old form of the config that also
1872 The `format.generaldelta` config is an old form of the config that also
1873 implies that incoming delta-bases should be never be trusted. This function
1873 implies that incoming delta-bases should be never be trusted. This function
1874 exists for this purpose.
1874 exists for this purpose.
1875 """
1875 """
1876 # experimental config: format.generaldelta
1876 # experimental config: format.generaldelta
1877 return ui.configbool(b'format', b'generaldelta')
1877 return ui.configbool(b'format', b'generaldelta')
1878
1878
1879
1879
1880 class simplekeyvaluefile:
1880 class simplekeyvaluefile:
1881 """A simple file with key=value lines
1881 """A simple file with key=value lines
1882
1882
1883 Keys must be alphanumerics and start with a letter, values must not
1883 Keys must be alphanumerics and start with a letter, values must not
1884 contain '\n' characters"""
1884 contain '\n' characters"""
1885
1885
1886 firstlinekey = b'__firstline'
1886 firstlinekey = b'__firstline'
1887
1887
1888 def __init__(self, vfs, path, keys=None):
1888 def __init__(self, vfs, path, keys=None):
1889 self.vfs = vfs
1889 self.vfs = vfs
1890 self.path = path
1890 self.path = path
1891
1891
1892 def read(self, firstlinenonkeyval=False):
1892 def read(self, firstlinenonkeyval=False):
1893 """Read the contents of a simple key-value file
1893 """Read the contents of a simple key-value file
1894
1894
1895 'firstlinenonkeyval' indicates whether the first line of file should
1895 'firstlinenonkeyval' indicates whether the first line of file should
1896 be treated as a key-value pair or reuturned fully under the
1896 be treated as a key-value pair or reuturned fully under the
1897 __firstline key."""
1897 __firstline key."""
1898 lines = self.vfs.readlines(self.path)
1898 lines = self.vfs.readlines(self.path)
1899 d = {}
1899 d = {}
1900 if firstlinenonkeyval:
1900 if firstlinenonkeyval:
1901 if not lines:
1901 if not lines:
1902 e = _(b"empty simplekeyvalue file")
1902 e = _(b"empty simplekeyvalue file")
1903 raise error.CorruptedState(e)
1903 raise error.CorruptedState(e)
1904 # we don't want to include '\n' in the __firstline
1904 # we don't want to include '\n' in the __firstline
1905 d[self.firstlinekey] = lines[0][:-1]
1905 d[self.firstlinekey] = lines[0][:-1]
1906 del lines[0]
1906 del lines[0]
1907
1907
1908 try:
1908 try:
1909 # the 'if line.strip()' part prevents us from failing on empty
1909 # the 'if line.strip()' part prevents us from failing on empty
1910 # lines which only contain '\n' therefore are not skipped
1910 # lines which only contain '\n' therefore are not skipped
1911 # by 'if line'
1911 # by 'if line'
1912 updatedict = dict(
1912 updatedict = dict(
1913 line[:-1].split(b'=', 1) for line in lines if line.strip()
1913 line[:-1].split(b'=', 1) for line in lines if line.strip()
1914 )
1914 )
1915 if self.firstlinekey in updatedict:
1915 if self.firstlinekey in updatedict:
1916 e = _(b"%r can't be used as a key")
1916 e = _(b"%r can't be used as a key")
1917 raise error.CorruptedState(e % self.firstlinekey)
1917 raise error.CorruptedState(e % self.firstlinekey)
1918 d.update(updatedict)
1918 d.update(updatedict)
1919 except ValueError as e:
1919 except ValueError as e:
1920 raise error.CorruptedState(stringutil.forcebytestr(e))
1920 raise error.CorruptedState(stringutil.forcebytestr(e))
1921 return d
1921 return d
1922
1922
1923 def write(self, data, firstline=None):
1923 def write(self, data, firstline=None):
1924 """Write key=>value mapping to a file
1924 """Write key=>value mapping to a file
1925 data is a dict. Keys must be alphanumerical and start with a letter.
1925 data is a dict. Keys must be alphanumerical and start with a letter.
1926 Values must not contain newline characters.
1926 Values must not contain newline characters.
1927
1927
1928 If 'firstline' is not None, it is written to file before
1928 If 'firstline' is not None, it is written to file before
1929 everything else, as it is, not in a key=value form"""
1929 everything else, as it is, not in a key=value form"""
1930 lines = []
1930 lines = []
1931 if firstline is not None:
1931 if firstline is not None:
1932 lines.append(b'%s\n' % firstline)
1932 lines.append(b'%s\n' % firstline)
1933
1933
1934 for k, v in data.items():
1934 for k, v in data.items():
1935 if k == self.firstlinekey:
1935 if k == self.firstlinekey:
1936 e = b"key name '%s' is reserved" % self.firstlinekey
1936 e = b"key name '%s' is reserved" % self.firstlinekey
1937 raise error.ProgrammingError(e)
1937 raise error.ProgrammingError(e)
1938 if not k[0:1].isalpha():
1938 if not k[0:1].isalpha():
1939 e = b"keys must start with a letter in a key-value file"
1939 e = b"keys must start with a letter in a key-value file"
1940 raise error.ProgrammingError(e)
1940 raise error.ProgrammingError(e)
1941 if not k.isalnum():
1941 if not k.isalnum():
1942 e = b"invalid key name in a simple key-value file"
1942 e = b"invalid key name in a simple key-value file"
1943 raise error.ProgrammingError(e)
1943 raise error.ProgrammingError(e)
1944 if b'\n' in v:
1944 if b'\n' in v:
1945 e = b"invalid value in a simple key-value file"
1945 e = b"invalid value in a simple key-value file"
1946 raise error.ProgrammingError(e)
1946 raise error.ProgrammingError(e)
1947 lines.append(b"%s=%s\n" % (k, v))
1947 lines.append(b"%s=%s\n" % (k, v))
1948 with self.vfs(self.path, mode=b'wb', atomictemp=True) as fp:
1948 with self.vfs(self.path, mode=b'wb', atomictemp=True) as fp:
1949 fp.write(b''.join(lines))
1949 fp.write(b''.join(lines))
1950
1950
1951
1951
1952 _reportobsoletedsource = [
1952 _reportobsoletedsource = [
1953 b'debugobsolete',
1953 b'debugobsolete',
1954 b'pull',
1954 b'pull',
1955 b'push',
1955 b'push',
1956 b'serve',
1956 b'serve',
1957 b'unbundle',
1957 b'unbundle',
1958 ]
1958 ]
1959
1959
1960 _reportnewcssource = [
1960 _reportnewcssource = [
1961 b'pull',
1961 b'pull',
1962 b'unbundle',
1962 b'unbundle',
1963 ]
1963 ]
1964
1964
1965
1965
1966 def prefetchfiles(repo, revmatches):
1966 def prefetchfiles(repo, revmatches):
1967 """Invokes the registered file prefetch functions, allowing extensions to
1967 """Invokes the registered file prefetch functions, allowing extensions to
1968 ensure the corresponding files are available locally, before the command
1968 ensure the corresponding files are available locally, before the command
1969 uses them.
1969 uses them.
1970
1970
1971 Args:
1971 Args:
1972 revmatches: a list of (revision, match) tuples to indicate the files to
1972 revmatches: a list of (revision, match) tuples to indicate the files to
1973 fetch at each revision. If any of the match elements is None, it matches
1973 fetch at each revision. If any of the match elements is None, it matches
1974 all files.
1974 all files.
1975 """
1975 """
1976
1976
1977 def _matcher(m):
1977 def _matcher(m):
1978 if m:
1978 if m:
1979 assert isinstance(m, matchmod.basematcher)
1979 assert isinstance(m, matchmod.basematcher)
1980 # The command itself will complain about files that don't exist, so
1980 # The command itself will complain about files that don't exist, so
1981 # don't duplicate the message.
1981 # don't duplicate the message.
1982 return matchmod.badmatch(m, lambda fn, msg: None)
1982 return matchmod.badmatch(m, lambda fn, msg: None)
1983 else:
1983 else:
1984 return matchall(repo)
1984 return matchall(repo)
1985
1985
1986 revbadmatches = [(rev, _matcher(match)) for (rev, match) in revmatches]
1986 revbadmatches = [(rev, _matcher(match)) for (rev, match) in revmatches]
1987
1987
1988 fileprefetchhooks(repo, revbadmatches)
1988 fileprefetchhooks(repo, revbadmatches)
1989
1989
1990
1990
1991 # a list of (repo, revs, match) prefetch functions
1991 # a list of (repo, revs, match) prefetch functions
1992 fileprefetchhooks = util.hooks()
1992 fileprefetchhooks = util.hooks()
1993
1993
1994 # A marker that tells the evolve extension to suppress its own reporting
1994 # A marker that tells the evolve extension to suppress its own reporting
1995 _reportstroubledchangesets = True
1995 _reportstroubledchangesets = True
1996
1996
1997
1997
1998 def registersummarycallback(repo, otr, txnname=b'', as_validator=False):
1998 def registersummarycallback(repo, otr, txnname=b'', as_validator=False):
1999 """register a callback to issue a summary after the transaction is closed
1999 """register a callback to issue a summary after the transaction is closed
2000
2000
2001 If as_validator is true, then the callbacks are registered as transaction
2001 If as_validator is true, then the callbacks are registered as transaction
2002 validators instead
2002 validators instead
2003 """
2003 """
2004
2004
2005 def txmatch(sources):
2005 def txmatch(sources):
2006 return any(txnname.startswith(source) for source in sources)
2006 return any(txnname.startswith(source) for source in sources)
2007
2007
2008 categories = []
2008 categories = []
2009
2009
2010 def reportsummary(func):
2010 def reportsummary(func):
2011 """decorator for report callbacks."""
2011 """decorator for report callbacks."""
2012 # The repoview life cycle is shorter than the one of the actual
2012 # The repoview life cycle is shorter than the one of the actual
2013 # underlying repository. So the filtered object can die before the
2013 # underlying repository. So the filtered object can die before the
2014 # weakref is used leading to troubles. We keep a reference to the
2014 # weakref is used leading to troubles. We keep a reference to the
2015 # unfiltered object and restore the filtering when retrieving the
2015 # unfiltered object and restore the filtering when retrieving the
2016 # repository through the weakref.
2016 # repository through the weakref.
2017 filtername = repo.filtername
2017 filtername = repo.filtername
2018 reporef = weakref.ref(repo.unfiltered())
2018 reporef = weakref.ref(repo.unfiltered())
2019
2019
2020 def wrapped(tr):
2020 def wrapped(tr):
2021 repo = reporef()
2021 repo = reporef()
2022 if filtername:
2022 if filtername:
2023 assert repo is not None # help pytype
2023 assert repo is not None # help pytype
2024 repo = repo.filtered(filtername)
2024 repo = repo.filtered(filtername)
2025 func(repo, tr)
2025 func(repo, tr)
2026
2026
2027 newcat = b'%02i-txnreport' % len(categories)
2027 newcat = b'%02i-txnreport' % len(categories)
2028 if as_validator:
2028 if as_validator:
2029 otr.addvalidator(newcat, wrapped)
2029 otr.addvalidator(newcat, wrapped)
2030 else:
2030 else:
2031 otr.addpostclose(newcat, wrapped)
2031 otr.addpostclose(newcat, wrapped)
2032 categories.append(newcat)
2032 categories.append(newcat)
2033 return wrapped
2033 return wrapped
2034
2034
2035 @reportsummary
2035 @reportsummary
2036 def reportchangegroup(repo, tr):
2036 def reportchangegroup(repo, tr):
2037 cgchangesets = tr.changes.get(b'changegroup-count-changesets', 0)
2037 cgchangesets = tr.changes.get(b'changegroup-count-changesets', 0)
2038 cgrevisions = tr.changes.get(b'changegroup-count-revisions', 0)
2038 cgrevisions = tr.changes.get(b'changegroup-count-revisions', 0)
2039 cgfiles = tr.changes.get(b'changegroup-count-files', 0)
2039 cgfiles = tr.changes.get(b'changegroup-count-files', 0)
2040 cgheads = tr.changes.get(b'changegroup-count-heads', 0)
2040 cgheads = tr.changes.get(b'changegroup-count-heads', 0)
2041 if cgchangesets or cgrevisions or cgfiles:
2041 if cgchangesets or cgrevisions or cgfiles:
2042 htext = b""
2042 htext = b""
2043 if cgheads:
2043 if cgheads:
2044 htext = _(b" (%+d heads)") % cgheads
2044 htext = _(b" (%+d heads)") % cgheads
2045 msg = _(b"added %d changesets with %d changes to %d files%s\n")
2045 msg = _(b"added %d changesets with %d changes to %d files%s\n")
2046 if as_validator:
2046 if as_validator:
2047 msg = _(b"adding %d changesets with %d changes to %d files%s\n")
2047 msg = _(b"adding %d changesets with %d changes to %d files%s\n")
2048 assert repo is not None # help pytype
2048 assert repo is not None # help pytype
2049 repo.ui.status(msg % (cgchangesets, cgrevisions, cgfiles, htext))
2049 repo.ui.status(msg % (cgchangesets, cgrevisions, cgfiles, htext))
2050
2050
2051 if txmatch(_reportobsoletedsource):
2051 if txmatch(_reportobsoletedsource):
2052
2052
2053 @reportsummary
2053 @reportsummary
2054 def reportobsoleted(repo, tr):
2054 def reportobsoleted(repo, tr):
2055 obsoleted = obsutil.getobsoleted(repo, tr)
2055 obsoleted = obsutil.getobsoleted(repo, tr)
2056 newmarkers = len(tr.changes.get(b'obsmarkers', ()))
2056 newmarkers = len(tr.changes.get(b'obsmarkers', ()))
2057 if newmarkers:
2057 if newmarkers:
2058 repo.ui.status(_(b'%i new obsolescence markers\n') % newmarkers)
2058 repo.ui.status(_(b'%i new obsolescence markers\n') % newmarkers)
2059 if obsoleted:
2059 if obsoleted:
2060 msg = _(b'obsoleted %i changesets\n')
2060 msg = _(b'obsoleted %i changesets\n')
2061 if as_validator:
2061 if as_validator:
2062 msg = _(b'obsoleting %i changesets\n')
2062 msg = _(b'obsoleting %i changesets\n')
2063 repo.ui.status(msg % len(obsoleted))
2063 repo.ui.status(msg % len(obsoleted))
2064
2064
2065 if obsolete.isenabled(
2065 if obsolete.isenabled(
2066 repo, obsolete.createmarkersopt
2066 repo, obsolete.createmarkersopt
2067 ) and repo.ui.configbool(
2067 ) and repo.ui.configbool(
2068 b'experimental', b'evolution.report-instabilities'
2068 b'experimental', b'evolution.report-instabilities'
2069 ):
2069 ):
2070 instabilitytypes = [
2070 instabilitytypes = [
2071 (b'orphan', b'orphan'),
2071 (b'orphan', b'orphan'),
2072 (b'phase-divergent', b'phasedivergent'),
2072 (b'phase-divergent', b'phasedivergent'),
2073 (b'content-divergent', b'contentdivergent'),
2073 (b'content-divergent', b'contentdivergent'),
2074 ]
2074 ]
2075
2075
2076 def getinstabilitycounts(repo):
2076 def getinstabilitycounts(repo):
2077 filtered = repo.changelog.filteredrevs
2077 filtered = repo.changelog.filteredrevs
2078 counts = {}
2078 counts = {}
2079 for instability, revset in instabilitytypes:
2079 for instability, revset in instabilitytypes:
2080 counts[instability] = len(
2080 counts[instability] = len(
2081 set(obsolete.getrevs(repo, revset)) - filtered
2081 set(obsolete.getrevs(repo, revset)) - filtered
2082 )
2082 )
2083 return counts
2083 return counts
2084
2084
2085 oldinstabilitycounts = getinstabilitycounts(repo)
2085 oldinstabilitycounts = getinstabilitycounts(repo)
2086
2086
2087 @reportsummary
2087 @reportsummary
2088 def reportnewinstabilities(repo, tr):
2088 def reportnewinstabilities(repo, tr):
2089 newinstabilitycounts = getinstabilitycounts(repo)
2089 newinstabilitycounts = getinstabilitycounts(repo)
2090 for instability, revset in instabilitytypes:
2090 for instability, revset in instabilitytypes:
2091 delta = (
2091 delta = (
2092 newinstabilitycounts[instability]
2092 newinstabilitycounts[instability]
2093 - oldinstabilitycounts[instability]
2093 - oldinstabilitycounts[instability]
2094 )
2094 )
2095 msg = getinstabilitymessage(delta, instability)
2095 msg = getinstabilitymessage(delta, instability)
2096 if msg:
2096 if msg:
2097 repo.ui.warn(msg)
2097 repo.ui.warn(msg)
2098
2098
2099 if txmatch(_reportnewcssource):
2099 if txmatch(_reportnewcssource):
2100
2100
2101 @reportsummary
2101 @reportsummary
2102 def reportnewcs(repo, tr):
2102 def reportnewcs(repo, tr):
2103 """Report the range of new revisions pulled/unbundled."""
2103 """Report the range of new revisions pulled/unbundled."""
2104 origrepolen = tr.changes.get(b'origrepolen', len(repo))
2104 origrepolen = tr.changes.get(b'origrepolen', len(repo))
2105 unfi = repo.unfiltered()
2105 unfi = repo.unfiltered()
2106 if origrepolen >= len(unfi):
2106 if origrepolen >= len(unfi):
2107 return
2107 return
2108
2108
2109 # Compute the bounds of new visible revisions' range.
2109 # Compute the bounds of new visible revisions' range.
2110 revs = smartset.spanset(repo, start=origrepolen)
2110 revs = smartset.spanset(repo, start=origrepolen)
2111 if revs:
2111 if revs:
2112 minrev, maxrev = repo[revs.min()], repo[revs.max()]
2112 minrev, maxrev = repo[revs.min()], repo[revs.max()]
2113
2113
2114 if minrev == maxrev:
2114 if minrev == maxrev:
2115 revrange = minrev
2115 revrange = minrev
2116 else:
2116 else:
2117 revrange = b'%s:%s' % (minrev, maxrev)
2117 revrange = b'%s:%s' % (minrev, maxrev)
2118 draft = len(repo.revs(b'%ld and draft()', revs))
2118 draft = len(repo.revs(b'%ld and draft()', revs))
2119 secret = len(repo.revs(b'%ld and secret()', revs))
2119 secret = len(repo.revs(b'%ld and secret()', revs))
2120 if not (draft or secret):
2120 if not (draft or secret):
2121 msg = _(b'new changesets %s\n') % revrange
2121 msg = _(b'new changesets %s\n') % revrange
2122 elif draft and secret:
2122 elif draft and secret:
2123 msg = _(b'new changesets %s (%d drafts, %d secrets)\n')
2123 msg = _(b'new changesets %s (%d drafts, %d secrets)\n')
2124 msg %= (revrange, draft, secret)
2124 msg %= (revrange, draft, secret)
2125 elif draft:
2125 elif draft:
2126 msg = _(b'new changesets %s (%d drafts)\n')
2126 msg = _(b'new changesets %s (%d drafts)\n')
2127 msg %= (revrange, draft)
2127 msg %= (revrange, draft)
2128 elif secret:
2128 elif secret:
2129 msg = _(b'new changesets %s (%d secrets)\n')
2129 msg = _(b'new changesets %s (%d secrets)\n')
2130 msg %= (revrange, secret)
2130 msg %= (revrange, secret)
2131 else:
2131 else:
2132 errormsg = b'entered unreachable condition'
2132 errormsg = b'entered unreachable condition'
2133 raise error.ProgrammingError(errormsg)
2133 raise error.ProgrammingError(errormsg)
2134 repo.ui.status(msg)
2134 repo.ui.status(msg)
2135
2135
2136 # search new changesets directly pulled as obsolete
2136 # search new changesets directly pulled as obsolete
2137 duplicates = tr.changes.get(b'revduplicates', ())
2137 duplicates = tr.changes.get(b'revduplicates', ())
2138 obsadded = unfi.revs(
2138 obsadded = unfi.revs(
2139 b'(%d: + %ld) and obsolete()', origrepolen, duplicates
2139 b'(%d: + %ld) and obsolete()', origrepolen, duplicates
2140 )
2140 )
2141 cl = repo.changelog
2141 cl = repo.changelog
2142 extinctadded = [r for r in obsadded if r not in cl]
2142 extinctadded = [r for r in obsadded if r not in cl]
2143 if extinctadded:
2143 if extinctadded:
2144 # They are not just obsolete, but obsolete and invisible
2144 # They are not just obsolete, but obsolete and invisible
2145 # we call them "extinct" internally but the terms have not been
2145 # we call them "extinct" internally but the terms have not been
2146 # exposed to users.
2146 # exposed to users.
2147 msg = b'(%d other changesets obsolete on arrival)\n'
2147 msg = b'(%d other changesets obsolete on arrival)\n'
2148 repo.ui.status(msg % len(extinctadded))
2148 repo.ui.status(msg % len(extinctadded))
2149
2149
2150 @reportsummary
2150 @reportsummary
2151 def reportphasechanges(repo, tr):
2151 def reportphasechanges(repo, tr):
2152 """Report statistics of phase changes for changesets pre-existing
2152 """Report statistics of phase changes for changesets pre-existing
2153 pull/unbundle.
2153 pull/unbundle.
2154 """
2154 """
2155 origrepolen = tr.changes.get(b'origrepolen', len(repo))
2155 origrepolen = tr.changes.get(b'origrepolen', len(repo))
2156 published = []
2156 published = []
2157 for revs, (old, new) in tr.changes.get(b'phases', []):
2157 for revs, (old, new) in tr.changes.get(b'phases', []):
2158 if new != phases.public:
2158 if new != phases.public:
2159 continue
2159 continue
2160 published.extend(rev for rev in revs if rev < origrepolen)
2160 published.extend(rev for rev in revs if rev < origrepolen)
2161 if not published:
2161 if not published:
2162 return
2162 return
2163 msg = _(b'%d local changesets published\n')
2163 msg = _(b'%d local changesets published\n')
2164 if as_validator:
2164 if as_validator:
2165 msg = _(b'%d local changesets will be published\n')
2165 msg = _(b'%d local changesets will be published\n')
2166 repo.ui.status(msg % len(published))
2166 repo.ui.status(msg % len(published))
2167
2167
2168
2168
2169 def getinstabilitymessage(delta, instability):
2169 def getinstabilitymessage(delta, instability):
2170 """function to return the message to show warning about new instabilities
2170 """function to return the message to show warning about new instabilities
2171
2171
2172 exists as a separate function so that extension can wrap to show more
2172 exists as a separate function so that extension can wrap to show more
2173 information like how to fix instabilities"""
2173 information like how to fix instabilities"""
2174 if delta > 0:
2174 if delta > 0:
2175 return _(b'%i new %s changesets\n') % (delta, instability)
2175 return _(b'%i new %s changesets\n') % (delta, instability)
2176
2176
2177
2177
2178 def nodesummaries(repo, nodes, maxnumnodes=4):
2178 def nodesummaries(repo, nodes, maxnumnodes=4):
2179 if len(nodes) <= maxnumnodes or repo.ui.verbose:
2179 if len(nodes) <= maxnumnodes or repo.ui.verbose:
2180 return b' '.join(short(h) for h in nodes)
2180 return b' '.join(short(h) for h in nodes)
2181 first = b' '.join(short(h) for h in nodes[:maxnumnodes])
2181 first = b' '.join(short(h) for h in nodes[:maxnumnodes])
2182 return _(b"%s and %d others") % (first, len(nodes) - maxnumnodes)
2182 return _(b"%s and %d others") % (first, len(nodes) - maxnumnodes)
2183
2183
2184
2184
2185 def enforcesinglehead(repo, tr, desc, accountclosed, filtername):
2185 def enforcesinglehead(repo, tr, desc, accountclosed, filtername):
2186 """check that no named branch has multiple heads"""
2186 """check that no named branch has multiple heads"""
2187 if desc in (b'strip', b'repair'):
2187 if desc in (b'strip', b'repair'):
2188 # skip the logic during strip
2188 # skip the logic during strip
2189 return
2189 return
2190 visible = repo.filtered(filtername)
2190 visible = repo.filtered(filtername)
2191 # possible improvement: we could restrict the check to affected branch
2191 # possible improvement: we could restrict the check to affected branch
2192 bm = visible.branchmap()
2192 bm = visible.branchmap()
2193 for name in bm:
2193 for name in bm:
2194 heads = bm.branchheads(name, closed=accountclosed)
2194 heads = bm.branchheads(name, closed=accountclosed)
2195 if len(heads) > 1:
2195 if len(heads) > 1:
2196 msg = _(b'rejecting multiple heads on branch "%s"')
2196 msg = _(b'rejecting multiple heads on branch "%s"')
2197 msg %= name
2197 msg %= name
2198 hint = _(b'%d heads: %s')
2198 hint = _(b'%d heads: %s')
2199 hint %= (len(heads), nodesummaries(repo, heads))
2199 hint %= (len(heads), nodesummaries(repo, heads))
2200 raise error.Abort(msg, hint=hint)
2200 raise error.Abort(msg, hint=hint)
2201
2201
2202
2202
2203 def wrapconvertsink(sink):
2203 def wrapconvertsink(sink):
2204 """Allow extensions to wrap the sink returned by convcmd.convertsink()
2204 """Allow extensions to wrap the sink returned by convcmd.convertsink()
2205 before it is used, whether or not the convert extension was formally loaded.
2205 before it is used, whether or not the convert extension was formally loaded.
2206 """
2206 """
2207 return sink
2207 return sink
2208
2208
2209
2209
2210 def unhidehashlikerevs(repo, specs, hiddentype):
2210 def unhidehashlikerevs(repo, specs, hiddentype):
2211 """parse the user specs and unhide changesets whose hash or revision number
2211 """parse the user specs and unhide changesets whose hash or revision number
2212 is passed.
2212 is passed.
2213
2213
2214 hiddentype can be: 1) 'warn': warn while unhiding changesets
2214 hiddentype can be: 1) 'warn': warn while unhiding changesets
2215 2) 'nowarn': don't warn while unhiding changesets
2215 2) 'nowarn': don't warn while unhiding changesets
2216
2216
2217 returns a repo object with the required changesets unhidden
2217 returns a repo object with the required changesets unhidden
2218 """
2218 """
2219 if not specs:
2219 if not specs:
2220 return repo
2220 return repo
2221
2221
2222 if not repo.filtername or not repo.ui.configbool(
2222 if not repo.filtername or not repo.ui.configbool(
2223 b'experimental', b'directaccess'
2223 b'experimental', b'directaccess'
2224 ):
2224 ):
2225 return repo
2225 return repo
2226
2226
2227 if repo.filtername not in (b'visible', b'visible-hidden'):
2227 if repo.filtername not in (b'visible', b'visible-hidden'):
2228 return repo
2228 return repo
2229
2229
2230 symbols = set()
2230 symbols = set()
2231 for spec in specs:
2231 for spec in specs:
2232 try:
2232 try:
2233 tree = revsetlang.parse(spec)
2233 tree = revsetlang.parse(spec)
2234 except error.ParseError: # will be reported by scmutil.revrange()
2234 except error.ParseError: # will be reported by scmutil.revrange()
2235 continue
2235 continue
2236
2236
2237 symbols.update(revsetlang.gethashlikesymbols(tree))
2237 symbols.update(revsetlang.gethashlikesymbols(tree))
2238
2238
2239 if not symbols:
2239 if not symbols:
2240 return repo
2240 return repo
2241
2241
2242 revs = _getrevsfromsymbols(repo, symbols)
2242 revs = _getrevsfromsymbols(repo, symbols)
2243
2243
2244 if not revs:
2244 if not revs:
2245 return repo
2245 return repo
2246
2246
2247 if hiddentype == b'warn':
2247 if hiddentype == b'warn':
2248 unfi = repo.unfiltered()
2248 unfi = repo.unfiltered()
2249 revstr = b", ".join([pycompat.bytestr(unfi[l]) for l in revs])
2249 revstr = b", ".join([pycompat.bytestr(unfi[l]) for l in revs])
2250 repo.ui.warn(
2250 repo.ui.warn(
2251 _(
2251 _(
2252 b"warning: accessing hidden changesets for write "
2252 b"warning: accessing hidden changesets for write "
2253 b"operation: %s\n"
2253 b"operation: %s\n"
2254 )
2254 )
2255 % revstr
2255 % revstr
2256 )
2256 )
2257
2257
2258 # we have to use new filtername to separate branch/tags cache until we can
2258 # we have to use new filtername to separate branch/tags cache until we can
2259 # disbale these cache when revisions are dynamically pinned.
2259 # disbale these cache when revisions are dynamically pinned.
2260 return repo.filtered(b'visible-hidden', revs)
2260 return repo.filtered(b'visible-hidden', revs)
2261
2261
2262
2262
2263 def _getrevsfromsymbols(repo, symbols):
2263 def _getrevsfromsymbols(repo, symbols):
2264 """parse the list of symbols and returns a set of revision numbers of hidden
2264 """parse the list of symbols and returns a set of revision numbers of hidden
2265 changesets present in symbols"""
2265 changesets present in symbols"""
2266 revs = set()
2266 revs = set()
2267 unfi = repo.unfiltered()
2267 unfi = repo.unfiltered()
2268 unficl = unfi.changelog
2268 unficl = unfi.changelog
2269 cl = repo.changelog
2269 cl = repo.changelog
2270 tiprev = len(unficl)
2270 tiprev = len(unficl)
2271 allowrevnums = repo.ui.configbool(b'experimental', b'directaccess.revnums')
2271 allowrevnums = repo.ui.configbool(b'experimental', b'directaccess.revnums')
2272 for s in symbols:
2272 for s in symbols:
2273 try:
2273 try:
2274 n = int(s)
2274 n = int(s)
2275 if n <= tiprev:
2275 if n <= tiprev:
2276 if not allowrevnums:
2276 if not allowrevnums:
2277 continue
2277 continue
2278 else:
2278 else:
2279 if n not in cl:
2279 if n not in cl:
2280 revs.add(n)
2280 revs.add(n)
2281 continue
2281 continue
2282 except ValueError:
2282 except ValueError:
2283 pass
2283 pass
2284
2284
2285 try:
2285 try:
2286 s = resolvehexnodeidprefix(unfi, s)
2286 s = resolvehexnodeidprefix(unfi, s)
2287 except (error.LookupError, error.WdirUnsupported):
2287 except (error.LookupError, error.WdirUnsupported):
2288 s = None
2288 s = None
2289
2289
2290 if s is not None:
2290 if s is not None:
2291 rev = unficl.rev(s)
2291 rev = unficl.rev(s)
2292 if rev not in cl:
2292 if rev not in cl:
2293 revs.add(rev)
2293 revs.add(rev)
2294
2294
2295 return revs
2295 return revs
2296
2296
2297
2297
2298 def bookmarkrevs(repo, mark):
2298 def bookmarkrevs(repo, mark):
2299 """Select revisions reachable by a given bookmark
2299 """Select revisions reachable by a given bookmark
2300
2300
2301 If the bookmarked revision isn't a head, an empty set will be returned.
2301 If the bookmarked revision isn't a head, an empty set will be returned.
2302 """
2302 """
2303 return repo.revs(format_bookmark_revspec(mark))
2303 return repo.revs(format_bookmark_revspec(mark))
2304
2304
2305
2305
2306 def format_bookmark_revspec(mark):
2306 def format_bookmark_revspec(mark):
2307 """Build a revset expression to select revisions reachable by a given
2307 """Build a revset expression to select revisions reachable by a given
2308 bookmark"""
2308 bookmark"""
2309 mark = b'literal:' + mark
2309 mark = b'literal:' + mark
2310 return revsetlang.formatspec(
2310 return revsetlang.formatspec(
2311 b"ancestors(bookmark(%s)) - "
2311 b"ancestors(bookmark(%s)) - "
2312 b"ancestors(head() and not bookmark(%s)) - "
2312 b"ancestors(head() and not bookmark(%s)) - "
2313 b"ancestors(bookmark() and not bookmark(%s))",
2313 b"ancestors(bookmark() and not bookmark(%s))",
2314 mark,
2314 mark,
2315 mark,
2315 mark,
2316 mark,
2316 mark,
2317 )
2317 )
2318
2318
2319
2319
2320 def ismember(ui, username, userlist):
2320 def ismember(ui, username, userlist):
2321 """Check if username is a member of userlist.
2321 """Check if username is a member of userlist.
2322
2322
2323 If userlist has a single '*' member, all users are considered members.
2323 If userlist has a single '*' member, all users are considered members.
2324 Can be overridden by extensions to provide more complex authorization
2324 Can be overridden by extensions to provide more complex authorization
2325 schemes.
2325 schemes.
2326 """
2326 """
2327 return userlist == [b'*'] or username in userlist
2327 return userlist == [b'*'] or username in userlist
2328
2329
2330 RESOURCE_HIGH = 3
2331 RESOURCE_MEDIUM = 2
2332 RESOURCE_LOW = 1
2333 RESOURCE_DEFAULT = 0
2334
2335 RESOURCE_MAPPING = {
2336 b'default': RESOURCE_DEFAULT,
2337 b'low': RESOURCE_LOW,
2338 b'medium': RESOURCE_MEDIUM,
2339 b'high': RESOURCE_HIGH,
2340 }
2341
2342 DEFAULT_RESOURCE = RESOURCE_MEDIUM
2343
2344
2345 def get_resource_profile(ui, dimension=None):
2346 """return the resource profile for a dimension
2347
2348 If no dimension is specified, the generic value is returned"""
2349 generic_name = ui.config(b'usage', b'resources')
2350 value = RESOURCE_MAPPING.get(generic_name, RESOURCE_DEFAULT)
2351 if value == RESOURCE_DEFAULT:
2352 value = DEFAULT_RESOURCE
2353 if dimension is not None:
2354 sub_name = ui.config(b'usage', b'resources.%s' % dimension)
2355 sub_value = RESOURCE_MAPPING.get(sub_name, RESOURCE_DEFAULT)
2356 if sub_value != RESOURCE_DEFAULT:
2357 value = sub_value
2358 return value
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments. Login now